8.6.2.4. LAPACK: Double Precision Functions |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

Author(s): Fu Jie Huang, Yann LeCun

This provides a complete interface to the FORTRAN LAPACK library of low-level linear algebra functions.

8.6.2.4.0. (dbdsdc uplo compq n d e u ldu vt ldvt q iq work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DBDSDC computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real * N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B: B = U * S * VT, * using a divide and conquer method, where S is a diagonal matrix * with non-negative diagonal elements (the singular values of B), and * U and VT are orthogonal matrices of left and right singular vectors, * respectively. DBDSDC can be used to compute all singular values, * and optionally, singular vectors or singular vectors in compact form. * * This code makes very mild assumptions about floating point * arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard digit in * add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard digits * which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or Cray-2. * It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. See DLASD3 for details. * * The code currently call DLASDQ if singular values only are desired. * However, it can be slightly modified to compute singular values * using the divide and conquer method. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': B is upper bidiagonal. * = 'L': B is lower bidiagonal. * * COMPQ (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed * as follows: * = 'N': Compute singular values only; * = 'P': Compute singular values and compute singular * vectors in compact form; * = 'I': Compute singular values and singular vectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix B. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix B. * On exit, if INFO=0, the singular values of B. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the elements of E contain the offdiagonal * elements of the bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * U (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU,N) * If COMPQ = 'I', then: * On exit, if INFO = 0, U contains the left singular vectors * of the bidiagonal matrix. * For other values of COMPQ, U is not referenced. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= 1. * If singular vectors are desired, then LDU >= max( 1, N ). * * VT (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT,N) * If COMPQ = 'I', then: * On exit, if INFO = 0, VT' contains the right singular * vectors of the bidiagonal matrix. * For other values of COMPQ, VT is not referenced. * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT. LDVT >= 1. * If singular vectors are desired, then LDVT >= max( 1, N ). * * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ) * If COMPQ = 'P', then: * On exit, if INFO = 0, Q and IQ contain the left * and right singular vectors in a compact form, * requiring O(N log N) space instead of 2*N**2. * In particular, Q contains all the DOUBLE PRECISION data in * LDQ >= N*(11 + 2*SMLSIZ + 8*INT(LOG_2(N/(SMLSIZ+1)))) * words of memory, where SMLSIZ is returned by ILAENV and * is equal to the maximum size of the subproblems at the * bottom of the computation tree (usually about 25). * For other values of COMPQ, Q is not referenced. * * IQ (output) INTEGER array, dimension (LDIQ) * If COMPQ = 'P', then: * On exit, if INFO = 0, Q and IQ contain the left * and right singular vectors in a compact form, * requiring O(N log N) space instead of 2*N**2. * In particular, IQ contains all INTEGER data in * LDIQ >= N*(3 + 3*INT(LOG_2(N/(SMLSIZ+1)))) * words of memory, where SMLSIZ is returned by ILAENV and * is equal to the maximum size of the subproblems at the * bottom of the computation tree (usually about 25). * For other values of COMPQ, IQ is not referenced. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * If COMPQ = 'N' then LWORK >= (4 * N). * If COMPQ = 'P' then LWORK >= (6 * N). * If COMPQ = 'I' then LWORK >= (3 * N**2 + 4 * N). * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (8*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: The algorithm failed to compute an singular value. * The update process of divide and conquer failed. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.1. (dbdsqr uplo n ncvt nru ncc d e vt ldvt u ldu c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DBDSQR computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real * N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B: B = Q * S * P' (P' * denotes the transpose of P), where S is a diagonal matrix with * non-negative diagonal elements (the singular values of B), and Q * and P are orthogonal matrices. * * The routine computes S, and optionally computes U * Q, P' * VT, * or Q' * C, for given real input matrices U, VT, and C. * * See "Computing Small Singular Values of Bidiagonal Matrices With * Guaranteed High Relative Accuracy," by J. Demmel and W. Kahan, * LAPACK Working Note #3 (or SIAM J. Sci. Statist. Comput. vol. 11, * no. 5, pp. 873-912, Sept 1990) and * "Accurate singular values and differential qd algorithms," by * B. Parlett and V. Fernando, Technical Report CPAM-554, Mathematics * Department, University of California at Berkeley, July 1992 * for a detailed description of the algorithm. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': B is upper bidiagonal; * = 'L': B is lower bidiagonal. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix B. N >= 0. * * NCVT (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix VT. NCVT >= 0. * * NRU (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix U. NRU >= 0. * * NCC (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. NCC >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix B. * On exit, if INFO=0, the singular values of B in decreasing * order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the elements of E contain the * offdiagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix whose SVD * is desired. On normal exit (INFO = 0), E is destroyed. * If the algorithm does not converge (INFO > 0), D and E * will contain the diagonal and superdiagonal elements of a * bidiagonal matrix orthogonally equivalent to the one given * as input. E(N) is used for workspace. * * VT (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT, NCVT) * On entry, an N-by-NCVT matrix VT. * On exit, VT is overwritten by P' * VT. * VT is not referenced if NCVT = 0. * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT. * LDVT >= max(1,N) if NCVT > 0; LDVT >= 1 if NCVT = 0. * * U (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU, N) * On entry, an NRU-by-N matrix U. * On exit, U is overwritten by U * Q. * U is not referenced if NRU = 0. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= max(1,NRU). * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC, NCC) * On entry, an N-by-NCC matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q' * C. * C is not referenced if NCC = 0. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. * LDC >= max(1,N) if NCC > 0; LDC >=1 if NCC = 0. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: If INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: the algorithm did not converge; D and E contain the * elements of a bidiagonal matrix which is orthogonally * similar to the input matrix B; if INFO = i, i * elements of E have not converged to zero. * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * TOLMUL DOUBLE PRECISION, default = max(10,min(100,EPS**(-1/8))) * TOLMUL controls the convergence criterion of the QR loop. * If it is positive, TOLMUL*EPS is the desired relative * precision in the computed singular values. * If it is negative, abs(TOLMUL*EPS*sigma_max) is the * desired absolute accuracy in the computed singular * values (corresponds to relative accuracy * abs(TOLMUL*EPS) in the largest singular value. * abs(TOLMUL) should be between 1 and 1/EPS, and preferably * between 10 (for fast convergence) and .1/EPS * (for there to be some accuracy in the results). * Default is to lose at either one eighth or 2 of the * available decimal digits in each computed singular value * (whichever is smaller). * * MAXITR INTEGER, default = 6 * MAXITR controls the maximum number of passes of the * algorithm through its inner loop. The algorithms stops * (and so fails to converge) if the number of passes * through the inner loop exceeds MAXITR*N**2. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.2. (ddisna job m n d sep info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DDISNA computes the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors * of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or * right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix. The reciprocal * condition number is the 'gap' between the corresponding eigenvalue or * singular value and the nearest other one. * * The bound on the error, measured by angle in radians, in the I-th * computed vector is given by * * DLAMCH( 'E' ) * ( ANORM / SEP( I ) ) * * where ANORM = 2-norm(A) = max( abs( D(j) ) ). SEP(I) is not allowed * to be smaller than DLAMCH( 'E' )*ANORM in order to limit the size of * the error bound. * * DDISNA may also be used to compute error bounds for eigenvectors of * the generalized symmetric definite eigenproblem. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies for which problem the reciprocal condition numbers * should be computed: * = 'E': the eigenvectors of a symmetric/Hermitian matrix; * = 'L': the left singular vectors of a general matrix; * = 'R': the right singular vectors of a general matrix. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * If JOB = 'L' or 'R', the number of columns of the matrix, * in which case N >= 0. Ignored if JOB = 'E'. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) if JOB = 'E' * dimension (min(M,N)) if JOB = 'L' or 'R' * The eigenvalues (if JOB = 'E') or singular values (if JOB = * 'L' or 'R') of the matrix, in either increasing or decreasing * order. If singular values, they must be non-negative. * * SEP (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) if JOB = 'E' * dimension (min(M,N)) if JOB = 'L' or 'R' * The reciprocal condition numbers of the vectors. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.3. (dgbbrd vect m n ncc kl ku ab ldab d e q ldq pt ldpt c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBBRD reduces a real general m-by-n band matrix A to upper * bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation: Q' * A * P = B. * * The routine computes B, and optionally forms Q or P', or computes * Q'*C for a given matrix C. * * Arguments * ========= * * VECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the matrices Q and P' are to be * formed. * = 'N': do not form Q or P'; * = 'Q': form Q only; * = 'P': form P' only; * = 'B': form both. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NCC (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. NCC >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals of the matrix A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A. KU >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the m-by-n band matrix A, stored in rows 1 to * KL+KU+1. The j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of * the array AB as follows: * AB(ku+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ku)<=i<=min(m,j+kl). * On exit, A is overwritten by values generated during the * reduction. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDAB >= KL+KU+1. * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The diagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix B. * * E (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)-1) * The superdiagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix B. * * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,M) * If VECT = 'Q' or 'B', the m-by-m orthogonal matrix Q. * If VECT = 'N' or 'P', the array Q is not referenced. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. * LDQ >= max(1,M) if VECT = 'Q' or 'B'; LDQ >= 1 otherwise. * * PT (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDPT,N) * If VECT = 'P' or 'B', the n-by-n orthogonal matrix P'. * If VECT = 'N' or 'Q', the array PT is not referenced. * * LDPT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array PT. * LDPT >= max(1,N) if VECT = 'P' or 'B'; LDPT >= 1 otherwise. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,NCC) * On entry, an m-by-ncc matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q'*C. * C is not referenced if NCC = 0. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. * LDC >= max(1,M) if NCC > 0; LDC >= 1 if NCC = 0. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*max(M,N)) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.4. (dgbcon norm n kl ku ab ldab ipiv anorm rcond work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number of a real * general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, * using the LU factorization computed by DGBTRF. * * An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the * condition number is computed as * RCOND = 1 / ( norm(A) * norm(inv(A)) ). * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the 1-norm condition number or the * infinity-norm condition number is required: * = '1' or 'O': 1-norm; * = 'I': Infinity-norm. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * Details of the LU factorization of the band matrix A, as * computed by DGBTRF. U is stored as an upper triangular band * matrix with KL+KU superdiagonals in rows 1 to KL+KU+1, and * the multipliers used during the factorization are stored in * rows KL+KU+2 to 2*KL+KU+1. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= 2*KL+KU+1. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= N, row i of the matrix was * interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * ANORM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If NORM = '1' or 'O', the 1-norm of the original matrix A. * If NORM = 'I', the infinity-norm of the original matrix A. * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A, * computed as RCOND = 1/(norm(A) * norm(inv(A))). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.5. (dgbequ m n kl ku ab ldab r c rowcnd colcnd amax info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBEQU computes row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an * M-by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number. R returns the * row scale factors and C the column scale factors, chosen to try to * make the largest element in each row and column of the matrix B with * elements B(i,j)=R(i)*A(i,j)*C(j) have absolute value 1. * * R(i) and C(j) are restricted to be between SMLNUM = smallest safe * number and BIGNUM = largest safe number. Use of these scaling * factors is not guaranteed to reduce the condition number of A but * works well in practice. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The band matrix A, stored in rows 1 to KL+KU+1. The j-th * column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB as * follows: * AB(ku+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ku)<=i<=min(m,j+kl). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KL+KU+1. * * R (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * If INFO = 0, or INFO > M, R contains the row scale factors * for A. * * C (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, C contains the column scale factors for A. * * ROWCND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If INFO = 0 or INFO > M, ROWCND contains the ratio of the * smallest R(i) to the largest R(i). If ROWCND >= 0.1 and * AMAX is neither too large nor too small, it is not worth * scaling by R. * * COLCND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If INFO = 0, COLCND contains the ratio of the smallest * C(i) to the largest C(i). If COLCND >= 0.1, it is not * worth scaling by C. * * AMAX (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix element. If AMAX is very * close to overflow or very close to underflow, the matrix * should be scaled. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= M: the i-th row of A is exactly zero * > M: the (i-M)-th column of A is exactly zero * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.6. (dgbrfs trans n kl ku nrhs ab ldab afb ldafb ipiv b ldb x ldx ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear * equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides * error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution. * * Arguments * ========= * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of the system of equations: * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A**T * X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A**H * X = B (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The original band matrix A, stored in rows 1 to KL+KU+1. * The j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the * array AB as follows: * AB(ku+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ku)<=i<=min(n,j+kl). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KL+KU+1. * * AFB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAFB,N) * Details of the LU factorization of the band matrix A, as * computed by DGBTRF. U is stored as an upper triangular band * matrix with KL+KU superdiagonals in rows 1 to KL+KU+1, and * the multipliers used during the factorization are stored in * rows KL+KU+2 to 2*KL+KU+1. * * LDAFB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AFB. LDAFB >= 2*KL*KU+1. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices from DGBTRF; for 1<=i<=N, row i of the * matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DGBTRS. * On exit, the improved solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.7. (dgbsv n kl ku nrhs ab ldab ipiv b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBSV computes the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals * and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * The LU decomposition with partial pivoting and row interchanges is * used to factor A as A = L * U, where L is a product of permutation * and unit lower triangular matrices with KL subdiagonals, and U is * upper triangular with KL+KU superdiagonals. The factored form of A * is then used to solve the system of equations A * X = B. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the matrix A in band storage, in rows KL+1 to * 2*KL+KU+1; rows 1 to KL of the array need not be set. * The j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the * array AB as follows: * AB(KL+KU+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-KU)<=i<=min(N,j+KL) * On exit, details of the factorization: U is stored as an * upper triangular band matrix with KL+KU superdiagonals in * rows 1 to KL+KU+1, and the multipliers used during the * factorization are stored in rows KL+KU+2 to 2*KL+KU+1. * See below for further details. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= 2*KL+KU+1. * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices that define the permutation matrix P; * row i of the matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, U(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, and the solution has not been computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when * M = N = 6, KL = 2, KU = 1: * * On entry: On exit: * * * * * + + + * * * u14 u25 u36 * * * + + + + * * u13 u24 u35 u46 * * a12 a23 a34 a45 a56 * u12 u23 u34 u45 u56 * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 u11 u22 u33 u44 u55 u66 * a21 a32 a43 a54 a65 * m21 m32 m43 m54 m65 * * a31 a42 a53 a64 * * m31 m42 m53 m64 * * * * Array elements marked * are not used by the routine; elements marked * + need not be set on entry, but are required by the routine to store * elements of U because of fill-in resulting from the row interchanges. * * ===================================================================== * * .. External Subroutines .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.8. (dgbsvx fact trans n kl ku nrhs ab ldab afb ldafb ipiv equed r c b ldb x ldx rcond ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBSVX uses the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real * system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B, * where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU * superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * Error bounds on the solution and a condition estimate are also * provided. * * Description * =========== * * The following steps are performed by this subroutine: * * 1. If FACT = 'E', real scaling factors are computed to equilibrate * the system: * TRANS = 'N': diag(R)*A*diag(C) *inv(diag(C))*X = diag(R)*B * TRANS = 'T': (diag(R)*A*diag(C))**T *inv(diag(R))*X = diag(C)*B * TRANS = 'C': (diag(R)*A*diag(C))**H *inv(diag(R))*X = diag(C)*B * Whether or not the system will be equilibrated depends on the * scaling of the matrix A, but if equilibration is used, A is * overwritten by diag(R)*A*diag(C) and B by diag(R)*B (if TRANS='N') * or diag(C)*B (if TRANS = 'T' or 'C'). * * 2. If FACT = 'N' or 'E', the LU decomposition is used to factor the * matrix A (after equilibration if FACT = 'E') as * A = L * U, * where L is a product of permutation and unit lower triangular * matrices with KL subdiagonals, and U is upper triangular with * KL+KU superdiagonals. * * 3. If some U(i,i)=0, so that U is exactly singular, then the routine * returns with INFO = i. Otherwise, the factored form of A is used * to estimate the condition number of the matrix A. If the * reciprocal of the condition number is less than machine precision, * INFO = N+1 is returned as a warning, but the routine still goes on * to solve for X and compute error bounds as described below. * * 4. The system of equations is solved for X using the factored form * of A. * * 5. Iterative refinement is applied to improve the computed solution * matrix and calculate error bounds and backward error estimates * for it. * * 6. If equilibration was used, the matrix X is premultiplied by * diag(C) (if TRANS = 'N') or diag(R) (if TRANS = 'T' or 'C') so * that it solves the original system before equilibration. * * Arguments * ========= * * FACT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the factored form of the matrix A is * supplied on entry, and if not, whether the matrix A should be * equilibrated before it is factored. * = 'F': On entry, AFB and IPIV contain the factored form of * A. If EQUED is not 'N', the matrix A has been * equilibrated with scaling factors given by R and C. * AB, AFB, and IPIV are not modified. * = 'N': The matrix A will be copied to AFB and factored. * = 'E': The matrix A will be equilibrated if necessary, then * copied to AFB and factored. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of the system of equations. * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A**T * X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A**H * X = B (Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the matrix A in band storage, in rows 1 to KL+KU+1. * The j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the * array AB as follows: * AB(KU+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-KU)<=i<=min(N,j+kl) * * If FACT = 'F' and EQUED is not 'N', then A must have been * equilibrated by the scaling factors in R and/or C. AB is not * modified if FACT = 'F' or 'N', or if FACT = 'E' and * EQUED = 'N' on exit. * * On exit, if EQUED .ne. 'N', A is scaled as follows: * EQUED = 'R': A := diag(R) * A * EQUED = 'C': A := A * diag(C) * EQUED = 'B': A := diag(R) * A * diag(C). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KL+KU+1. * * AFB (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAFB,N) * If FACT = 'F', then AFB is an input argument and on entry * contains details of the LU factorization of the band matrix * A, as computed by DGBTRF. U is stored as an upper triangular * band matrix with KL+KU superdiagonals in rows 1 to KL+KU+1, * and the multipliers used during the factorization are stored * in rows KL+KU+2 to 2*KL+KU+1. If EQUED .ne. 'N', then AFB is * the factored form of the equilibrated matrix A. * * If FACT = 'N', then AFB is an output argument and on exit * returns details of the LU factorization of A. * * If FACT = 'E', then AFB is an output argument and on exit * returns details of the LU factorization of the equilibrated * matrix A (see the description of AB for the form of the * equilibrated matrix). * * LDAFB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AFB. LDAFB >= 2*KL+KU+1. * * IPIV (input or output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * If FACT = 'F', then IPIV is an input argument and on entry * contains the pivot indices from the factorization A = L*U * as computed by DGBTRF; row i of the matrix was interchanged * with row IPIV(i). * * If FACT = 'N', then IPIV is an output argument and on exit * contains the pivot indices from the factorization A = L*U * of the original matrix A. * * If FACT = 'E', then IPIV is an output argument and on exit * contains the pivot indices from the factorization A = L*U * of the equilibrated matrix A. * * EQUED (input or output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of equilibration that was done. * = 'N': No equilibration (always true if FACT = 'N'). * = 'R': Row equilibration, i.e., A has been premultiplied by * diag(R). * = 'C': Column equilibration, i.e., A has been postmultiplied * by diag(C). * = 'B': Both row and column equilibration, i.e., A has been * replaced by diag(R) * A * diag(C). * EQUED is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; otherwise, it is an * output argument. * * R (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The row scale factors for A. If EQUED = 'R' or 'B', A is * multiplied on the left by diag(R); if EQUED = 'N' or 'C', R * is not accessed. R is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; * otherwise, R is an output argument. If FACT = 'F' and * EQUED = 'R' or 'B', each element of R must be positive. * * C (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The column scale factors for A. If EQUED = 'C' or 'B', A is * multiplied on the right by diag(C); if EQUED = 'N' or 'R', C * is not accessed. C is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; * otherwise, C is an output argument. If FACT = 'F' and * EQUED = 'C' or 'B', each element of C must be positive. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side matrix B. * On exit, * if EQUED = 'N', B is not modified; * if TRANS = 'N' and EQUED = 'R' or 'B', B is overwritten by * diag(R)*B; * if TRANS = 'T' or 'C' and EQUED = 'C' or 'B', B is * overwritten by diag(C)*B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * If INFO = 0 or INFO = N+1, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X * to the original system of equations. Note that A and B are * modified on exit if EQUED .ne. 'N', and the solution to the * equilibrated system is inv(diag(C))*X if TRANS = 'N' and * EQUED = 'C' or 'B', or inv(diag(R))*X if TRANS = 'T' or 'C' * and EQUED = 'R' or 'B'. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The estimate of the reciprocal condition number of the matrix * A after equilibration (if done). If RCOND is less than the * machine precision (in particular, if RCOND = 0), the matrix * is singular to working precision. This condition is * indicated by a return code of INFO > 0. * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * On exit, WORK(1) contains the reciprocal pivot growth * factor norm(A)/norm(U). The "max absolute element" norm is * used. If WORK(1) is much less than 1, then the stability * of the LU factorization of the (equilibrated) matrix A * could be poor. This also means that the solution X, condition * estimator RCOND, and forward error bound FERR could be * unreliable. If factorization fails with 0<INFO<=N, then * WORK(1) contains the reciprocal pivot growth factor for the * leading INFO columns of A. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: U(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, so the solution and error bounds * could not be computed. RCOND = 0 is returned. * = N+1: U is nonsingular, but RCOND is less than machine * precision, meaning that the matrix is singular * to working precision. Nevertheless, the * solution and error bounds are computed because * there are a number of situations where the * computed solution can be more accurate than the * value of RCOND would suggest. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.9. (dgbtf2 m n kl ku ab ldab ipiv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBTF2 computes an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A * using partial pivoting with row interchanges. * * This is the unblocked version of the algorithm, calling Level 2 BLAS. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the matrix A in band storage, in rows KL+1 to * 2*KL+KU+1; rows 1 to KL of the array need not be set. * The j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the * array AB as follows: * AB(kl+ku+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ku)<=i<=min(m,j+kl) * * On exit, details of the factorization: U is stored as an * upper triangular band matrix with KL+KU superdiagonals in * rows 1 to KL+KU+1, and the multipliers used during the * factorization are stored in rows KL+KU+2 to 2*KL+KU+1. * See below for further details. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= 2*KL+KU+1. * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= min(M,N), row i of the * matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = +i, U(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, and division by zero will occur if it is used * to solve a system of equations. * * Further Details * =============== * * The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when * M = N = 6, KL = 2, KU = 1: * * On entry: On exit: * * * * * + + + * * * u14 u25 u36 * * * + + + + * * u13 u24 u35 u46 * * a12 a23 a34 a45 a56 * u12 u23 u34 u45 u56 * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 u11 u22 u33 u44 u55 u66 * a21 a32 a43 a54 a65 * m21 m32 m43 m54 m65 * * a31 a42 a53 a64 * * m31 m42 m53 m64 * * * * Array elements marked * are not used by the routine; elements marked * + need not be set on entry, but are required by the routine to store * elements of U, because of fill-in resulting from the row * interchanges. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.10. (dgbtrf m n kl ku ab ldab ipiv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBTRF computes an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A * using partial pivoting with row interchanges. * * This is the blocked version of the algorithm, calling Level 3 BLAS. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the matrix A in band storage, in rows KL+1 to * 2*KL+KU+1; rows 1 to KL of the array need not be set. * The j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the * array AB as follows: * AB(kl+ku+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ku)<=i<=min(m,j+kl) * * On exit, details of the factorization: U is stored as an * upper triangular band matrix with KL+KU superdiagonals in * rows 1 to KL+KU+1, and the multipliers used during the * factorization are stored in rows KL+KU+2 to 2*KL+KU+1. * See below for further details. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= 2*KL+KU+1. * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= min(M,N), row i of the * matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = +i, U(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, and division by zero will occur if it is used * to solve a system of equations. * * Further Details * =============== * * The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when * M = N = 6, KL = 2, KU = 1: * * On entry: On exit: * * * * * + + + * * * u14 u25 u36 * * * + + + + * * u13 u24 u35 u46 * * a12 a23 a34 a45 a56 * u12 u23 u34 u45 u56 * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 u11 u22 u33 u44 u55 u66 * a21 a32 a43 a54 a65 * m21 m32 m43 m54 m65 * * a31 a42 a53 a64 * * m31 m42 m53 m64 * * * * Array elements marked * are not used by the routine; elements marked * + need not be set on entry, but are required by the routine to store * elements of U because of fill-in resulting from the row interchanges. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.11. (dgbtrs trans n kl ku nrhs ab ldab ipiv b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGBTRS solves a system of linear equations * A * X = B or A' * X = B * with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed * by DGBTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of the system of equations. * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A'* X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A'* X = B (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * Details of the LU factorization of the band matrix A, as * computed by DGBTRF. U is stored as an upper triangular band * matrix with KL+KU superdiagonals in rows 1 to KL+KU+1, and * the multipliers used during the factorization are stored in * rows KL+KU+2 to 2*KL+KU+1. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= 2*KL+KU+1. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= N, row i of the matrix was * interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side matrix B. * On exit, the solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.12. (dgebak job side n ilo ihi scale m v ldv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEBAK forms the right or left eigenvectors of a real general matrix * by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the * balanced matrix output by DGEBAL. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the type of backward transformation required: * = 'N', do nothing, return immediately; * = 'P', do backward transformation for permutation only; * = 'S', do backward transformation for scaling only; * = 'B', do backward transformations for both permutation and * scaling. * JOB must be the same as the argument JOB supplied to DGEBAL. * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'R': V contains right eigenvectors; * = 'L': V contains left eigenvectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix V. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * The integers ILO and IHI determined by DGEBAL. * 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0. * * SCALE (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutation and scaling factors, as returned * by DGEBAL. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix V. M >= 0. * * V (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,M) * On entry, the matrix of right or left eigenvectors to be * transformed, as returned by DHSEIN or DTREVC. * On exit, V is overwritten by the transformed eigenvectors. * * LDV (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.13. (dgebal job n a lda ilo ihi scale info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEBAL balances a general real matrix A. This involves, first, * permuting A by a similarity transformation to isolate eigenvalues * in the first 1 to ILO-1 and last IHI+1 to N elements on the * diagonal; and second, applying a diagonal similarity transformation * to rows and columns ILO to IHI to make the rows and columns as * close in norm as possible. Both steps are optional. * * Balancing may reduce the 1-norm of the matrix, and improve the * accuracy of the computed eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the operations to be performed on A: * = 'N': none: simply set ILO = 1, IHI = N, SCALE(I) = 1.0 * for i = 1,...,N; * = 'P': permute only; * = 'S': scale only; * = 'B': both permute and scale. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the input matrix A. * On exit, A is overwritten by the balanced matrix. * If JOB = 'N', A is not referenced. * See Further Details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * ILO (output) INTEGER * IHI (output) INTEGER * ILO and IHI are set to integers such that on exit * A(i,j) = 0 if i > j and j = 1,...,ILO-1 or I = IHI+1,...,N. * If JOB = 'N' or 'S', ILO = 1 and IHI = N. * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutations and scaling factors applied to * A. If P(j) is the index of the row and column interchanged * with row and column j and D(j) is the scaling factor * applied to row and column j, then * SCALE(j) = P(j) for j = 1,...,ILO-1 * = D(j) for j = ILO,...,IHI * = P(j) for j = IHI+1,...,N. * The order in which the interchanges are made is N to IHI+1, * then 1 to ILO-1. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * The permutations consist of row and column interchanges which put * the matrix in the form * * ( T1 X Y ) * P A P = ( 0 B Z ) * ( 0 0 T2 ) * * where T1 and T2 are upper triangular matrices whose eigenvalues lie * along the diagonal. The column indices ILO and IHI mark the starting * and ending columns of the submatrix B. Balancing consists of applying * a diagonal similarity transformation inv(D) * B * D to make the * 1-norms of each row of B and its corresponding column nearly equal. * The output matrix is * * ( T1 X*D Y ) * ( 0 inv(D)*B*D inv(D)*Z ). * ( 0 0 T2 ) * * Information about the permutations P and the diagonal matrix D is * returned in the vector SCALE. * * This subroutine is based on the EISPACK routine BALANC. * * Modified by Tzu-Yi Chen, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.14. (dgebd2 m n a lda d e tauq taup work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEBD2 reduces a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower * bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation: Q' * A * P = B. * * If m >= n, B is upper bidiagonal; if m < n, B is lower bidiagonal. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows in the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns in the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the m by n general matrix to be reduced. * On exit, * if m >= n, the diagonal and the first superdiagonal are * overwritten with the upper bidiagonal matrix B; the * elements below the diagonal, with the array TAUQ, represent * the orthogonal matrix Q as a product of elementary * reflectors, and the elements above the first superdiagonal, * with the array TAUP, represent the orthogonal matrix P as * a product of elementary reflectors; * if m < n, the diagonal and the first subdiagonal are * overwritten with the lower bidiagonal matrix B; the * elements below the first subdiagonal, with the array TAUQ, * represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a product of * elementary reflectors, and the elements above the diagonal, * with the array TAUP, represent the orthogonal matrix P as * a product of elementary reflectors. * See Further Details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The diagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix B: * D(i) = A(i,i). * * E (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)-1) * The off-diagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix B: * if m >= n, E(i) = A(i,i+1) for i = 1,2,...,n-1; * if m < n, E(i) = A(i+1,i) for i = 1,2,...,m-1. * * TAUQ (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix Q. See Further Details. * * TAUP (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix P. See Further Details. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (max(M,N)) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrices Q and P are represented as products of elementary * reflectors: * * If m >= n, * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n) and P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(n-1) * * Each H(i) and G(i) has the form: * * H(i) = I - tauq * v * v' and G(i) = I - taup * u * u' * * where tauq and taup are real scalars, and v and u are real vectors; * v(1:i-1) = 0, v(i) = 1, and v(i+1:m) is stored on exit in A(i+1:m,i); * u(1:i) = 0, u(i+1) = 1, and u(i+2:n) is stored on exit in A(i,i+2:n); * tauq is stored in TAUQ(i) and taup in TAUP(i). * * If m < n, * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(m-1) and P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(m) * * Each H(i) and G(i) has the form: * * H(i) = I - tauq * v * v' and G(i) = I - taup * u * u' * * where tauq and taup are real scalars, and v and u are real vectors; * v(1:i) = 0, v(i+1) = 1, and v(i+2:m) is stored on exit in A(i+2:m,i); * u(1:i-1) = 0, u(i) = 1, and u(i+1:n) is stored on exit in A(i,i+1:n); * tauq is stored in TAUQ(i) and taup in TAUP(i). * * The contents of A on exit are illustrated by the following examples: * * m = 6 and n = 5 (m > n): m = 5 and n = 6 (m < n): * * ( d e u1 u1 u1 ) ( d u1 u1 u1 u1 u1 ) * ( v1 d e u2 u2 ) ( e d u2 u2 u2 u2 ) * ( v1 v2 d e u3 ) ( v1 e d u3 u3 u3 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 d e ) ( v1 v2 e d u4 u4 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 v4 d ) ( v1 v2 v3 e d u5 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 v4 v5 ) * * where d and e denote diagonal and off-diagonal elements of B, vi * denotes an element of the vector defining H(i), and ui an element of * the vector defining G(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.15. (dgebrd m n a lda d e tauq taup work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEBRD reduces a general real M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower * bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation: Q**T * A * P = B. * * If m >= n, B is upper bidiagonal; if m < n, B is lower bidiagonal. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows in the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns in the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N general matrix to be reduced. * On exit, * if m >= n, the diagonal and the first superdiagonal are * overwritten with the upper bidiagonal matrix B; the * elements below the diagonal, with the array TAUQ, represent * the orthogonal matrix Q as a product of elementary * reflectors, and the elements above the first superdiagonal, * with the array TAUP, represent the orthogonal matrix P as * a product of elementary reflectors; * if m < n, the diagonal and the first subdiagonal are * overwritten with the lower bidiagonal matrix B; the * elements below the first subdiagonal, with the array TAUQ, * represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a product of * elementary reflectors, and the elements above the diagonal, * with the array TAUP, represent the orthogonal matrix P as * a product of elementary reflectors. * See Further Details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The diagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix B: * D(i) = A(i,i). * * E (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)-1) * The off-diagonal elements of the bidiagonal matrix B: * if m >= n, E(i) = A(i,i+1) for i = 1,2,...,n-1; * if m < n, E(i) = A(i+1,i) for i = 1,2,...,m-1. * * TAUQ (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix Q. See Further Details. * * TAUP (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix P. See Further Details. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The length of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,M,N). * For optimum performance LWORK >= (M+N)*NB, where NB * is the optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrices Q and P are represented as products of elementary * reflectors: * * If m >= n, * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n) and P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(n-1) * * Each H(i) and G(i) has the form: * * H(i) = I - tauq * v * v' and G(i) = I - taup * u * u' * * where tauq and taup are real scalars, and v and u are real vectors; * v(1:i-1) = 0, v(i) = 1, and v(i+1:m) is stored on exit in A(i+1:m,i); * u(1:i) = 0, u(i+1) = 1, and u(i+2:n) is stored on exit in A(i,i+2:n); * tauq is stored in TAUQ(i) and taup in TAUP(i). * * If m < n, * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(m-1) and P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(m) * * Each H(i) and G(i) has the form: * * H(i) = I - tauq * v * v' and G(i) = I - taup * u * u' * * where tauq and taup are real scalars, and v and u are real vectors; * v(1:i) = 0, v(i+1) = 1, and v(i+2:m) is stored on exit in A(i+2:m,i); * u(1:i-1) = 0, u(i) = 1, and u(i+1:n) is stored on exit in A(i,i+1:n); * tauq is stored in TAUQ(i) and taup in TAUP(i). * * The contents of A on exit are illustrated by the following examples: * * m = 6 and n = 5 (m > n): m = 5 and n = 6 (m < n): * * ( d e u1 u1 u1 ) ( d u1 u1 u1 u1 u1 ) * ( v1 d e u2 u2 ) ( e d u2 u2 u2 u2 ) * ( v1 v2 d e u3 ) ( v1 e d u3 u3 u3 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 d e ) ( v1 v2 e d u4 u4 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 v4 d ) ( v1 v2 v3 e d u5 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 v4 v5 ) * * where d and e denote diagonal and off-diagonal elements of B, vi * denotes an element of the vector defining H(i), and ui an element of * the vector defining G(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.16. (dgecon norm n a lda anorm rcond work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGECON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number of a general * real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using * the LU factorization computed by DGETRF. * * An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the * condition number is computed as * RCOND = 1 / ( norm(A) * norm(inv(A)) ). * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the 1-norm condition number or the * infinity-norm condition number is required: * = '1' or 'O': 1-norm; * = 'I': Infinity-norm. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The factors L and U from the factorization A = P*L*U * as computed by DGETRF. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * ANORM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If NORM = '1' or 'O', the 1-norm of the original matrix A. * If NORM = 'I', the infinity-norm of the original matrix A. * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A, * computed as RCOND = 1/(norm(A) * norm(inv(A))). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.17. (dgeequ m n a lda r c rowcnd colcnd amax info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEEQU computes row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an * M-by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number. R returns the row * scale factors and C the column scale factors, chosen to try to make * the largest element in each row and column of the matrix B with * elements B(i,j)=R(i)*A(i,j)*C(j) have absolute value 1. * * R(i) and C(j) are restricted to be between SMLNUM = smallest safe * number and BIGNUM = largest safe number. Use of these scaling * factors is not guaranteed to reduce the condition number of A but * works well in practice. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The M-by-N matrix whose equilibration factors are * to be computed. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * R (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * If INFO = 0 or INFO > M, R contains the row scale factors * for A. * * C (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, C contains the column scale factors for A. * * ROWCND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If INFO = 0 or INFO > M, ROWCND contains the ratio of the * smallest R(i) to the largest R(i). If ROWCND >= 0.1 and * AMAX is neither too large nor too small, it is not worth * scaling by R. * * COLCND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If INFO = 0, COLCND contains the ratio of the smallest * C(i) to the largest C(i). If COLCND >= 0.1, it is not * worth scaling by C. * * AMAX (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix element. If AMAX is very * close to overflow or very close to underflow, the matrix * should be scaled. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= M: the i-th row of A is exactly zero * > M: the (i-M)-th column of A is exactly zero * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.18. (dgees jobvs sort select n a lda sdim wr wi vs ldvs work lwork bwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEES computes for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the * eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of * Schur vectors Z. This gives the Schur factorization A = Z*T*(Z**T). * * Optionally, it also orders the eigenvalues on the diagonal of the * real Schur form so that selected eigenvalues are at the top left. * The leading columns of Z then form an orthonormal basis for the * invariant subspace corresponding to the selected eigenvalues. * * A matrix is in real Schur form if it is upper quasi-triangular with * 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 blocks. 2-by-2 blocks will be standardized in the * form * [ a b ] * [ c a ] * * where b*c < 0. The eigenvalues of such a block are a +- sqrt(bc). * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBVS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Schur vectors are not computed; * = 'V': Schur vectors are computed. * * SORT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not to order the eigenvalues on the * diagonal of the Schur form. * = 'N': Eigenvalues are not ordered; * = 'S': Eigenvalues are ordered (see SELECT). * * SELECT (input) LOGICAL FUNCTION of two DOUBLE PRECISION arguments * SELECT must be declared EXTERNAL in the calling subroutine. * If SORT = 'S', SELECT is used to select eigenvalues to sort * to the top left of the Schur form. * If SORT = 'N', SELECT is not referenced. * An eigenvalue WR(j)+sqrt(-1)*WI(j) is selected if * SELECT(WR(j),WI(j)) is true; i.e., if either one of a complex * conjugate pair of eigenvalues is selected, then both complex * eigenvalues are selected. * Note that a selected complex eigenvalue may no longer * satisfy SELECT(WR(j),WI(j)) = .TRUE. after ordering, since * ordering may change the value of complex eigenvalues * (especially if the eigenvalue is ill-conditioned); in this * case INFO is set to N+2 (see INFO below). * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the N-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A has been overwritten by its real Schur form T. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * SDIM (output) INTEGER * If SORT = 'N', SDIM = 0. * If SORT = 'S', SDIM = number of eigenvalues (after sorting) * for which SELECT is true. (Complex conjugate * pairs for which SELECT is true for either * eigenvalue count as 2.) * * WR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WR and WI contain the real and imaginary parts, * respectively, of the computed eigenvalues in the same order * that they appear on the diagonal of the output Schur form T. * Complex conjugate pairs of eigenvalues will appear * consecutively with the eigenvalue having the positive * imaginary part first. * * VS (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVS,N) * If JOBVS = 'V', VS contains the orthogonal matrix Z of Schur * vectors. * If JOBVS = 'N', VS is not referenced. * * LDVS (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VS. LDVS >= 1; if * JOBVS = 'V', LDVS >= N. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) contains the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,3*N). * For good performance, LWORK must generally be larger. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * BWORK (workspace) LOGICAL array, dimension (N) * Not referenced if SORT = 'N'. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: the QR algorithm failed to compute all the * eigenvalues; elements 1:ILO-1 and i+1:N of WR and WI * contain those eigenvalues which have converged; if * JOBVS = 'V', VS contains the matrix which reduces A * to its partially converged Schur form. * = N+1: the eigenvalues could not be reordered because some * eigenvalues were too close to separate (the problem * is very ill-conditioned); * = N+2: after reordering, roundoff changed values of some * complex eigenvalues so that leading eigenvalues in * the Schur form no longer satisfy SELECT=.TRUE. This * could also be caused by underflow due to scaling. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.19. (dgeesx jobvs sort select sense n a lda sdim wr wi vs ldvs rconde rcondv work lwork iwork liwork bwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEESX computes for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the * eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of * Schur vectors Z. This gives the Schur factorization A = Z*T*(Z**T). * * Optionally, it also orders the eigenvalues on the diagonal of the * real Schur form so that selected eigenvalues are at the top left; * computes a reciprocal condition number for the average of the * selected eigenvalues (RCONDE); and computes a reciprocal condition * number for the right invariant subspace corresponding to the * selected eigenvalues (RCONDV). The leading columns of Z form an * orthonormal basis for this invariant subspace. * * For further explanation of the reciprocal condition numbers RCONDE * and RCONDV, see Section 4.10 of the LAPACK Users' Guide (where * these quantities are called s and sep respectively). * * A real matrix is in real Schur form if it is upper quasi-triangular * with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 blocks. 2-by-2 blocks will be standardized in * the form * [ a b ] * [ c a ] * * where b*c < 0. The eigenvalues of such a block are a +- sqrt(bc). * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBVS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Schur vectors are not computed; * = 'V': Schur vectors are computed. * * SORT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not to order the eigenvalues on the * diagonal of the Schur form. * = 'N': Eigenvalues are not ordered; * = 'S': Eigenvalues are ordered (see SELECT). * * SELECT (input) LOGICAL FUNCTION of two DOUBLE PRECISION arguments * SELECT must be declared EXTERNAL in the calling subroutine. * If SORT = 'S', SELECT is used to select eigenvalues to sort * to the top left of the Schur form. * If SORT = 'N', SELECT is not referenced. * An eigenvalue WR(j)+sqrt(-1)*WI(j) is selected if * SELECT(WR(j),WI(j)) is true; i.e., if either one of a * complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues is selected, then both * are. Note that a selected complex eigenvalue may no longer * satisfy SELECT(WR(j),WI(j)) = .TRUE. after ordering, since * ordering may change the value of complex eigenvalues * (especially if the eigenvalue is ill-conditioned); in this * case INFO may be set to N+3 (see INFO below). * * SENSE (input) CHARACTER*1 * Determines which reciprocal condition numbers are computed. * = 'N': None are computed; * = 'E': Computed for average of selected eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Computed for selected right invariant subspace only; * = 'B': Computed for both. * If SENSE = 'E', 'V' or 'B', SORT must equal 'S'. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the N-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A is overwritten by its real Schur form T. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * SDIM (output) INTEGER * If SORT = 'N', SDIM = 0. * If SORT = 'S', SDIM = number of eigenvalues (after sorting) * for which SELECT is true. (Complex conjugate * pairs for which SELECT is true for either * eigenvalue count as 2.) * * WR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WR and WI contain the real and imaginary parts, respectively, * of the computed eigenvalues, in the same order that they * appear on the diagonal of the output Schur form T. Complex * conjugate pairs of eigenvalues appear consecutively with the * eigenvalue having the positive imaginary part first. * * VS (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVS,N) * If JOBVS = 'V', VS contains the orthogonal matrix Z of Schur * vectors. * If JOBVS = 'N', VS is not referenced. * * LDVS (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VS. LDVS >= 1, and if * JOBVS = 'V', LDVS >= N. * * RCONDE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If SENSE = 'E' or 'B', RCONDE contains the reciprocal * condition number for the average of the selected eigenvalues. * Not referenced if SENSE = 'N' or 'V'. * * RCONDV (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If SENSE = 'V' or 'B', RCONDV contains the reciprocal * condition number for the selected right invariant subspace. * Not referenced if SENSE = 'N' or 'E'. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,3*N). * Also, if SENSE = 'E' or 'V' or 'B', * LWORK >= N+2*SDIM*(N-SDIM), where SDIM is the number of * selected eigenvalues computed by this routine. Note that * N+2*SDIM*(N-SDIM) <= N+N*N/2. * For good performance, LWORK must generally be larger. * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * Not referenced if SENSE = 'N' or 'E'. * On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array IWORK. * LIWORK >= 1; if SENSE = 'V' or 'B', LIWORK >= SDIM*(N-SDIM). * * BWORK (workspace) LOGICAL array, dimension (N) * Not referenced if SORT = 'N'. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: the QR algorithm failed to compute all the * eigenvalues; elements 1:ILO-1 and i+1:N of WR and WI * contain those eigenvalues which have converged; if * JOBVS = 'V', VS contains the transformation which * reduces A to its partially converged Schur form. * = N+1: the eigenvalues could not be reordered because some * eigenvalues were too close to separate (the problem * is very ill-conditioned); * = N+2: after reordering, roundoff changed values of some * complex eigenvalues so that leading eigenvalues in * the Schur form no longer satisfy SELECT=.TRUE. This * could also be caused by underflow due to scaling. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.20. (dgeev jobvl jobvr n a lda wr wi vl ldvl vr ldvr work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEEV computes for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the * eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors. * * The right eigenvector v(j) of A satisfies * A * v(j) = lambda(j) * v(j) * where lambda(j) is its eigenvalue. * The left eigenvector u(j) of A satisfies * u(j)**H * A = lambda(j) * u(j)**H * where u(j)**H denotes the conjugate transpose of u(j). * * The computed eigenvectors are normalized to have Euclidean norm * equal to 1 and largest component real. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBVL (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': left eigenvectors of A are not computed; * = 'V': left eigenvectors of A are computed. * * JOBVR (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': right eigenvectors of A are not computed; * = 'V': right eigenvectors of A are computed. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the N-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A has been overwritten. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * WR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WR and WI contain the real and imaginary parts, * respectively, of the computed eigenvalues. Complex * conjugate pairs of eigenvalues appear consecutively * with the eigenvalue having the positive imaginary part * first. * * VL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,N) * If JOBVL = 'V', the left eigenvectors u(j) are stored one * after another in the columns of VL, in the same order * as their eigenvalues. * If JOBVL = 'N', VL is not referenced. * If the j-th eigenvalue is real, then u(j) = VL(:,j), * the j-th column of VL. * If the j-th and (j+1)-st eigenvalues form a complex * conjugate pair, then u(j) = VL(:,j) + i*VL(:,j+1) and * u(j+1) = VL(:,j) - i*VL(:,j+1). * * LDVL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VL. LDVL >= 1; if * JOBVL = 'V', LDVL >= N. * * VR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,N) * If JOBVR = 'V', the right eigenvectors v(j) are stored one * after another in the columns of VR, in the same order * as their eigenvalues. * If JOBVR = 'N', VR is not referenced. * If the j-th eigenvalue is real, then v(j) = VR(:,j), * the j-th column of VR. * If the j-th and (j+1)-st eigenvalues form a complex * conjugate pair, then v(j) = VR(:,j) + i*VR(:,j+1) and * v(j+1) = VR(:,j) - i*VR(:,j+1). * * LDVR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VR. LDVR >= 1; if * JOBVR = 'V', LDVR >= N. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,3*N), and * if JOBVL = 'V' or JOBVR = 'V', LWORK >= 4*N. For good * performance, LWORK must generally be larger. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, the QR algorithm failed to compute all the * eigenvalues, and no eigenvectors have been computed; * elements i+1:N of WR and WI contain eigenvalues which * have converged. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.21. (dgeevx balanc jobvl jobvr sense n a lda wr wi vl ldvl vr ldvr ilo ihi scale abnrm rconde rcondv work lwork iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEEVX computes for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the * eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors. * * Optionally also, it computes a balancing transformation to improve * the conditioning of the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (ILO, IHI, * SCALE, and ABNRM), reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvalues * (RCONDE), and reciprocal condition numbers for the right * eigenvectors (RCONDV). * * The right eigenvector v(j) of A satisfies * A * v(j) = lambda(j) * v(j) * where lambda(j) is its eigenvalue. * The left eigenvector u(j) of A satisfies * u(j)**H * A = lambda(j) * u(j)**H * where u(j)**H denotes the conjugate transpose of u(j). * * The computed eigenvectors are normalized to have Euclidean norm * equal to 1 and largest component real. * * Balancing a matrix means permuting the rows and columns to make it * more nearly upper triangular, and applying a diagonal similarity * transformation D * A * D**(-1), where D is a diagonal matrix, to * make its rows and columns closer in norm and the condition numbers * of its eigenvalues and eigenvectors smaller. The computed * reciprocal condition numbers correspond to the balanced matrix. * Permuting rows and columns will not change the condition numbers * (in exact arithmetic) but diagonal scaling will. For further * explanation of balancing, see section 4.10.2 of the LAPACK * Users' Guide. * * Arguments * ========= * * BALANC (input) CHARACTER*1 * Indicates how the input matrix should be diagonally scaled * and/or permuted to improve the conditioning of its * eigenvalues. * = 'N': Do not diagonally scale or permute; * = 'P': Perform permutations to make the matrix more nearly * upper triangular. Do not diagonally scale; * = 'S': Diagonally scale the matrix, i.e. replace A by * D*A*D**(-1), where D is a diagonal matrix chosen * to make the rows and columns of A more equal in * norm. Do not permute; * = 'B': Both diagonally scale and permute A. * * Computed reciprocal condition numbers will be for the matrix * after balancing and/or permuting. Permuting does not change * condition numbers (in exact arithmetic), but balancing does. * * JOBVL (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': left eigenvectors of A are not computed; * = 'V': left eigenvectors of A are computed. * If SENSE = 'E' or 'B', JOBVL must = 'V'. * * JOBVR (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': right eigenvectors of A are not computed; * = 'V': right eigenvectors of A are computed. * If SENSE = 'E' or 'B', JOBVR must = 'V'. * * SENSE (input) CHARACTER*1 * Determines which reciprocal condition numbers are computed. * = 'N': None are computed; * = 'E': Computed for eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Computed for right eigenvectors only; * = 'B': Computed for eigenvalues and right eigenvectors. * * If SENSE = 'E' or 'B', both left and right eigenvectors * must also be computed (JOBVL = 'V' and JOBVR = 'V'). * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the N-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A has been overwritten. If JOBVL = 'V' or * JOBVR = 'V', A contains the real Schur form of the balanced * version of the input matrix A. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * WR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WR and WI contain the real and imaginary parts, * respectively, of the computed eigenvalues. Complex * conjugate pairs of eigenvalues will appear consecutively * with the eigenvalue having the positive imaginary part * first. * * VL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,N) * If JOBVL = 'V', the left eigenvectors u(j) are stored one * after another in the columns of VL, in the same order * as their eigenvalues. * If JOBVL = 'N', VL is not referenced. * If the j-th eigenvalue is real, then u(j) = VL(:,j), * the j-th column of VL. * If the j-th and (j+1)-st eigenvalues form a complex * conjugate pair, then u(j) = VL(:,j) + i*VL(:,j+1) and * u(j+1) = VL(:,j) - i*VL(:,j+1). * * LDVL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VL. LDVL >= 1; if * JOBVL = 'V', LDVL >= N. * * VR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,N) * If JOBVR = 'V', the right eigenvectors v(j) are stored one * after another in the columns of VR, in the same order * as their eigenvalues. * If JOBVR = 'N', VR is not referenced. * If the j-th eigenvalue is real, then v(j) = VR(:,j), * the j-th column of VR. * If the j-th and (j+1)-st eigenvalues form a complex * conjugate pair, then v(j) = VR(:,j) + i*VR(:,j+1) and * v(j+1) = VR(:,j) - i*VR(:,j+1). * * LDVR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VR. LDVR >= 1, and if * JOBVR = 'V', LDVR >= N. * * ILO,IHI (output) INTEGER * ILO and IHI are integer values determined when A was * balanced. The balanced A(i,j) = 0 if I > J and * J = 1,...,ILO-1 or I = IHI+1,...,N. * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutations and scaling factors applied * when balancing A. If P(j) is the index of the row and column * interchanged with row and column j, and D(j) is the scaling * factor applied to row and column j, then * SCALE(J) = P(J), for J = 1,...,ILO-1 * = D(J), for J = ILO,...,IHI * = P(J) for J = IHI+1,...,N. * The order in which the interchanges are made is N to IHI+1, * then 1 to ILO-1. * * ABNRM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The one-norm of the balanced matrix (the maximum * of the sum of absolute values of elements of any column). * * RCONDE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * RCONDE(j) is the reciprocal condition number of the j-th * eigenvalue. * * RCONDV (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * RCONDV(j) is the reciprocal condition number of the j-th * right eigenvector. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. If SENSE = 'N' or 'E', * LWORK >= max(1,2*N), and if JOBVL = 'V' or JOBVR = 'V', * LWORK >= 3*N. If SENSE = 'V' or 'B', LWORK >= N*(N+6). * For good performance, LWORK must generally be larger. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (2*N-2) * If SENSE = 'N' or 'E', not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, the QR algorithm failed to compute all the * eigenvalues, and no eigenvectors or condition numbers * have been computed; elements 1:ILO-1 and i+1:N of WR * and WI contain eigenvalues which have converged. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.22. (dgegs jobvsl jobvsr n a lda b ldb alphar alphai beta vsl ldvsl vsr ldvsr work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGGES. * * DGEGS computes for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices A, B: * the generalized eigenvalues (alphar +/- alphai*i, beta), the real * Schur form (A, B), and optionally left and/or right Schur vectors * (VSL and VSR). * * (If only the generalized eigenvalues are needed, use the driver DGEGV * instead.) * * A generalized eigenvalue for a pair of matrices (A,B) is, roughly * speaking, a scalar w or a ratio alpha/beta = w, such that A - w*B * is singular. It is usually represented as the pair (alpha,beta), * as there is a reasonable interpretation for beta=0, and even for * both being zero. A good beginning reference is the book, "Matrix * Computations", by G. Golub & C. van Loan (Johns Hopkins U. Press) * * The (generalized) Schur form of a pair of matrices is the result of * multiplying both matrices on the left by one orthogonal matrix and * both on the right by another orthogonal matrix, these two orthogonal * matrices being chosen so as to bring the pair of matrices into * (real) Schur form. * * A pair of matrices A, B is in generalized real Schur form if B is * upper triangular with non-negative diagonal and A is block upper * triangular with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 blocks. 1-by-1 blocks correspond * to real generalized eigenvalues, while 2-by-2 blocks of A will be * "standardized" by making the corresponding elements of B have the * form: * [ a 0 ] * [ 0 b ] * * and the pair of corresponding 2-by-2 blocks in A and B will * have a complex conjugate pair of generalized eigenvalues. * * The left and right Schur vectors are the columns of VSL and VSR, * respectively, where VSL and VSR are the orthogonal matrices * which reduce A and B to Schur form: * * Schur form of (A,B) = ( (VSL)**T A (VSR), (VSL)**T B (VSR) ) * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBVSL (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the left Schur vectors; * = 'V': compute the left Schur vectors. * * JOBVSR (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the right Schur vectors; * = 'V': compute the right Schur vectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A, B, VSL, and VSR. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the first of the pair of matrices whose generalized * eigenvalues and (optionally) Schur vectors are to be * computed. * On exit, the generalized Schur form of A. * Note: to avoid overflow, the Frobenius norm of the matrix * A should be less than the overflow threshold. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N) * On entry, the second of the pair of matrices whose * generalized eigenvalues and (optionally) Schur vectors are * to be computed. * On exit, the generalized Schur form of B. * Note: to avoid overflow, the Frobenius norm of the matrix * B should be less than the overflow threshold. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * ALPHAR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * ALPHAI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, (ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i)/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, will * be the generalized eigenvalues. ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i, * j=1,...,N and BETA(j),j=1,...,N are the diagonals of the * complex Schur form (A,B) that would result if the 2-by-2 * diagonal blocks of the real Schur form of (A,B) were further * reduced to triangular form using 2-by-2 complex unitary * transformations. If ALPHAI(j) is zero, then the j-th * eigenvalue is real; if positive, then the j-th and (j+1)-st * eigenvalues are a complex conjugate pair, with ALPHAI(j+1) * negative. * * Note: the quotients ALPHAR(j)/BETA(j) and ALPHAI(j)/BETA(j) * may easily over- or underflow, and BETA(j) may even be zero. * Thus, the user should avoid naively computing the ratio * alpha/beta. However, ALPHAR and ALPHAI will be always less * than and usually comparable with norm(A) in magnitude, and * BETA always less than and usually comparable with norm(B). * * VSL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVSL,N) * If JOBVSL = 'V', VSL will contain the left Schur vectors. * (See "Purpose", above.) * Not referenced if JOBVSL = 'N'. * * LDVSL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VSL. LDVSL >=1, and * if JOBVSL = 'V', LDVSL >= N. * * VSR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVSR,N) * If JOBVSR = 'V', VSR will contain the right Schur vectors. * (See "Purpose", above.) * Not referenced if JOBVSR = 'N'. * * LDVSR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VSR. LDVSR >= 1, and * if JOBVSR = 'V', LDVSR >= N. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,4*N). * For good performance, LWORK must generally be larger. * To compute the optimal value of LWORK, call ILAENV to get * blocksizes (for DGEQRF, DORMQR, and DORGQR.) Then compute: * NB -- MAX of the blocksizes for DGEQRF, DORMQR, and DORGQR * The optimal LWORK is 2*N + N*(NB+1). * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * = 1,...,N: * The QZ iteration failed. (A,B) are not in Schur * form, but ALPHAR(j), ALPHAI(j), and BETA(j) should * be correct for j=INFO+1,...,N. * > N: errors that usually indicate LAPACK problems: * =N+1: error return from DGGBAL * =N+2: error return from DGEQRF * =N+3: error return from DORMQR * =N+4: error return from DORGQR * =N+5: error return from DGGHRD * =N+6: error return from DHGEQZ (other than failed * iteration) * =N+7: error return from DGGBAK (computing VSL) * =N+8: error return from DGGBAK (computing VSR) * =N+9: error return from DLASCL (various places) * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.23. (dgegv jobvl jobvr n a lda b ldb alphar alphai beta vl ldvl vr ldvr work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGGEV. * * DGEGV computes for a pair of n-by-n real nonsymmetric matrices A and * B, the generalized eigenvalues (alphar +/- alphai*i, beta), and * optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors (VL and * VR). * * A generalized eigenvalue for a pair of matrices (A,B) is, roughly * speaking, a scalar w or a ratio alpha/beta = w, such that A - w*B * is singular. It is usually represented as the pair (alpha,beta), * as there is a reasonable interpretation for beta=0, and even for * both being zero. A good beginning reference is the book, "Matrix * Computations", by G. Golub & C. van Loan (Johns Hopkins U. Press) * * A right generalized eigenvector corresponding to a generalized * eigenvalue w for a pair of matrices (A,B) is a vector r such * that (A - w B) r = 0 . A left generalized eigenvector is a vector * l such that l**H * (A - w B) = 0, where l**H is the * conjugate-transpose of l. * * Note: this routine performs "full balancing" on A and B -- see * "Further Details", below. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBVL (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the left generalized eigenvectors; * = 'V': compute the left generalized eigenvectors. * * JOBVR (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the right generalized eigenvectors; * = 'V': compute the right generalized eigenvectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A, B, VL, and VR. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the first of the pair of matrices whose * generalized eigenvalues and (optionally) generalized * eigenvectors are to be computed. * On exit, the contents will have been destroyed. (For a * description of the contents of A on exit, see "Further * Details", below.) * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N) * On entry, the second of the pair of matrices whose * generalized eigenvalues and (optionally) generalized * eigenvectors are to be computed. * On exit, the contents will have been destroyed. (For a * description of the contents of B on exit, see "Further * Details", below.) * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * ALPHAR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * ALPHAI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, (ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i)/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, will * be the generalized eigenvalues. If ALPHAI(j) is zero, then * the j-th eigenvalue is real; if positive, then the j-th and * (j+1)-st eigenvalues are a complex conjugate pair, with * ALPHAI(j+1) negative. * * Note: the quotients ALPHAR(j)/BETA(j) and ALPHAI(j)/BETA(j) * may easily over- or underflow, and BETA(j) may even be zero. * Thus, the user should avoid naively computing the ratio * alpha/beta. However, ALPHAR and ALPHAI will be always less * than and usually comparable with norm(A) in magnitude, and * BETA always less than and usually comparable with norm(B). * * VL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,N) * If JOBVL = 'V', the left generalized eigenvectors. (See * "Purpose", above.) Real eigenvectors take one column, * complex take two columns, the first for the real part and * the second for the imaginary part. Complex eigenvectors * correspond to an eigenvalue with positive imaginary part. * Each eigenvector will be scaled so the largest component * will have abs(real part) + abs(imag. part) = 1, *except* * that for eigenvalues with alpha=beta=0, a zero vector will * be returned as the corresponding eigenvector. * Not referenced if JOBVL = 'N'. * * LDVL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VL. LDVL >= 1, and * if JOBVL = 'V', LDVL >= N. * * VR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,N) * If JOBVR = 'V', the right generalized eigenvectors. (See * "Purpose", above.) Real eigenvectors take one column, * complex take two columns, the first for the real part and * the second for the imaginary part. Complex eigenvectors * correspond to an eigenvalue with positive imaginary part. * Each eigenvector will be scaled so the largest component * will have abs(real part) + abs(imag. part) = 1, *except* * that for eigenvalues with alpha=beta=0, a zero vector will * be returned as the corresponding eigenvector. * Not referenced if JOBVR = 'N'. * * LDVR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VR. LDVR >= 1, and * if JOBVR = 'V', LDVR >= N. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,8*N). * For good performance, LWORK must generally be larger. * To compute the optimal value of LWORK, call ILAENV to get * blocksizes (for DGEQRF, DORMQR, and DORGQR.) Then compute: * NB -- MAX of the blocksizes for DGEQRF, DORMQR, and DORGQR; * The optimal LWORK is: * 2*N + MAX( 6*N, N*(NB+1) ). * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * = 1,...,N: * The QZ iteration failed. No eigenvectors have been * calculated, but ALPHAR(j), ALPHAI(j), and BETA(j) * should be correct for j=INFO+1,...,N. * > N: errors that usually indicate LAPACK problems: * =N+1: error return from DGGBAL * =N+2: error return from DGEQRF * =N+3: error return from DORMQR * =N+4: error return from DORGQR * =N+5: error return from DGGHRD * =N+6: error return from DHGEQZ (other than failed * iteration) * =N+7: error return from DTGEVC * =N+8: error return from DGGBAK (computing VL) * =N+9: error return from DGGBAK (computing VR) * =N+10: error return from DLASCL (various calls) * * Further Details * =============== * * Balancing * --------- * * This driver calls DGGBAL to both permute and scale rows and columns * of A and B. The permutations PL and PR are chosen so that PL*A*PR * and PL*B*R will be upper triangular except for the diagonal blocks * A(i:j,i:j) and B(i:j,i:j), with i and j as close together as * possible. The diagonal scaling matrices DL and DR are chosen so * that the pair DL*PL*A*PR*DR, DL*PL*B*PR*DR have elements close to * one (except for the elements that start out zero.) * * After the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the balanced matrices * have been computed, DGGBAK transforms the eigenvectors back to what * they would have been (in perfect arithmetic) if they had not been * balanced. * * Contents of A and B on Exit * -------- -- - --- - -- ---- * * If any eigenvectors are computed (either JOBVL='V' or JOBVR='V' or * both), then on exit the arrays A and B will contain the real Schur * form[*] of the "balanced" versions of A and B. If no eigenvectors * are computed, then only the diagonal blocks will be correct. * * [*] See DHGEQZ, DGEGS, or read the book "Matrix Computations", * by Golub & van Loan, pub. by Johns Hopkins U. Press. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.24. (dgehd2 n ilo ihi a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEHD2 reduces a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by * an orthogonal similarity transformation: Q' * A * Q = H . * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * It is assumed that A is already upper triangular in rows * and columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N. ILO and IHI are normally * set by a previous call to DGEBAL; otherwise they should be * set to 1 and N respectively. See Further Details. * 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= max(1,N). * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the n by n general matrix to be reduced. * On exit, the upper triangle and the first subdiagonal of A * are overwritten with the upper Hessenberg matrix H, and the * elements below the first subdiagonal, with the array TAU, * represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a product of elementary * reflectors. See Further Details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of (ihi-ilo) elementary * reflectors * * Q = H(ilo) H(ilo+1) . . . H(ihi-1). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i) = 0, v(i+1) = 1 and v(ihi+1:n) = 0; v(i+2:ihi) is stored on * exit in A(i+2:ihi,i), and tau in TAU(i). * * The contents of A are illustrated by the following example, with * n = 7, ilo = 2 and ihi = 6: * * on entry, on exit, * * ( a a a a a a a ) ( a a h h h h a ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( a h h h h a ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( h h h h h h ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( v2 h h h h h ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( v2 v3 h h h h ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( v2 v3 v4 h h h ) * ( a ) ( a ) * * where a denotes an element of the original matrix A, h denotes a * modified element of the upper Hessenberg matrix H, and vi denotes an * element of the vector defining H(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.25. (dgehrd n ilo ihi a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEHRD reduces a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by * an orthogonal similarity transformation: Q' * A * Q = H . * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * It is assumed that A is already upper triangular in rows * and columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N. ILO and IHI are normally * set by a previous call to DGEBAL; otherwise they should be * set to 1 and N respectively. See Further Details. * 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the N-by-N general matrix to be reduced. * On exit, the upper triangle and the first subdiagonal of A * are overwritten with the upper Hessenberg matrix H, and the * elements below the first subdiagonal, with the array TAU, * represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a product of elementary * reflectors. See Further Details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). Elements 1:ILO-1 and IHI:N-1 of TAU are set to * zero. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The length of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB, where NB is the * optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of (ihi-ilo) elementary * reflectors * * Q = H(ilo) H(ilo+1) . . . H(ihi-1). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i) = 0, v(i+1) = 1 and v(ihi+1:n) = 0; v(i+2:ihi) is stored on * exit in A(i+2:ihi,i), and tau in TAU(i). * * The contents of A are illustrated by the following example, with * n = 7, ilo = 2 and ihi = 6: * * on entry, on exit, * * ( a a a a a a a ) ( a a h h h h a ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( a h h h h a ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( h h h h h h ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( v2 h h h h h ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( v2 v3 h h h h ) * ( a a a a a a ) ( v2 v3 v4 h h h ) * ( a ) ( a ) * * where a denotes an element of the original matrix A, h denotes a * modified element of the upper Hessenberg matrix H, and vi denotes an * element of the vector defining H(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.26. (dgelq2 m n a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGELQ2 computes an LQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A: * A = L * Q. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix A. * On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array * contain the m by min(m,n) lower trapezoidal matrix L (L is * lower triangular if m <= n); the elements above the diagonal, * with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a * product of elementary reflectors (see Further Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:n) is stored on exit in A(i,i+1:n), * and tau in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.27. (dgelqf m n a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGELQF computes an LQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A: * A = L * Q. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, the elements on and below the diagonal of the array * contain the m-by-min(m,n) lower trapezoidal matrix L (L is * lower triangular if m <= n); the elements above the diagonal, * with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a * product of elementary reflectors (see Further Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= M*NB, where NB is the * optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:n) is stored on exit in A(i,i+1:n), * and tau in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.28. (dgelsd m n nrhs a lda b ldb s rcond rank work lwork iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGELSD computes the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least * squares problem: * minimize 2-norm(| b - A*x |) * using the singular value decomposition (SVD) of A. A is an M-by-N * matrix which may be rank-deficient. * * Several right hand side vectors b and solution vectors x can be * handled in a single call; they are stored as the columns of the * M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B and the N-by-NRHS solution * matrix X. * * The problem is solved in three steps: * (1) Reduce the coefficient matrix A to bidiagonal form with * Householder transformations, reducing the original problem * into a "bidiagonal least squares problem" (BLS) * (2) Solve the BLS using a divide and conquer approach. * (3) Apply back all the Householder tranformations to solve * the original least squares problem. * * The effective rank of A is determined by treating as zero those * singular values which are less than RCOND times the largest singular * value. * * The divide and conquer algorithm makes very mild assumptions about * floating point arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard * digit in add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard * digits which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or * Cray-2. It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A has been destroyed. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, B is overwritten by the N-by-NRHS solution * matrix X. If m >= n and RANK = n, the residual * sum-of-squares for the solution in the i-th column is given * by the sum of squares of elements n+1:m in that column. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,max(M,N)). * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The singular values of A in decreasing order. * The condition number of A in the 2-norm = S(1)/S(min(m,n)). * * RCOND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * RCOND is used to determine the effective rank of A. * Singular values S(i) <= RCOND*S(1) are treated as zero. * If RCOND < 0, machine precision is used instead. * * RANK (output) INTEGER * The effective rank of A, i.e., the number of singular values * which are greater than RCOND*S(1). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK must be at least 1. * The exact minimum amount of workspace needed depends on M, * N and NRHS. As long as LWORK is at least * 12*N + 2*N*SMLSIZ + 8*N*NLVL + N*NRHS + (SMLSIZ+1)**2, * if M is greater than or equal to N or * 12*M + 2*M*SMLSIZ + 8*M*NLVL + M*NRHS + (SMLSIZ+1)**2, * if M is less than N, the code will execute correctly. * SMLSIZ is returned by ILAENV and is equal to the maximum * size of the subproblems at the bottom of the computation * tree (usually about 25), and * NLVL = MAX( 0, INT( LOG_2( MIN( M,N )/(SMLSIZ+1) ) ) + 1 ) * For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * LIWORK >= 3 * MINMN * NLVL + 11 * MINMN, * where MINMN = MIN( M,N ). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: the algorithm for computing the SVD failed to converge; * if INFO = i, i off-diagonal elements of an intermediate * bidiagonal form did not converge to zero. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.29. (dgels trans m n nrhs a lda b ldb work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGELS solves overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems * involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ * factorization of A. It is assumed that A has full rank. * * The following options are provided: * * 1. If TRANS = 'N' and m >= n: find the least squares solution of * an overdetermined system, i.e., solve the least squares problem * minimize || B - A*X ||. * * 2. If TRANS = 'N' and m < n: find the minimum norm solution of * an underdetermined system A * X = B. * * 3. If TRANS = 'T' and m >= n: find the minimum norm solution of * an undetermined system A**T * X = B. * * 4. If TRANS = 'T' and m < n: find the least squares solution of * an overdetermined system, i.e., solve the least squares problem * minimize || B - A**T * X ||. * * Several right hand side vectors b and solution vectors x can be * handled in a single call; they are stored as the columns of the * M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B and the N-by-NRHS solution * matrix X. * * Arguments * ========= * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER * = 'N': the linear system involves A; * = 'T': the linear system involves A**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of * columns of the matrices B and X. NRHS >=0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, * if M >= N, A is overwritten by details of its QR * factorization as returned by DGEQRF; * if M < N, A is overwritten by details of its LQ * factorization as returned by DGELQF. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the matrix B of right hand side vectors, stored * columnwise; B is M-by-NRHS if TRANS = 'N', or N-by-NRHS * if TRANS = 'T'. * On exit, B is overwritten by the solution vectors, stored * columnwise: * if TRANS = 'N' and m >= n, rows 1 to n of B contain the least * squares solution vectors; the residual sum of squares for the * solution in each column is given by the sum of squares of * elements N+1 to M in that column; * if TRANS = 'N' and m < n, rows 1 to N of B contain the * minimum norm solution vectors; * if TRANS = 'T' and m >= n, rows 1 to M of B contain the * minimum norm solution vectors; * if TRANS = 'T' and m < n, rows 1 to M of B contain the * least squares solution vectors; the residual sum of squares * for the solution in each column is given by the sum of * squares of elements M+1 to N in that column. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= MAX(1,M,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * LWORK >= max( 1, MN + max( MN, NRHS ) ). * For optimal performance, * LWORK >= max( 1, MN + max( MN, NRHS )*NB ). * where MN = min(M,N) and NB is the optimum block size. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.30. (dgelss m n nrhs a lda b ldb s rcond rank work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGELSS computes the minimum norm solution to a real linear least * squares problem: * * Minimize 2-norm(| b - A*x |). * * using the singular value decomposition (SVD) of A. A is an M-by-N * matrix which may be rank-deficient. * * Several right hand side vectors b and solution vectors x can be * handled in a single call; they are stored as the columns of the * M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B and the N-by-NRHS solution matrix * X. * * The effective rank of A is determined by treating as zero those * singular values which are less than RCOND times the largest singular * value. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, the first min(m,n) rows of A are overwritten with * its right singular vectors, stored rowwise. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, B is overwritten by the N-by-NRHS solution * matrix X. If m >= n and RANK = n, the residual * sum-of-squares for the solution in the i-th column is given * by the sum of squares of elements n+1:m in that column. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,max(M,N)). * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The singular values of A in decreasing order. * The condition number of A in the 2-norm = S(1)/S(min(m,n)). * * RCOND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * RCOND is used to determine the effective rank of A. * Singular values S(i) <= RCOND*S(1) are treated as zero. * If RCOND < 0, machine precision is used instead. * * RANK (output) INTEGER * The effective rank of A, i.e., the number of singular values * which are greater than RCOND*S(1). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= 1, and also: * LWORK >= 3*min(M,N) + max( 2*min(M,N), max(M,N), NRHS ) * For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: the algorithm for computing the SVD failed to converge; * if INFO = i, i off-diagonal elements of an intermediate * bidiagonal form did not converge to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.31. (dgelsx m n nrhs a lda b ldb jpvt rcond rank work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGELSY. * * DGELSX computes the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least * squares problem: * minimize || A * X - B || * using a complete orthogonal factorization of A. A is an M-by-N * matrix which may be rank-deficient. * * Several right hand side vectors b and solution vectors x can be * handled in a single call; they are stored as the columns of the * M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B and the N-by-NRHS solution * matrix X. * * The routine first computes a QR factorization with column pivoting: * A * P = Q * [ R11 R12 ] * [ 0 R22 ] * with R11 defined as the largest leading submatrix whose estimated * condition number is less than 1/RCOND. The order of R11, RANK, * is the effective rank of A. * * Then, R22 is considered to be negligible, and R12 is annihilated * by orthogonal transformations from the right, arriving at the * complete orthogonal factorization: * A * P = Q * [ T11 0 ] * Z * [ 0 0 ] * The minimum-norm solution is then * X = P * Z' [ inv(T11)*Q1'*B ] * [ 0 ] * where Q1 consists of the first RANK columns of Q. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of * columns of matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A has been overwritten by details of its * complete orthogonal factorization. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * If m >= n and RANK = n, the residual sum-of-squares for * the solution in the i-th column is given by the sum of * squares of elements N+1:M in that column. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,M,N). * * JPVT (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On entry, if JPVT(i) .ne. 0, the i-th column of A is an * initial column, otherwise it is a free column. Before * the QR factorization of A, all initial columns are * permuted to the leading positions; only the remaining * free columns are moved as a result of column pivoting * during the factorization. * On exit, if JPVT(i) = k, then the i-th column of A*P * was the k-th column of A. * * RCOND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * RCOND is used to determine the effective rank of A, which * is defined as the order of the largest leading triangular * submatrix R11 in the QR factorization with pivoting of A, * whose estimated condition number < 1/RCOND. * * RANK (output) INTEGER * The effective rank of A, i.e., the order of the submatrix * R11. This is the same as the order of the submatrix T11 * in the complete orthogonal factorization of A. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (max( min(M,N)+3*N, 2*min(M,N)+NRHS )), * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.32. (dgelsy m n nrhs a lda b ldb jpvt rcond rank work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGELSY computes the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least * squares problem: * minimize || A * X - B || * using a complete orthogonal factorization of A. A is an M-by-N * matrix which may be rank-deficient. * * Several right hand side vectors b and solution vectors x can be * handled in a single call; they are stored as the columns of the * M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B and the N-by-NRHS solution * matrix X. * * The routine first computes a QR factorization with column pivoting: * A * P = Q * [ R11 R12 ] * [ 0 R22 ] * with R11 defined as the largest leading submatrix whose estimated * condition number is less than 1/RCOND. The order of R11, RANK, * is the effective rank of A. * * Then, R22 is considered to be negligible, and R12 is annihilated * by orthogonal transformations from the right, arriving at the * complete orthogonal factorization: * A * P = Q * [ T11 0 ] * Z * [ 0 0 ] * The minimum-norm solution is then * X = P * Z' [ inv(T11)*Q1'*B ] * [ 0 ] * where Q1 consists of the first RANK columns of Q. * * This routine is basically identical to the original xGELSX except * three differences: * o The call to the subroutine xGEQPF has been substituted by the * the call to the subroutine xGEQP3. This subroutine is a Blas-3 * version of the QR factorization with column pivoting. * o Matrix B (the right hand side) is updated with Blas-3. * o The permutation of matrix B (the right hand side) is faster and * more simple. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of * columns of matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A has been overwritten by details of its * complete orthogonal factorization. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the M-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,M,N). * * JPVT (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On entry, if JPVT(i) .ne. 0, the i-th column of A is permuted * to the front of AP, otherwise column i is a free column. * On exit, if JPVT(i) = k, then the i-th column of AP * was the k-th column of A. * * RCOND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * RCOND is used to determine the effective rank of A, which * is defined as the order of the largest leading triangular * submatrix R11 in the QR factorization with pivoting of A, * whose estimated condition number < 1/RCOND. * * RANK (output) INTEGER * The effective rank of A, i.e., the order of the submatrix * R11. This is the same as the order of the submatrix T11 * in the complete orthogonal factorization of A. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * The unblocked strategy requires that: * LWORK >= MAX( MN+3*N+1, 2*MN+NRHS ), * where MN = min( M, N ). * The block algorithm requires that: * LWORK >= MAX( MN+2*N+NB*(N+1), 2*MN+NB*NRHS ), * where NB is an upper bound on the blocksize returned * by ILAENV for the routines DGEQP3, DTZRZF, STZRQF, DORMQR, * and DORMRZ. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: If INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA * E. Quintana-Orti, Depto. de Informatica, Universidad Jaime I, Spain * G. Quintana-Orti, Depto. de Informatica, Universidad Jaime I, Spain * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.33. (dgeql2 m n a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEQL2 computes a QL factorization of a real m by n matrix A: * A = Q * L. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix A. * On exit, if m >= n, the lower triangle of the subarray * A(m-n+1:m,1:n) contains the n by n lower triangular matrix L; * if m <= n, the elements on and below the (n-m)-th * superdiagonal contain the m by n lower trapezoidal matrix L; * the remaining elements, with the array TAU, represent the * orthogonal matrix Q as a product of elementary reflectors * (see Further Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(m-k+i+1:m) = 0 and v(m-k+i) = 1; v(1:m-k+i-1) is stored on exit in * A(1:m-k+i-1,n-k+i), and tau in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.34. (dgeqlf m n a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEQLF computes a QL factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A: * A = Q * L. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, * if m >= n, the lower triangle of the subarray * A(m-n+1:m,1:n) contains the N-by-N lower triangular matrix L; * if m <= n, the elements on and below the (n-m)-th * superdiagonal contain the M-by-N lower trapezoidal matrix L; * the remaining elements, with the array TAU, represent the * orthogonal matrix Q as a product of elementary reflectors * (see Further Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB, where NB is the * optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(m-k+i+1:m) = 0 and v(m-k+i) = 1; v(1:m-k+i-1) is stored on exit in * A(1:m-k+i-1,n-k+i), and tau in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.35. (dgeqp3 m n a lda jpvt tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEQP3 computes a QR factorization with column pivoting of a * matrix A: A*P = Q*R using Level 3 BLAS. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, the upper triangle of the array contains the * min(M,N)-by-N upper trapezoidal matrix R; the elements below * the diagonal, together with the array TAU, represent the * orthogonal matrix Q as a product of min(M,N) elementary * reflectors. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * JPVT (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On entry, if JPVT(J).ne.0, the J-th column of A is permuted * to the front of A*P (a leading column); if JPVT(J)=0, * the J-th column of A is a free column. * On exit, if JPVT(J)=K, then the J-th column of A*P was the * the K-th column of A. * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO=0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= 3*N+1. * For optimal performance LWORK >= 2*N+( N+1 )*NB, where NB * is the optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real/complex scalar, and v is a real/complex vector * with v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:m) is stored on exit in * A(i+1:m,i), and tau in TAU(i). * * Based on contributions by * G. Quintana-Orti, Depto. de Informatica, Universidad Jaime I, Spain * X. Sun, Computer Science Dept., Duke University, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.36. (dgeqpf m n a lda jpvt tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGEQP3. * * DGEQPF computes a QR factorization with column pivoting of a * real M-by-N matrix A: A*P = Q*R. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0 * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, the upper triangle of the array contains the * min(M,N)-by-N upper triangular matrix R; the elements * below the diagonal, together with the array TAU, * represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a product of * min(m,n) elementary reflectors. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * JPVT (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On entry, if JPVT(i) .ne. 0, the i-th column of A is permuted * to the front of A*P (a leading column); if JPVT(i) = 0, * the i-th column of A is a free column. * On exit, if JPVT(i) = k, then the i-th column of A*P * was the k-th column of A. * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n) * * Each H(i) has the form * * H = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:m) is stored on exit in A(i+1:m,i). * * The matrix P is represented in jpvt as follows: If * jpvt(j) = i * then the jth column of P is the ith canonical unit vector. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.37. (dgeqr2 m n a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEQR2 computes a QR factorization of a real m by n matrix A: * A = Q * R. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix A. * On exit, the elements on and above the diagonal of the array * contain the min(m,n) by n upper trapezoidal matrix R (R is * upper triangular if m >= n); the elements below the diagonal, * with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a * product of elementary reflectors (see Further Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:m) is stored on exit in A(i+1:m,i), * and tau in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.38. (dgeqrf m n a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGEQRF computes a QR factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A: * A = Q * R. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, the elements on and above the diagonal of the array * contain the min(M,N)-by-N upper trapezoidal matrix R (R is * upper triangular if m >= n); the elements below the diagonal, * with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a * product of min(m,n) elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB, where NB is * the optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:m) is stored on exit in A(i+1:m,i), * and tau in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.39. (dgerfs trans n nrhs a lda af ldaf ipiv b ldb x ldx ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGERFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear * equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for * the solution. * * Arguments * ========= * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of the system of equations: * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A**T * X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A**H * X = B (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The original N-by-N matrix A. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * AF (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAF,N) * The factors L and U from the factorization A = P*L*U * as computed by DGETRF. * * LDAF (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AF. LDAF >= max(1,N). * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices from DGETRF; for 1<=i<=N, row i of the * matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DGETRS. * On exit, the improved solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.40. (dgerq2 m n a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGERQ2 computes an RQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A: * A = R * Q. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix A. * On exit, if m <= n, the upper triangle of the subarray * A(1:m,n-m+1:n) contains the m by m upper triangular matrix R; * if m >= n, the elements on and above the (m-n)-th subdiagonal * contain the m by n upper trapezoidal matrix R; the remaining * elements, with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix * Q as a product of elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(n-k+i+1:n) = 0 and v(n-k+i) = 1; v(1:n-k+i-1) is stored on exit in * A(m-k+i,1:n-k+i-1), and tau in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.41. (dgerqf m n a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGERQF computes an RQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A: * A = R * Q. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, * if m <= n, the upper triangle of the subarray * A(1:m,n-m+1:n) contains the M-by-M upper triangular matrix R; * if m >= n, the elements on and above the (m-n)-th subdiagonal * contain the M-by-N upper trapezoidal matrix R; * the remaining elements, with the array TAU, represent the * orthogonal matrix Q as a product of min(m,n) elementary * reflectors (see Further Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= M*NB, where NB is * the optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(n-k+i+1:n) = 0 and v(n-k+i) = 1; v(1:n-k+i-1) is stored on exit in * A(m-k+i,1:n-k+i-1), and tau in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.42. (dgesc2 n a lda rhs ipiv jpiv scale ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGESC2 solves a system of linear equations * * A * X = scale* RHS * * with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with * complete pivoting computed by DGETC2. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the LU part of the factorization of the n-by-n * matrix A computed by DGETC2: A = P * L * U * Q * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1, N). * * RHS (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N). * On entry, the right hand side vector b. * On exit, the solution vector X. * * IPIV (iput) INTEGER array, dimension (N). * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= N, row i of the * matrix has been interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * JPIV (iput) INTEGER array, dimension (N). * The pivot indices; for 1 <= j <= N, column j of the * matrix has been interchanged with column JPIV(j). * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On exit, SCALE contains the scale factor. SCALE is chosen * 0 <= SCALE <= 1 to prevent owerflow in the solution. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Bo Kagstrom and Peter Poromaa, Department of Computing Science, * Umea University, S-901 87 Umea, Sweden. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.43. (dgesdd jobz m n a lda s u ldu vt ldvt work lwork iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGESDD computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real * M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and right singular * vectors. If singular vectors are desired, it uses a * divide-and-conquer algorithm. * * The SVD is written * * A = U * SIGMA * transpose(V) * * where SIGMA is an M-by-N matrix which is zero except for its * min(m,n) diagonal elements, U is an M-by-M orthogonal matrix, and * V is an N-by-N orthogonal matrix. The diagonal elements of SIGMA * are the singular values of A; they are real and non-negative, and * are returned in descending order. The first min(m,n) columns of * U and V are the left and right singular vectors of A. * * Note that the routine returns VT = V**T, not V. * * The divide and conquer algorithm makes very mild assumptions about * floating point arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard * digit in add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard * digits which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or * Cray-2. It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies options for computing all or part of the matrix U: * = 'A': all M columns of U and all N rows of V**T are * returned in the arrays U and VT; * = 'S': the first min(M,N) columns of U and the first * min(M,N) rows of V**T are returned in the arrays U * and VT; * = 'O': If M >= N, the first N columns of U are overwritten * on the array A and all rows of V**T are returned in * the array VT; * otherwise, all columns of U are returned in the * array U and the first M rows of V**T are overwritten * in the array VT; * = 'N': no columns of U or rows of V**T are computed. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the input matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the input matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, * if JOBZ = 'O', A is overwritten with the first N columns * of U (the left singular vectors, stored * columnwise) if M >= N; * A is overwritten with the first M rows * of V**T (the right singular vectors, stored * rowwise) otherwise. * if JOBZ .ne. 'O', the contents of A are destroyed. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The singular values of A, sorted so that S(i) >= S(i+1). * * U (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU,UCOL) * UCOL = M if JOBZ = 'A' or JOBZ = 'O' and M < N; * UCOL = min(M,N) if JOBZ = 'S'. * If JOBZ = 'A' or JOBZ = 'O' and M < N, U contains the M-by-M * orthogonal matrix U; * if JOBZ = 'S', U contains the first min(M,N) columns of U * (the left singular vectors, stored columnwise); * if JOBZ = 'O' and M >= N, or JOBZ = 'N', U is not referenced. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= 1; if * JOBZ = 'S' or 'A' or JOBZ = 'O' and M < N, LDU >= M. * * VT (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT,N) * If JOBZ = 'A' or JOBZ = 'O' and M >= N, VT contains the * N-by-N orthogonal matrix V**T; * if JOBZ = 'S', VT contains the first min(M,N) rows of * V**T (the right singular vectors, stored rowwise); * if JOBZ = 'O' and M < N, or JOBZ = 'N', VT is not referenced. * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT. LDVT >= 1; if * JOBZ = 'A' or JOBZ = 'O' and M >= N, LDVT >= N; * if JOBZ = 'S', LDVT >= min(M,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK; * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= 1. * If JOBZ = 'N', * LWORK >= 3*min(M,N) + max(max(M,N),6*min(M,N)). * If JOBZ = 'O', * LWORK >= 3*min(M,N)*min(M,N) + * max(max(M,N),5*min(M,N)*min(M,N)+4*min(M,N)). * If JOBZ = 'S' or 'A' * LWORK >= 3*min(M,N)*min(M,N) + * max(max(M,N),4*min(M,N)*min(M,N)+4*min(M,N)). * For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger. * If LWORK < 0 but other input arguments are legal, WORK(1) * returns the optimal LWORK. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (8*min(M,N)) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: DBDSDC did not converge, updating process failed. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.44. (dgesvd jobu jobvt m n a lda s u ldu vt ldvt work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGESVD computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real * M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular * vectors. The SVD is written * * A = U * SIGMA * transpose(V) * * where SIGMA is an M-by-N matrix which is zero except for its * min(m,n) diagonal elements, U is an M-by-M orthogonal matrix, and * V is an N-by-N orthogonal matrix. The diagonal elements of SIGMA * are the singular values of A; they are real and non-negative, and * are returned in descending order. The first min(m,n) columns of * U and V are the left and right singular vectors of A. * * Note that the routine returns V**T, not V. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBU (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies options for computing all or part of the matrix U: * = 'A': all M columns of U are returned in array U: * = 'S': the first min(m,n) columns of U (the left singular * vectors) are returned in the array U; * = 'O': the first min(m,n) columns of U (the left singular * vectors) are overwritten on the array A; * = 'N': no columns of U (no left singular vectors) are * computed. * * JOBVT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies options for computing all or part of the matrix * V**T: * = 'A': all N rows of V**T are returned in the array VT; * = 'S': the first min(m,n) rows of V**T (the right singular * vectors) are returned in the array VT; * = 'O': the first min(m,n) rows of V**T (the right singular * vectors) are overwritten on the array A; * = 'N': no rows of V**T (no right singular vectors) are * computed. * * JOBVT and JOBU cannot both be 'O'. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the input matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the input matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, * if JOBU = 'O', A is overwritten with the first min(m,n) * columns of U (the left singular vectors, * stored columnwise); * if JOBVT = 'O', A is overwritten with the first min(m,n) * rows of V**T (the right singular vectors, * stored rowwise); * if JOBU .ne. 'O' and JOBVT .ne. 'O', the contents of A * are destroyed. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The singular values of A, sorted so that S(i) >= S(i+1). * * U (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU,UCOL) * (LDU,M) if JOBU = 'A' or (LDU,min(M,N)) if JOBU = 'S'. * If JOBU = 'A', U contains the M-by-M orthogonal matrix U; * if JOBU = 'S', U contains the first min(m,n) columns of U * (the left singular vectors, stored columnwise); * if JOBU = 'N' or 'O', U is not referenced. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= 1; if * JOBU = 'S' or 'A', LDU >= M. * * VT (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT,N) * If JOBVT = 'A', VT contains the N-by-N orthogonal matrix * V**T; * if JOBVT = 'S', VT contains the first min(m,n) rows of * V**T (the right singular vectors, stored rowwise); * if JOBVT = 'N' or 'O', VT is not referenced. * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT. LDVT >= 1; if * JOBVT = 'A', LDVT >= N; if JOBVT = 'S', LDVT >= min(M,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK; * if INFO > 0, WORK(2:MIN(M,N)) contains the unconverged * superdiagonal elements of an upper bidiagonal matrix B * whose diagonal is in S (not necessarily sorted). B * satisfies A = U * B * VT, so it has the same singular values * as A, and singular vectors related by U and VT. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= 1. * LWORK >= MAX(3*MIN(M,N)+MAX(M,N),5*MIN(M,N)). * For good performance, LWORK should generally be larger. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if DBDSQR did not converge, INFO specifies how many * superdiagonals of an intermediate bidiagonal form B * did not converge to zero. See the description of WORK * above for details. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.45. (dgesv n nrhs a lda ipiv b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGESV computes the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * The LU decomposition with partial pivoting and row interchanges is * used to factor A as * A = P * L * U, * where P is a permutation matrix, L is unit lower triangular, and U is * upper triangular. The factored form of A is then used to solve the * system of equations A * X = B. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the N-by-N coefficient matrix A. * On exit, the factors L and U from the factorization * A = P*L*U; the unit diagonal elements of L are not stored. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices that define the permutation matrix P; * row i of the matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS matrix of right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, U(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, so the solution could not be computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. External Subroutines .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.46. (dgesvx fact trans n nrhs a lda af ldaf ipiv equed r c b ldb x ldx rcond ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGESVX uses the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real * system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * Error bounds on the solution and a condition estimate are also * provided. * * Description * =========== * * The following steps are performed: * * 1. If FACT = 'E', real scaling factors are computed to equilibrate * the system: * TRANS = 'N': diag(R)*A*diag(C) *inv(diag(C))*X = diag(R)*B * TRANS = 'T': (diag(R)*A*diag(C))**T *inv(diag(R))*X = diag(C)*B * TRANS = 'C': (diag(R)*A*diag(C))**H *inv(diag(R))*X = diag(C)*B * Whether or not the system will be equilibrated depends on the * scaling of the matrix A, but if equilibration is used, A is * overwritten by diag(R)*A*diag(C) and B by diag(R)*B (if TRANS='N') * or diag(C)*B (if TRANS = 'T' or 'C'). * * 2. If FACT = 'N' or 'E', the LU decomposition is used to factor the * matrix A (after equilibration if FACT = 'E') as * A = P * L * U, * where P is a permutation matrix, L is a unit lower triangular * matrix, and U is upper triangular. * * 3. If some U(i,i)=0, so that U is exactly singular, then the routine * returns with INFO = i. Otherwise, the factored form of A is used * to estimate the condition number of the matrix A. If the * reciprocal of the condition number is less than machine precision, * INFO = N+1 is returned as a warning, but the routine still goes on * to solve for X and compute error bounds as described below. * * 4. The system of equations is solved for X using the factored form * of A. * * 5. Iterative refinement is applied to improve the computed solution * matrix and calculate error bounds and backward error estimates * for it. * * 6. If equilibration was used, the matrix X is premultiplied by * diag(C) (if TRANS = 'N') or diag(R) (if TRANS = 'T' or 'C') so * that it solves the original system before equilibration. * * Arguments * ========= * * FACT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the factored form of the matrix A is * supplied on entry, and if not, whether the matrix A should be * equilibrated before it is factored. * = 'F': On entry, AF and IPIV contain the factored form of A. * If EQUED is not 'N', the matrix A has been * equilibrated with scaling factors given by R and C. * A, AF, and IPIV are not modified. * = 'N': The matrix A will be copied to AF and factored. * = 'E': The matrix A will be equilibrated if necessary, then * copied to AF and factored. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of the system of equations: * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A**T * X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A**H * X = B (Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the N-by-N matrix A. If FACT = 'F' and EQUED is * not 'N', then A must have been equilibrated by the scaling * factors in R and/or C. A is not modified if FACT = 'F' or * 'N', or if FACT = 'E' and EQUED = 'N' on exit. * * On exit, if EQUED .ne. 'N', A is scaled as follows: * EQUED = 'R': A := diag(R) * A * EQUED = 'C': A := A * diag(C) * EQUED = 'B': A := diag(R) * A * diag(C). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * AF (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAF,N) * If FACT = 'F', then AF is an input argument and on entry * contains the factors L and U from the factorization * A = P*L*U as computed by DGETRF. If EQUED .ne. 'N', then * AF is the factored form of the equilibrated matrix A. * * If FACT = 'N', then AF is an output argument and on exit * returns the factors L and U from the factorization A = P*L*U * of the original matrix A. * * If FACT = 'E', then AF is an output argument and on exit * returns the factors L and U from the factorization A = P*L*U * of the equilibrated matrix A (see the description of A for * the form of the equilibrated matrix). * * LDAF (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AF. LDAF >= max(1,N). * * IPIV (input or output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * If FACT = 'F', then IPIV is an input argument and on entry * contains the pivot indices from the factorization A = P*L*U * as computed by DGETRF; row i of the matrix was interchanged * with row IPIV(i). * * If FACT = 'N', then IPIV is an output argument and on exit * contains the pivot indices from the factorization A = P*L*U * of the original matrix A. * * If FACT = 'E', then IPIV is an output argument and on exit * contains the pivot indices from the factorization A = P*L*U * of the equilibrated matrix A. * * EQUED (input or output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of equilibration that was done. * = 'N': No equilibration (always true if FACT = 'N'). * = 'R': Row equilibration, i.e., A has been premultiplied by * diag(R). * = 'C': Column equilibration, i.e., A has been postmultiplied * by diag(C). * = 'B': Both row and column equilibration, i.e., A has been * replaced by diag(R) * A * diag(C). * EQUED is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; otherwise, it is an * output argument. * * R (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The row scale factors for A. If EQUED = 'R' or 'B', A is * multiplied on the left by diag(R); if EQUED = 'N' or 'C', R * is not accessed. R is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; * otherwise, R is an output argument. If FACT = 'F' and * EQUED = 'R' or 'B', each element of R must be positive. * * C (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The column scale factors for A. If EQUED = 'C' or 'B', A is * multiplied on the right by diag(C); if EQUED = 'N' or 'R', C * is not accessed. C is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; * otherwise, C is an output argument. If FACT = 'F' and * EQUED = 'C' or 'B', each element of C must be positive. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, * if EQUED = 'N', B is not modified; * if TRANS = 'N' and EQUED = 'R' or 'B', B is overwritten by * diag(R)*B; * if TRANS = 'T' or 'C' and EQUED = 'C' or 'B', B is * overwritten by diag(C)*B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * If INFO = 0 or INFO = N+1, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X * to the original system of equations. Note that A and B are * modified on exit if EQUED .ne. 'N', and the solution to the * equilibrated system is inv(diag(C))*X if TRANS = 'N' and * EQUED = 'C' or 'B', or inv(diag(R))*X if TRANS = 'T' or 'C' * and EQUED = 'R' or 'B'. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The estimate of the reciprocal condition number of the matrix * A after equilibration (if done). If RCOND is less than the * machine precision (in particular, if RCOND = 0), the matrix * is singular to working precision. This condition is * indicated by a return code of INFO > 0. * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N) * On exit, WORK(1) contains the reciprocal pivot growth * factor norm(A)/norm(U). The "max absolute element" norm is * used. If WORK(1) is much less than 1, then the stability * of the LU factorization of the (equilibrated) matrix A * could be poor. This also means that the solution X, condition * estimator RCOND, and forward error bound FERR could be * unreliable. If factorization fails with 0<INFO<=N, then * WORK(1) contains the reciprocal pivot growth factor for the * leading INFO columns of A. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: U(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization has * been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, so the solution and error bounds * could not be computed. RCOND = 0 is returned. * = N+1: U is nonsingular, but RCOND is less than machine * precision, meaning that the matrix is singular * to working precision. Nevertheless, the * solution and error bounds are computed because * there are a number of situations where the * computed solution can be more accurate than the * value of RCOND would suggest. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.47. (dgetc2 n a lda ipiv jpiv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGETC2 computes an LU factorization with complete pivoting of the * n-by-n matrix A. The factorization has the form A = P * L * U * Q, * where P and Q are permutation matrices, L is lower triangular with * unit diagonal elements and U is upper triangular. * * This is the Level 2 BLAS algorithm. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the n-by-n matrix A to be factored. * On exit, the factors L and U from the factorization * A = P*L*U*Q; the unit diagonal elements of L are not stored. * If U(k, k) appears to be less than SMIN, U(k, k) is given the * value of SMIN, i.e., giving a nonsingular perturbed system. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension(N). * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= N, row i of the * matrix has been interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * JPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension(N). * The pivot indices; for 1 <= j <= N, column j of the * matrix has been interchanged with column JPIV(j). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * > 0: if INFO = k, U(k, k) is likely to produce owerflow if * we try to solve for x in Ax = b. So U is perturbed to * avoid the overflow. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Bo Kagstrom and Peter Poromaa, Department of Computing Science, * Umea University, S-901 87 Umea, Sweden. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.48. (dgetf2 m n a lda ipiv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGETF2 computes an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A * using partial pivoting with row interchanges. * * The factorization has the form * A = P * L * U * where P is a permutation matrix, L is lower triangular with unit * diagonal elements (lower trapezoidal if m > n), and U is upper * triangular (upper trapezoidal if m < n). * * This is the right-looking Level 2 BLAS version of the algorithm. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix to be factored. * On exit, the factors L and U from the factorization * A = P*L*U; the unit diagonal elements of L are not stored. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= min(M,N), row i of the * matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = k, U(k,k) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, and division by zero will occur if it is used * to solve a system of equations. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.49. (dgetrf m n a lda ipiv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGETRF computes an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A * using partial pivoting with row interchanges. * * The factorization has the form * A = P * L * U * where P is a permutation matrix, L is lower triangular with unit * diagonal elements (lower trapezoidal if m > n), and U is upper * triangular (upper trapezoidal if m < n). * * This is the right-looking Level 3 BLAS version of the algorithm. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix to be factored. * On exit, the factors L and U from the factorization * A = P*L*U; the unit diagonal elements of L are not stored. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= min(M,N), row i of the * matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, U(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, and division by zero will occur if it is used * to solve a system of equations. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.50. (dgetri n a lda ipiv work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGETRI computes the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization * computed by DGETRF. * * This method inverts U and then computes inv(A) by solving the system * inv(A)*L = inv(U) for inv(A). * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the factors L and U from the factorization * A = P*L*U as computed by DGETRF. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the inverse of the original matrix A. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices from DGETRF; for 1<=i<=N, row i of the * matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO=0, then WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N). * For optimal performance LWORK >= N*NB, where NB is * the optimal blocksize returned by ILAENV. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, U(i,i) is exactly zero; the matrix is * singular and its inverse could not be computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.51. (dgetrs trans n nrhs a lda ipiv b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGETRS solves a system of linear equations * A * X = B or A' * X = B * with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed * by DGETRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of the system of equations: * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A'* X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A'* X = B (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The factors L and U from the factorization A = P*L*U * as computed by DGETRF. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices from DGETRF; for 1<=i<=N, row i of the * matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side matrix B. * On exit, the solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.52. (dggbak job side n ilo ihi lscale rscale m v ldv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGBAK forms the right or left eigenvectors of a real generalized * eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on * the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by * DGGBAL. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the type of backward transformation required: * = 'N': do nothing, return immediately; * = 'P': do backward transformation for permutation only; * = 'S': do backward transformation for scaling only; * = 'B': do backward transformations for both permutation and * scaling. * JOB must be the same as the argument JOB supplied to DGGBAL. * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'R': V contains right eigenvectors; * = 'L': V contains left eigenvectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix V. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * The integers ILO and IHI determined by DGGBAL. * 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0. * * LSCALE (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutations and/or scaling factors applied * to the left side of A and B, as returned by DGGBAL. * * RSCALE (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutations and/or scaling factors applied * to the right side of A and B, as returned by DGGBAL. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix V. M >= 0. * * V (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,M) * On entry, the matrix of right or left eigenvectors to be * transformed, as returned by DTGEVC. * On exit, V is overwritten by the transformed eigenvectors. * * LDV (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix V. LDV >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * See R.C. Ward, Balancing the generalized eigenvalue problem, * SIAM J. Sci. Stat. Comp. 2 (1981), 141-152. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.53. (dggbal job n a lda b ldb ilo ihi lscale rscale work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGBAL balances a pair of general real matrices (A,B). This * involves, first, permuting A and B by similarity transformations to * isolate eigenvalues in the first 1 to ILO$-$1 and last IHI+1 to N * elements on the diagonal; and second, applying a diagonal similarity * transformation to rows and columns ILO to IHI to make the rows * and columns as close in norm as possible. Both steps are optional. * * Balancing may reduce the 1-norm of the matrices, and improve the * accuracy of the computed eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors in the * generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the operations to be performed on A and B: * = 'N': none: simply set ILO = 1, IHI = N, LSCALE(I) = 1.0 * and RSCALE(I) = 1.0 for i = 1,...,N. * = 'P': permute only; * = 'S': scale only; * = 'B': both permute and scale. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the input matrix A. * On exit, A is overwritten by the balanced matrix. * If JOB = 'N', A is not referenced. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N) * On entry, the input matrix B. * On exit, B is overwritten by the balanced matrix. * If JOB = 'N', B is not referenced. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * ILO (output) INTEGER * IHI (output) INTEGER * ILO and IHI are set to integers such that on exit * A(i,j) = 0 and B(i,j) = 0 if i > j and * j = 1,...,ILO-1 or i = IHI+1,...,N. * If JOB = 'N' or 'S', ILO = 1 and IHI = N. * * LSCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutations and scaling factors applied * to the left side of A and B. If P(j) is the index of the * row interchanged with row j, and D(j) * is the scaling factor applied to row j, then * LSCALE(j) = P(j) for J = 1,...,ILO-1 * = D(j) for J = ILO,...,IHI * = P(j) for J = IHI+1,...,N. * The order in which the interchanges are made is N to IHI+1, * then 1 to ILO-1. * * RSCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutations and scaling factors applied * to the right side of A and B. If P(j) is the index of the * column interchanged with column j, and D(j) * is the scaling factor applied to column j, then * LSCALE(j) = P(j) for J = 1,...,ILO-1 * = D(j) for J = ILO,...,IHI * = P(j) for J = IHI+1,...,N. * The order in which the interchanges are made is N to IHI+1, * then 1 to ILO-1. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (6*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * See R.C. WARD, Balancing the generalized eigenvalue problem, * SIAM J. Sci. Stat. Comp. 2 (1981), 141-152. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.54. (dgges jobvsl jobvsr sort delctg n a lda b ldb sdim alphar alphai beta vsl ldvsl vsr ldvsr work lwork bwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGES computes for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), * the generalized eigenvalues, the generalized real Schur form (S,T), * optionally, the left and/or right matrices of Schur vectors (VSL and * VSR). This gives the generalized Schur factorization * * (A,B) = ( (VSL)*S*(VSR)**T, (VSL)*T*(VSR)**T ) * * Optionally, it also orders the eigenvalues so that a selected cluster * of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper * quasi-triangular matrix S and the upper triangular matrix T.The * leading columns of VSL and VSR then form an orthonormal basis for the * corresponding left and right eigenspaces (deflating subspaces). * * (If only the generalized eigenvalues are needed, use the driver * DGGEV instead, which is faster.) * * A generalized eigenvalue for a pair of matrices (A,B) is a scalar w * or a ratio alpha/beta = w, such that A - w*B is singular. It is * usually represented as the pair (alpha,beta), as there is a * reasonable interpretation for beta=0 or both being zero. * * A pair of matrices (S,T) is in generalized real Schur form if T is * upper triangular with non-negative diagonal and S is block upper * triangular with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 blocks. 1-by-1 blocks correspond * to real generalized eigenvalues, while 2-by-2 blocks of S will be * "standardized" by making the corresponding elements of T have the * form: * [ a 0 ] * [ 0 b ] * * and the pair of corresponding 2-by-2 blocks in S and T will have a * complex conjugate pair of generalized eigenvalues. * * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBVSL (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the left Schur vectors; * = 'V': compute the left Schur vectors. * * JOBVSR (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the right Schur vectors; * = 'V': compute the right Schur vectors. * * SORT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not to order the eigenvalues on the * diagonal of the generalized Schur form. * = 'N': Eigenvalues are not ordered; * = 'S': Eigenvalues are ordered (see DELZTG); * * DELZTG (input) LOGICAL FUNCTION of three DOUBLE PRECISION arguments * DELZTG must be declared EXTERNAL in the calling subroutine. * If SORT = 'N', DELZTG is not referenced. * If SORT = 'S', DELZTG is used to select eigenvalues to sort * to the top left of the Schur form. * An eigenvalue (ALPHAR(j)+ALPHAI(j))/BETA(j) is selected if * DELZTG(ALPHAR(j),ALPHAI(j),BETA(j)) is true; i.e. if either * one of a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues is selected, * then both complex eigenvalues are selected. * * Note that in the ill-conditioned case, a selected complex * eigenvalue may no longer satisfy DELZTG(ALPHAR(j),ALPHAI(j), * BETA(j)) = .TRUE. after ordering. INFO is to be set to N+2 * in this case. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A, B, VSL, and VSR. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the first of the pair of matrices. * On exit, A has been overwritten by its generalized Schur * form S. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N) * On entry, the second of the pair of matrices. * On exit, B has been overwritten by its generalized Schur * form T. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * SDIM (output) INTEGER * If SORT = 'N', SDIM = 0. * If SORT = 'S', SDIM = number of eigenvalues (after sorting) * for which DELZTG is true. (Complex conjugate pairs for which * DELZTG is true for either eigenvalue count as 2.) * * ALPHAR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * ALPHAI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, (ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i)/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, will * be the generalized eigenvalues. ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i, * and BETA(j),j=1,...,N are the diagonals of the complex Schur * form (S,T) that would result if the 2-by-2 diagonal blocks of * the real Schur form of (A,B) were further reduced to * triangular form using 2-by-2 complex unitary transformations. * If ALPHAI(j) is zero, then the j-th eigenvalue is real; if * positive, then the j-th and (j+1)-st eigenvalues are a * complex conjugate pair, with ALPHAI(j+1) negative. * * Note: the quotients ALPHAR(j)/BETA(j) and ALPHAI(j)/BETA(j) * may easily over- or underflow, and BETA(j) may even be zero. * Thus, the user should avoid naively computing the ratio. * However, ALPHAR and ALPHAI will be always less than and * usually comparable with norm(A) in magnitude, and BETA always * less than and usually comparable with norm(B). * * VSL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVSL,N) * If JOBVSL = 'V', VSL will contain the left Schur vectors. * Not referenced if JOBVSL = 'N'. * * LDVSL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VSL. LDVSL >=1, and * if JOBVSL = 'V', LDVSL >= N. * * VSR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVSR,N) * If JOBVSR = 'V', VSR will contain the right Schur vectors. * Not referenced if JOBVSR = 'N'. * * LDVSR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VSR. LDVSR >= 1, and * if JOBVSR = 'V', LDVSR >= N. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= 8*N+16. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * BWORK (workspace) LOGICAL array, dimension (N) * Not referenced if SORT = 'N'. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * = 1,...,N: * The QZ iteration failed. (A,B) are not in Schur * form, but ALPHAR(j), ALPHAI(j), and BETA(j) should * be correct for j=INFO+1,...,N. * > N: =N+1: other than QZ iteration failed in DHGEQZ. * =N+2: after reordering, roundoff changed values of * some complex eigenvalues so that leading * eigenvalues in the Generalized Schur form no * longer satisfy DELZTG=.TRUE. This could also * be caused due to scaling. * =N+3: reordering failed in DTGSEN. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.55. (dggesx jobvsl jobvsr sort delctg sense n a lda b ldb sdim alphar alphai beta vsl ldvsl vsr ldvsr rconde rcondv work lwork iwork liwork bwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGESX computes for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices * (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the real Schur form (S,T), and, * optionally, the left and/or right matrices of Schur vectors (VSL and * VSR). This gives the generalized Schur factorization * * (A,B) = ( (VSL) S (VSR)**T, (VSL) T (VSR)**T ) * * Optionally, it also orders the eigenvalues so that a selected cluster * of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper * quasi-triangular matrix S and the upper triangular matrix T; computes * a reciprocal condition number for the average of the selected * eigenvalues (RCONDE); and computes a reciprocal condition number for * the right and left deflating subspaces corresponding to the selected * eigenvalues (RCONDV). The leading columns of VSL and VSR then form * an orthonormal basis for the corresponding left and right eigenspaces * (deflating subspaces). * * A generalized eigenvalue for a pair of matrices (A,B) is a scalar w * or a ratio alpha/beta = w, such that A - w*B is singular. It is * usually represented as the pair (alpha,beta), as there is a * reasonable interpretation for beta=0 or for both being zero. * * A pair of matrices (S,T) is in generalized real Schur form if T is * upper triangular with non-negative diagonal and S is block upper * triangular with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 blocks. 1-by-1 blocks correspond * to real generalized eigenvalues, while 2-by-2 blocks of S will be * "standardized" by making the corresponding elements of T have the * form: * [ a 0 ] * [ 0 b ] * * and the pair of corresponding 2-by-2 blocks in S and T will have a * complex conjugate pair of generalized eigenvalues. * * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBVSL (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the left Schur vectors; * = 'V': compute the left Schur vectors. * * JOBVSR (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the right Schur vectors; * = 'V': compute the right Schur vectors. * * SORT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not to order the eigenvalues on the * diagonal of the generalized Schur form. * = 'N': Eigenvalues are not ordered; * = 'S': Eigenvalues are ordered (see DELZTG). * * DELZTG (input) LOGICAL FUNCTION of three DOUBLE PRECISION arguments * DELZTG must be declared EXTERNAL in the calling subroutine. * If SORT = 'N', DELZTG is not referenced. * If SORT = 'S', DELZTG is used to select eigenvalues to sort * to the top left of the Schur form. * An eigenvalue (ALPHAR(j)+ALPHAI(j))/BETA(j) is selected if * DELZTG(ALPHAR(j),ALPHAI(j),BETA(j)) is true; i.e. if either * one of a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues is selected, * then both complex eigenvalues are selected. * Note that a selected complex eigenvalue may no longer satisfy * DELZTG(ALPHAR(j),ALPHAI(j),BETA(j)) = .TRUE. after ordering, * since ordering may change the value of complex eigenvalues * (especially if the eigenvalue is ill-conditioned), in this * case INFO is set to N+3. * * SENSE (input) CHARACTER * Determines which reciprocal condition numbers are computed. * = 'N' : None are computed; * = 'E' : Computed for average of selected eigenvalues only; * = 'V' : Computed for selected deflating subspaces only; * = 'B' : Computed for both. * If SENSE = 'E', 'V', or 'B', SORT must equal 'S'. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A, B, VSL, and VSR. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the first of the pair of matrices. * On exit, A has been overwritten by its generalized Schur * form S. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N) * On entry, the second of the pair of matrices. * On exit, B has been overwritten by its generalized Schur * form T. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * SDIM (output) INTEGER * If SORT = 'N', SDIM = 0. * If SORT = 'S', SDIM = number of eigenvalues (after sorting) * for which DELZTG is true. (Complex conjugate pairs for which * DELZTG is true for either eigenvalue count as 2.) * * ALPHAR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * ALPHAI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, (ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i)/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, will * be the generalized eigenvalues. ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i * and BETA(j),j=1,...,N are the diagonals of the complex Schur * form (S,T) that would result if the 2-by-2 diagonal blocks of * the real Schur form of (A,B) were further reduced to * triangular form using 2-by-2 complex unitary transformations. * If ALPHAI(j) is zero, then the j-th eigenvalue is real; if * positive, then the j-th and (j+1)-st eigenvalues are a * complex conjugate pair, with ALPHAI(j+1) negative. * * Note: the quotients ALPHAR(j)/BETA(j) and ALPHAI(j)/BETA(j) * may easily over- or underflow, and BETA(j) may even be zero. * Thus, the user should avoid naively computing the ratio. * However, ALPHAR and ALPHAI will be always less than and * usually comparable with norm(A) in magnitude, and BETA always * less than and usually comparable with norm(B). * * VSL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVSL,N) * If JOBVSL = 'V', VSL will contain the left Schur vectors. * Not referenced if JOBVSL = 'N'. * * LDVSL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VSL. LDVSL >=1, and * if JOBVSL = 'V', LDVSL >= N. * * VSR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVSR,N) * If JOBVSR = 'V', VSR will contain the right Schur vectors. * Not referenced if JOBVSR = 'N'. * * LDVSR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VSR. LDVSR >= 1, and * if JOBVSR = 'V', LDVSR >= N. * * RCONDE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 ) * If SENSE = 'E' or 'B', RCONDE(1) and RCONDE(2) contain the * reciprocal condition numbers for the average of the selected * eigenvalues. * Not referenced if SENSE = 'N' or 'V'. * * RCONDV (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 ) * If SENSE = 'V' or 'B', RCONDV(1) and RCONDV(2) contain the * reciprocal condition numbers for the selected deflating * subspaces. * Not referenced if SENSE = 'N' or 'E'. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= 8*(N+1)+16. * If SENSE = 'E', 'V', or 'B', * LWORK >= MAX( 8*(N+1)+16, 2*SDIM*(N-SDIM) ). * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * Not referenced if SENSE = 'N'. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LIWORK >= N+6. * * BWORK (workspace) LOGICAL array, dimension (N) * Not referenced if SORT = 'N'. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * = 1,...,N: * The QZ iteration failed. (A,B) are not in Schur * form, but ALPHAR(j), ALPHAI(j), and BETA(j) should * be correct for j=INFO+1,...,N. * > N: =N+1: other than QZ iteration failed in DHGEQZ * =N+2: after reordering, roundoff changed values of * some complex eigenvalues so that leading * eigenvalues in the Generalized Schur form no * longer satisfy DELZTG=.TRUE. This could also * be caused due to scaling. * =N+3: reordering failed in DTGSEN. * * Further details * =============== * * An approximate (asymptotic) bound on the average absolute error of * the selected eigenvalues is * * EPS * norm((A, B)) / RCONDE( 1 ). * * An approximate (asymptotic) bound on the maximum angular error in * the computed deflating subspaces is * * EPS * norm((A, B)) / RCONDV( 2 ). * * See LAPACK User's Guide, section 4.11 for more information. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.56. (dggev jobvl jobvr n a lda b ldb alphar alphai beta vl ldvl vr ldvr work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGEV computes for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B) * the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right * generalized eigenvectors. * * A generalized eigenvalue for a pair of matrices (A,B) is a scalar * lambda or a ratio alpha/beta = lambda, such that A - lambda*B is * singular. It is usually represented as the pair (alpha,beta), as * there is a reasonable interpretation for beta=0, and even for both * being zero. * * The right eigenvector v(j) corresponding to the eigenvalue lambda(j) * of (A,B) satisfies * * A * v(j) = lambda(j) * B * v(j). * * The left eigenvector u(j) corresponding to the eigenvalue lambda(j) * of (A,B) satisfies * * u(j)**H * A = lambda(j) * u(j)**H * B . * * where u(j)**H is the conjugate-transpose of u(j). * * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBVL (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the left generalized eigenvectors; * = 'V': compute the left generalized eigenvectors. * * JOBVR (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the right generalized eigenvectors; * = 'V': compute the right generalized eigenvectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A, B, VL, and VR. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the matrix A in the pair (A,B). * On exit, A has been overwritten. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N) * On entry, the matrix B in the pair (A,B). * On exit, B has been overwritten. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * ALPHAR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * ALPHAI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, (ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i)/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, will * be the generalized eigenvalues. If ALPHAI(j) is zero, then * the j-th eigenvalue is real; if positive, then the j-th and * (j+1)-st eigenvalues are a complex conjugate pair, with * ALPHAI(j+1) negative. * * Note: the quotients ALPHAR(j)/BETA(j) and ALPHAI(j)/BETA(j) * may easily over- or underflow, and BETA(j) may even be zero. * Thus, the user should avoid naively computing the ratio * alpha/beta. However, ALPHAR and ALPHAI will be always less * than and usually comparable with norm(A) in magnitude, and * BETA always less than and usually comparable with norm(B). * * VL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,N) * If JOBVL = 'V', the left eigenvectors u(j) are stored one * after another in the columns of VL, in the same order as * their eigenvalues. If the j-th eigenvalue is real, then * u(j) = VL(:,j), the j-th column of VL. If the j-th and * (j+1)-th eigenvalues form a complex conjugate pair, then * u(j) = VL(:,j)+i*VL(:,j+1) and u(j+1) = VL(:,j)-i*VL(:,j+1). * Each eigenvector will be scaled so the largest component have * abs(real part)+abs(imag. part)=1. * Not referenced if JOBVL = 'N'. * * LDVL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VL. LDVL >= 1, and * if JOBVL = 'V', LDVL >= N. * * VR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,N) * If JOBVR = 'V', the right eigenvectors v(j) are stored one * after another in the columns of VR, in the same order as * their eigenvalues. If the j-th eigenvalue is real, then * v(j) = VR(:,j), the j-th column of VR. If the j-th and * (j+1)-th eigenvalues form a complex conjugate pair, then * v(j) = VR(:,j)+i*VR(:,j+1) and v(j+1) = VR(:,j)-i*VR(:,j+1). * Each eigenvector will be scaled so the largest component have * abs(real part)+abs(imag. part)=1. * Not referenced if JOBVR = 'N'. * * LDVR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VR. LDVR >= 1, and * if JOBVR = 'V', LDVR >= N. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,8*N). * For good performance, LWORK must generally be larger. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * = 1,...,N: * The QZ iteration failed. No eigenvectors have been * calculated, but ALPHAR(j), ALPHAI(j), and BETA(j) * should be correct for j=INFO+1,...,N. * > N: =N+1: other than QZ iteration failed in DHGEQZ. * =N+2: error return from DTGEVC. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.57. (dggevx balanc jobvl jobvr sense n a lda b ldb alphar alphai beta vl ldvl vr ldvr ilo ihi lscale rscale abnrm bbnrm rconde rcondv work lwork iwork bwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGEVX computes for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B) * the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right * generalized eigenvectors. * * Optionally also, it computes a balancing transformation to improve * the conditioning of the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (ILO, IHI, * LSCALE, RSCALE, ABNRM, and BBNRM), reciprocal condition numbers for * the eigenvalues (RCONDE), and reciprocal condition numbers for the * right eigenvectors (RCONDV). * * A generalized eigenvalue for a pair of matrices (A,B) is a scalar * lambda or a ratio alpha/beta = lambda, such that A - lambda*B is * singular. It is usually represented as the pair (alpha,beta), as * there is a reasonable interpretation for beta=0, and even for both * being zero. * * The right eigenvector v(j) corresponding to the eigenvalue lambda(j) * of (A,B) satisfies * * A * v(j) = lambda(j) * B * v(j) . * * The left eigenvector u(j) corresponding to the eigenvalue lambda(j) * of (A,B) satisfies * * u(j)**H * A = lambda(j) * u(j)**H * B. * * where u(j)**H is the conjugate-transpose of u(j). * * * Arguments * ========= * * BALANC (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the balance option to be performed. * = 'N': do not diagonally scale or permute; * = 'P': permute only; * = 'S': scale only; * = 'B': both permute and scale. * Computed reciprocal condition numbers will be for the * matrices after permuting and/or balancing. Permuting does * not change condition numbers (in exact arithmetic), but * balancing does. * * JOBVL (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the left generalized eigenvectors; * = 'V': compute the left generalized eigenvectors. * * JOBVR (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute the right generalized eigenvectors; * = 'V': compute the right generalized eigenvectors. * * SENSE (input) CHARACTER*1 * Determines which reciprocal condition numbers are computed. * = 'N': none are computed; * = 'E': computed for eigenvalues only; * = 'V': computed for eigenvectors only; * = 'B': computed for eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A, B, VL, and VR. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the matrix A in the pair (A,B). * On exit, A has been overwritten. If JOBVL='V' or JOBVR='V' * or both, then A contains the first part of the real Schur * form of the "balanced" versions of the input A and B. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N) * On entry, the matrix B in the pair (A,B). * On exit, B has been overwritten. If JOBVL='V' or JOBVR='V' * or both, then B contains the second part of the real Schur * form of the "balanced" versions of the input A and B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * ALPHAR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * ALPHAI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, (ALPHAR(j) + ALPHAI(j)*i)/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, will * be the generalized eigenvalues. If ALPHAI(j) is zero, then * the j-th eigenvalue is real; if positive, then the j-th and * (j+1)-st eigenvalues are a complex conjugate pair, with * ALPHAI(j+1) negative. * * Note: the quotients ALPHAR(j)/BETA(j) and ALPHAI(j)/BETA(j) * may easily over- or underflow, and BETA(j) may even be zero. * Thus, the user should avoid naively computing the ratio * ALPHA/BETA. However, ALPHAR and ALPHAI will be always less * than and usually comparable with norm(A) in magnitude, and * BETA always less than and usually comparable with norm(B). * * VL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,N) * If JOBVL = 'V', the left eigenvectors u(j) are stored one * after another in the columns of VL, in the same order as * their eigenvalues. If the j-th eigenvalue is real, then * u(j) = VL(:,j), the j-th column of VL. If the j-th and * (j+1)-th eigenvalues form a complex conjugate pair, then * u(j) = VL(:,j)+i*VL(:,j+1) and u(j+1) = VL(:,j)-i*VL(:,j+1). * Each eigenvector will be scaled so the largest component have * abs(real part) + abs(imag. part) = 1. * Not referenced if JOBVL = 'N'. * * LDVL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VL. LDVL >= 1, and * if JOBVL = 'V', LDVL >= N. * * VR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,N) * If JOBVR = 'V', the right eigenvectors v(j) are stored one * after another in the columns of VR, in the same order as * their eigenvalues. If the j-th eigenvalue is real, then * v(j) = VR(:,j), the j-th column of VR. If the j-th and * (j+1)-th eigenvalues form a complex conjugate pair, then * v(j) = VR(:,j)+i*VR(:,j+1) and v(j+1) = VR(:,j)-i*VR(:,j+1). * Each eigenvector will be scaled so the largest component have * abs(real part) + abs(imag. part) = 1. * Not referenced if JOBVR = 'N'. * * LDVR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix VR. LDVR >= 1, and * if JOBVR = 'V', LDVR >= N. * * ILO,IHI (output) INTEGER * ILO and IHI are integer values such that on exit * A(i,j) = 0 and B(i,j) = 0 if i > j and * j = 1,...,ILO-1 or i = IHI+1,...,N. * If BALANC = 'N' or 'S', ILO = 1 and IHI = N. * * LSCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutations and scaling factors applied * to the left side of A and B. If PL(j) is the index of the * row interchanged with row j, and DL(j) is the scaling * factor applied to row j, then * LSCALE(j) = PL(j) for j = 1,...,ILO-1 * = DL(j) for j = ILO,...,IHI * = PL(j) for j = IHI+1,...,N. * The order in which the interchanges are made is N to IHI+1, * then 1 to ILO-1. * * RSCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Details of the permutations and scaling factors applied * to the right side of A and B. If PR(j) is the index of the * column interchanged with column j, and DR(j) is the scaling * factor applied to column j, then * RSCALE(j) = PR(j) for j = 1,...,ILO-1 * = DR(j) for j = ILO,...,IHI * = PR(j) for j = IHI+1,...,N * The order in which the interchanges are made is N to IHI+1, * then 1 to ILO-1. * * ABNRM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The one-norm of the balanced matrix A. * * BBNRM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The one-norm of the balanced matrix B. * * RCONDE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If SENSE = 'E' or 'B', the reciprocal condition numbers of * the selected eigenvalues, stored in consecutive elements of * the array. For a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues two * consecutive elements of RCONDE are set to the same value. * Thus RCONDE(j), RCONDV(j), and the j-th columns of VL and VR * all correspond to the same eigenpair (but not in general the * j-th eigenpair, unless all eigenpairs are selected). * If SENSE = 'V', RCONDE is not referenced. * * RCONDV (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If SENSE = 'V' or 'B', the estimated reciprocal condition * numbers of the selected eigenvectors, stored in consecutive * elements of the array. For a complex eigenvector two * consecutive elements of RCONDV are set to the same value. If * the eigenvalues cannot be reordered to compute RCONDV(j), * RCONDV(j) is set to 0; this can only occur when the true * value would be very small anyway. * If SENSE = 'E', RCONDV is not referenced. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,6*N). * If SENSE = 'E', LWORK >= 12*N. * If SENSE = 'V' or 'B', LWORK >= 2*N*N+12*N+16. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N+6) * If SENSE = 'E', IWORK is not referenced. * * BWORK (workspace) LOGICAL array, dimension (N) * If SENSE = 'N', BWORK is not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * = 1,...,N: * The QZ iteration failed. No eigenvectors have been * calculated, but ALPHAR(j), ALPHAI(j), and BETA(j) * should be correct for j=INFO+1,...,N. * > N: =N+1: other than QZ iteration failed in DHGEQZ. * =N+2: error return from DTGEVC. * * Further Details * =============== * * Balancing a matrix pair (A,B) includes, first, permuting rows and * columns to isolate eigenvalues, second, applying diagonal similarity * transformation to the rows and columns to make the rows and columns * as close in norm as possible. The computed reciprocal condition * numbers correspond to the balanced matrix. Permuting rows and columns * will not change the condition numbers (in exact arithmetic) but * diagonal scaling will. For further explanation of balancing, see * section 4.11.1.2 of LAPACK Users' Guide. * * An approximate error bound on the chordal distance between the i-th * computed generalized eigenvalue w and the corresponding exact * eigenvalue lambda is * * chord(w, lambda) <= EPS * norm(ABNRM, BBNRM) / RCONDE(I) * * An approximate error bound for the angle between the i-th computed * eigenvector VL(i) or VR(i) is given by * * EPS * norm(ABNRM, BBNRM) / DIF(i). * * For further explanation of the reciprocal condition numbers RCONDE * and RCONDV, see section 4.11 of LAPACK User's Guide. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.58. (dggglm n m p a lda b ldb d x y work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGGLM solves a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem: * * minimize || y ||_2 subject to d = A*x + B*y * x * * where A is an N-by-M matrix, B is an N-by-P matrix, and d is a * given N-vector. It is assumed that M <= N <= M+P, and * * rank(A) = M and rank( A B ) = N. * * Under these assumptions, the constrained equation is always * consistent, and there is a unique solution x and a minimal 2-norm * solution y, which is obtained using a generalized QR factorization * of A and B. * * In particular, if matrix B is square nonsingular, then the problem * GLM is equivalent to the following weighted linear least squares * problem * * minimize || inv(B)*(d-A*x) ||_2 * x * * where inv(B) denotes the inverse of B. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. 0 <= M <= N. * * P (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix B. P >= N-M. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,M) * On entry, the N-by-M matrix A. * On exit, A is destroyed. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,P) * On entry, the N-by-P matrix B. * On exit, B is destroyed. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, D is the left hand side of the GLM equation. * On exit, D is destroyed. * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * Y (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (P) * On exit, X and Y are the solutions of the GLM problem. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N+M+P). * For optimum performance, LWORK >= M+min(N,P)+max(N,P)*NB, * where NB is an upper bound for the optimal blocksizes for * DGEQRF, SGERQF, DORMQR and SORMRQ. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * =================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.59. (dgghrd compq compz n ilo ihi a lda b ldb q ldq z ldz info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGHRD reduces a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper * Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a * general matrix and B is upper triangular: Q' * A * Z = H and * Q' * B * Z = T, where H is upper Hessenberg, T is upper triangular, * and Q and Z are orthogonal, and ' means transpose. * * The orthogonal matrices Q and Z are determined as products of Givens * rotations. They may either be formed explicitly, or they may be * postmultiplied into input matrices Q1 and Z1, so that * * Q1 * A * Z1' = (Q1*Q) * H * (Z1*Z)' * Q1 * B * Z1' = (Q1*Q) * T * (Z1*Z)' * * Arguments * ========= * * COMPQ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute Q; * = 'I': Q is initialized to the unit matrix, and the * orthogonal matrix Q is returned; * = 'V': Q must contain an orthogonal matrix Q1 on entry, * and the product Q1*Q is returned. * * COMPZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not compute Z; * = 'I': Z is initialized to the unit matrix, and the * orthogonal matrix Z is returned; * = 'V': Z must contain an orthogonal matrix Z1 on entry, * and the product Z1*Z is returned. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * It is assumed that A is already upper triangular in rows and * columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N. ILO and IHI are normally set * by a previous call to DGGBAL; otherwise they should be set * to 1 and N respectively. * 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the N-by-N general matrix to be reduced. * On exit, the upper triangle and the first subdiagonal of A * are overwritten with the upper Hessenberg matrix H, and the * rest is set to zero. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N) * On entry, the N-by-N upper triangular matrix B. * On exit, the upper triangular matrix T = Q' B Z. The * elements below the diagonal are set to zero. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N) * If COMPQ='N': Q is not referenced. * If COMPQ='I': on entry, Q need not be set, and on exit it * contains the orthogonal matrix Q, where Q' * is the product of the Givens transformations * which are applied to A and B on the left. * If COMPQ='V': on entry, Q must contain an orthogonal matrix * Q1, and on exit this is overwritten by Q1*Q. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. * LDQ >= N if COMPQ='V' or 'I'; LDQ >= 1 otherwise. * * Z (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If COMPZ='N': Z is not referenced. * If COMPZ='I': on entry, Z need not be set, and on exit it * contains the orthogonal matrix Z, which is * the product of the Givens transformations * which are applied to A and B on the right. * If COMPZ='V': on entry, Z must contain an orthogonal matrix * Z1, and on exit this is overwritten by Z1*Z. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. * LDZ >= N if COMPZ='V' or 'I'; LDZ >= 1 otherwise. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * This routine reduces A to Hessenberg and B to triangular form by * an unblocked reduction, as described in _Matrix_Computations_, * by Golub and Van Loan (Johns Hopkins Press.) * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.60. (dgglse m n p a lda b ldb c d x work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGLSE solves the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) * problem: * * minimize || c - A*x ||_2 subject to B*x = d * * where A is an M-by-N matrix, B is a P-by-N matrix, c is a given * M-vector, and d is a given P-vector. It is assumed that * P <= N <= M+P, and * * rank(B) = P and rank( ( A ) ) = N. * ( ( B ) ) * * These conditions ensure that the LSE problem has a unique solution, * which is obtained using a GRQ factorization of the matrices B and A. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * P (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix B. 0 <= P <= N <= M+P. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A is destroyed. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N) * On entry, the P-by-N matrix B. * On exit, B is destroyed. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,P). * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * On entry, C contains the right hand side vector for the * least squares part of the LSE problem. * On exit, the residual sum of squares for the solution * is given by the sum of squares of elements N-P+1 to M of * vector C. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (P) * On entry, D contains the right hand side vector for the * constrained equation. * On exit, D is destroyed. * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, X is the solution of the LSE problem. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,M+N+P). * For optimum performance LWORK >= P+min(M,N)+max(M,N)*NB, * where NB is an upper bound for the optimal blocksizes for * DGEQRF, SGERQF, DORMQR and SORMRQ. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.61. (dggqrf n m p a lda taua b ldb taub work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGQRF computes a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A * and an N-by-P matrix B: * * A = Q*R, B = Q*T*Z, * * where Q is an N-by-N orthogonal matrix, Z is a P-by-P orthogonal * matrix, and R and T assume one of the forms: * * if N >= M, R = ( R11 ) M , or if N < M, R = ( R11 R12 ) N, * ( 0 ) N-M N M-N * M * * where R11 is upper triangular, and * * if N <= P, T = ( 0 T12 ) N, or if N > P, T = ( T11 ) N-P, * P-N N ( T21 ) P * P * * where T12 or T21 is upper triangular. * * In particular, if B is square and nonsingular, the GQR factorization * of A and B implicitly gives the QR factorization of inv(B)*A: * * inv(B)*A = Z'*(inv(T)*R) * * where inv(B) denotes the inverse of the matrix B, and Z' denotes the * transpose of the matrix Z. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * P (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix B. P >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,M) * On entry, the N-by-M matrix A. * On exit, the elements on and above the diagonal of the array * contain the min(N,M)-by-M upper trapezoidal matrix R (R is * upper triangular if N >= M); the elements below the diagonal, * with the array TAUA, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a * product of min(N,M) elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAUA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(N,M)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix Q (see Further Details). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,P) * On entry, the N-by-P matrix B. * On exit, if N <= P, the upper triangle of the subarray * B(1:N,P-N+1:P) contains the N-by-N upper triangular matrix T; * if N > P, the elements on and above the (N-P)-th subdiagonal * contain the N-by-P upper trapezoidal matrix T; the remaining * elements, with the array TAUB, represent the orthogonal * matrix Z as a product of elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * TAUB (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(N,P)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix Z (see Further Details). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N,M,P). * For optimum performance LWORK >= max(N,M,P)*max(NB1,NB2,NB3), * where NB1 is the optimal blocksize for the QR factorization * of an N-by-M matrix, NB2 is the optimal blocksize for the * RQ factorization of an N-by-P matrix, and NB3 is the optimal * blocksize for a call of DORMQR. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(n,m). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - taua * v * v' * * where taua is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:n) is stored on exit in A(i+1:n,i), * and taua in TAUA(i). * To form Q explicitly, use LAPACK subroutine DORGQR. * To use Q to update another matrix, use LAPACK subroutine DORMQR. * * The matrix Z is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Z = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(n,p). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - taub * v * v' * * where taub is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(p-k+i+1:p) = 0 and v(p-k+i) = 1; v(1:p-k+i-1) is stored on exit in * B(n-k+i,1:p-k+i-1), and taub in TAUB(i). * To form Z explicitly, use LAPACK subroutine DORGRQ. * To use Z to update another matrix, use LAPACK subroutine DORMRQ. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.62. (dggrqf m p n a lda taua b ldb taub work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGRQF computes a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A * and a P-by-N matrix B: * * A = R*Q, B = Z*T*Q, * * where Q is an N-by-N orthogonal matrix, Z is a P-by-P orthogonal * matrix, and R and T assume one of the forms: * * if M <= N, R = ( 0 R12 ) M, or if M > N, R = ( R11 ) M-N, * N-M M ( R21 ) N * N * * where R12 or R21 is upper triangular, and * * if P >= N, T = ( T11 ) N , or if P < N, T = ( T11 T12 ) P, * ( 0 ) P-N P N-P * N * * where T11 is upper triangular. * * In particular, if B is square and nonsingular, the GRQ factorization * of A and B implicitly gives the RQ factorization of A*inv(B): * * A*inv(B) = (R*inv(T))*Z' * * where inv(B) denotes the inverse of the matrix B, and Z' denotes the * transpose of the matrix Z. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * P (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix B. P >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, if M <= N, the upper triangle of the subarray * A(1:M,N-M+1:N) contains the M-by-M upper triangular matrix R; * if M > N, the elements on and above the (M-N)-th subdiagonal * contain the M-by-N upper trapezoidal matrix R; the remaining * elements, with the array TAUA, represent the orthogonal * matrix Q as a product of elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAUA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix Q (see Further Details). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N) * On entry, the P-by-N matrix B. * On exit, the elements on and above the diagonal of the array * contain the min(P,N)-by-N upper trapezoidal matrix T (T is * upper triangular if P >= N); the elements below the diagonal, * with the array TAUB, represent the orthogonal matrix Z as a * product of elementary reflectors (see Further Details). * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,P). * * TAUB (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(P,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix Z (see Further Details). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N,M,P). * For optimum performance LWORK >= max(N,M,P)*max(NB1,NB2,NB3), * where NB1 is the optimal blocksize for the RQ factorization * of an M-by-N matrix, NB2 is the optimal blocksize for the * QR factorization of a P-by-N matrix, and NB3 is the optimal * blocksize for a call of DORMRQ. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INF0= -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(m,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - taua * v * v' * * where taua is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(n-k+i+1:n) = 0 and v(n-k+i) = 1; v(1:n-k+i-1) is stored on exit in * A(m-k+i,1:n-k+i-1), and taua in TAUA(i). * To form Q explicitly, use LAPACK subroutine DORGRQ. * To use Q to update another matrix, use LAPACK subroutine DORMRQ. * * The matrix Z is represented as a product of elementary reflectors * * Z = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k), where k = min(p,n). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - taub * v * v' * * where taub is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i-1) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(i+1:p) is stored on exit in B(i+1:p,i), * and taub in TAUB(i). * To form Z explicitly, use LAPACK subroutine DORGQR. * To use Z to update another matrix, use LAPACK subroutine DORMQR. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.63. (dggsvd jobu jobv jobq m n p k l a lda b ldb alpha beta u ldu v ldv q ldq work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGSVD computes the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) * of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B: * * U'*A*Q = D1*( 0 R ), V'*B*Q = D2*( 0 R ) * * where U, V and Q are orthogonal matrices, and Z' is the transpose * of Z. Let K+L = the effective numerical rank of the matrix (A',B')', * then R is a K+L-by-K+L nonsingular upper triangular matrix, D1 and * D2 are M-by-(K+L) and P-by-(K+L) "diagonal" matrices and of the * following structures, respectively: * * If M-K-L >= 0, * * K L * D1 = K ( I 0 ) * L ( 0 C ) * M-K-L ( 0 0 ) * * K L * D2 = L ( 0 S ) * P-L ( 0 0 ) * * N-K-L K L * ( 0 R ) = K ( 0 R11 R12 ) * L ( 0 0 R22 ) * * where * * C = diag( ALPHA(K+1), ... , ALPHA(K+L) ), * S = diag( BETA(K+1), ... , BETA(K+L) ), * C**2 + S**2 = I. * * R is stored in A(1:K+L,N-K-L+1:N) on exit. * * If M-K-L < 0, * * K M-K K+L-M * D1 = K ( I 0 0 ) * M-K ( 0 C 0 ) * * K M-K K+L-M * D2 = M-K ( 0 S 0 ) * K+L-M ( 0 0 I ) * P-L ( 0 0 0 ) * * N-K-L K M-K K+L-M * ( 0 R ) = K ( 0 R11 R12 R13 ) * M-K ( 0 0 R22 R23 ) * K+L-M ( 0 0 0 R33 ) * * where * * C = diag( ALPHA(K+1), ... , ALPHA(M) ), * S = diag( BETA(K+1), ... , BETA(M) ), * C**2 + S**2 = I. * * (R11 R12 R13 ) is stored in A(1:M, N-K-L+1:N), and R33 is stored * ( 0 R22 R23 ) * in B(M-K+1:L,N+M-K-L+1:N) on exit. * * The routine computes C, S, R, and optionally the orthogonal * transformation matrices U, V and Q. * * In particular, if B is an N-by-N nonsingular matrix, then the GSVD of * A and B implicitly gives the SVD of A*inv(B): * A*inv(B) = U*(D1*inv(D2))*V'. * If ( A',B')' has orthonormal columns, then the GSVD of A and B is * also equal to the CS decomposition of A and B. Furthermore, the GSVD * can be used to derive the solution of the eigenvalue problem: * A'*A x = lambda* B'*B x. * In some literature, the GSVD of A and B is presented in the form * U'*A*X = ( 0 D1 ), V'*B*X = ( 0 D2 ) * where U and V are orthogonal and X is nonsingular, D1 and D2 are * ``diagonal''. The former GSVD form can be converted to the latter * form by taking the nonsingular matrix X as * * X = Q*( I 0 ) * ( 0 inv(R) ). * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBU (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Orthogonal matrix U is computed; * = 'N': U is not computed. * * JOBV (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'V': Orthogonal matrix V is computed; * = 'N': V is not computed. * * JOBQ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'Q': Orthogonal matrix Q is computed; * = 'N': Q is not computed. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * P (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix B. P >= 0. * * K (output) INTEGER * L (output) INTEGER * On exit, K and L specify the dimension of the subblocks * described in the Purpose section. * K + L = effective numerical rank of (A',B')'. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A contains the triangular matrix R, or part of R. * See Purpose for details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N) * On entry, the P-by-N matrix B. * On exit, B contains the triangular matrix R if M-K-L < 0. * See Purpose for details. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDA >= max(1,P). * * ALPHA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, ALPHA and BETA contain the generalized singular * value pairs of A and B; * ALPHA(1:K) = 1, * BETA(1:K) = 0, * and if M-K-L >= 0, * ALPHA(K+1:K+L) = C, * BETA(K+1:K+L) = S, * or if M-K-L < 0, * ALPHA(K+1:M)=C, ALPHA(M+1:K+L)=0 * BETA(K+1:M) =S, BETA(M+1:K+L) =1 * and * ALPHA(K+L+1:N) = 0 * BETA(K+L+1:N) = 0 * * U (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU,M) * If JOBU = 'U', U contains the M-by-M orthogonal matrix U. * If JOBU = 'N', U is not referenced. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= max(1,M) if * JOBU = 'U'; LDU >= 1 otherwise. * * V (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,P) * If JOBV = 'V', V contains the P-by-P orthogonal matrix V. * If JOBV = 'N', V is not referenced. * * LDV (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= max(1,P) if * JOBV = 'V'; LDV >= 1 otherwise. * * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * If JOBQ = 'Q', Q contains the N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q. * If JOBQ = 'N', Q is not referenced. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N) if * JOBQ = 'Q'; LDQ >= 1 otherwise. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (max(3*N,M,P)+N) * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On exit, IWORK stores the sorting information. More * precisely, the following loop will sort ALPHA * for I = K+1, min(M,K+L) * swap ALPHA(I) and ALPHA(IWORK(I)) * endfor * such that ALPHA(1) >= ALPHA(2) >= ... >= ALPHA(N). * * INFO (output)INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, the Jacobi-type procedure failed to * converge. For further details, see subroutine DTGSJA. * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * TOLA DOUBLE PRECISION * TOLB DOUBLE PRECISION * TOLA and TOLB are the thresholds to determine the effective * rank of (A',B')'. Generally, they are set to * TOLA = MAX(M,N)*norm(A)*MAZHEPS, * TOLB = MAX(P,N)*norm(B)*MAZHEPS. * The size of TOLA and TOLB may affect the size of backward * errors of the decomposition. * * Further Details * =============== * * 2-96 Based on modifications by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.64. (dggsvp jobu jobv jobq m p n a lda b ldb tola tolb k l u ldu v ldv q ldq iwork tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGGSVP computes orthogonal matrices U, V and Q such that * * N-K-L K L * U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0; * L ( 0 0 A23 ) * M-K-L ( 0 0 0 ) * * N-K-L K L * = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L < 0; * M-K ( 0 0 A23 ) * * N-K-L K L * V'*B*Q = L ( 0 0 B13 ) * P-L ( 0 0 0 ) * * where the K-by-K matrix A12 and L-by-L matrix B13 are nonsingular * upper triangular; A23 is L-by-L upper triangular if M-K-L >= 0, * otherwise A23 is (M-K)-by-L upper trapezoidal. K+L = the effective * numerical rank of the (M+P)-by-N matrix (A',B')'. Z' denotes the * transpose of Z. * * This decomposition is the preprocessing step for computing the * Generalized Singular Value Decomposition (GSVD), see subroutine * DGGSVD. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBU (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Orthogonal matrix U is computed; * = 'N': U is not computed. * * JOBV (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'V': Orthogonal matrix V is computed; * = 'N': V is not computed. * * JOBQ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'Q': Orthogonal matrix Q is computed; * = 'N': Q is not computed. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * P (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix B. P >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, A contains the triangular (or trapezoidal) matrix * described in the Purpose section. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N) * On entry, the P-by-N matrix B. * On exit, B contains the triangular matrix described in * the Purpose section. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,P). * * TOLA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * TOLB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * TOLA and TOLB are the thresholds to determine the effective * numerical rank of matrix B and a subblock of A. Generally, * they are set to * TOLA = MAX(M,N)*norm(A)*MAZHEPS, * TOLB = MAX(P,N)*norm(B)*MAZHEPS. * The size of TOLA and TOLB may affect the size of backward * errors of the decomposition. * * K (output) INTEGER * L (output) INTEGER * On exit, K and L specify the dimension of the subblocks * described in Purpose. * K + L = effective numerical rank of (A',B')'. * * U (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU,M) * If JOBU = 'U', U contains the orthogonal matrix U. * If JOBU = 'N', U is not referenced. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= max(1,M) if * JOBU = 'U'; LDU >= 1 otherwise. * * V (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,M) * If JOBV = 'V', V contains the orthogonal matrix V. * If JOBV = 'N', V is not referenced. * * LDV (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array V. LDV >= max(1,P) if * JOBV = 'V'; LDV >= 1 otherwise. * * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * If JOBQ = 'Q', Q contains the orthogonal matrix Q. * If JOBQ = 'N', Q is not referenced. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N) if * JOBQ = 'Q'; LDQ >= 1 otherwise. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * TAU (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (max(3*N,M,P)) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * * Further Details * =============== * * The subroutine uses LAPACK subroutine DGEQPF for the QR factorization * with column pivoting to detect the effective numerical rank of the * a matrix. It may be replaced by a better rank determination strategy. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.65. (dgtcon norm n dl d du du2 ipiv anorm rcond work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGTCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number of a real * tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by * DGTTRF. * * An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the * condition number is computed as RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))). * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the 1-norm condition number or the * infinity-norm condition number is required: * = '1' or 'O': 1-norm; * = 'I': Infinity-norm. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * DL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) multipliers that define the matrix L from the * LU factorization of A as computed by DGTTRF. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the upper triangular matrix U from * the LU factorization of A. * * DU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) elements of the first superdiagonal of U. * * DU2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2) * The (n-2) elements of the second superdiagonal of U. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= n, row i of the matrix was * interchanged with row IPIV(i). IPIV(i) will always be either * i or i+1; IPIV(i) = i indicates a row interchange was not * required. * * ANORM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If NORM = '1' or 'O', the 1-norm of the original matrix A. * If NORM = 'I', the infinity-norm of the original matrix A. * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A, * computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is an * estimate of the 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.66. (dgtrfs trans n nrhs dl d du dlf df duf du2 ipiv b ldb x ldx ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGTRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear * equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides * error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution. * * Arguments * ========= * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of the system of equations: * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A**T * X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A**H * X = B (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * DL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of A. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The diagonal elements of A. * * DU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) superdiagonal elements of A. * * DLF (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) multipliers that define the matrix L from the * LU factorization of A as computed by DGTTRF. * * DF (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the upper triangular matrix U from * the LU factorization of A. * * DUF (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) elements of the first superdiagonal of U. * * DU2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2) * The (n-2) elements of the second superdiagonal of U. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= n, row i of the matrix was * interchanged with row IPIV(i). IPIV(i) will always be either * i or i+1; IPIV(i) = i indicates a row interchange was not * required. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DGTTRS. * On exit, the improved solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.67. (dgtsv n nrhs dl d du b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGTSV solves the equation * * A*X = B, * * where A is an n by n tridiagonal matrix, by Gaussian elimination with * partial pivoting. * * Note that the equation A'*X = B may be solved by interchanging the * order of the arguments DU and DL. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * DL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, DL must contain the (n-1) sub-diagonal elements of * A. * * On exit, DL is overwritten by the (n-2) elements of the * second super-diagonal of the upper triangular matrix U from * the LU factorization of A, in DL(1), ..., DL(n-2). * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, D must contain the diagonal elements of A. * * On exit, D is overwritten by the n diagonal elements of U. * * DU (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, DU must contain the (n-1) super-diagonal elements * of A. * * On exit, DU is overwritten by the (n-1) elements of the first * super-diagonal of U. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N by NRHS matrix of right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the N by NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, U(i,i) is exactly zero, and the solution * has not been computed. The factorization has not been * completed unless i = N. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.68. (dgtsvx fact trans n nrhs dl d du dlf df duf du2 ipiv b ldb x ldx rcond ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGTSVX uses the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real * system of linear equations A * X = B or A**T * X = B, * where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N and X and B are N-by-NRHS * matrices. * * Error bounds on the solution and a condition estimate are also * provided. * * Description * =========== * * The following steps are performed: * * 1. If FACT = 'N', the LU decomposition is used to factor the matrix A * as A = L * U, where L is a product of permutation and unit lower * bidiagonal matrices and U is upper triangular with nonzeros in * only the main diagonal and first two superdiagonals. * * 2. If some U(i,i)=0, so that U is exactly singular, then the routine * returns with INFO = i. Otherwise, the factored form of A is used * to estimate the condition number of the matrix A. If the * reciprocal of the condition number is less than machine precision, * INFO = N+1 is returned as a warning, but the routine still goes on * to solve for X and compute error bounds as described below. * * 3. The system of equations is solved for X using the factored form * of A. * * 4. Iterative refinement is applied to improve the computed solution * matrix and calculate error bounds and backward error estimates * for it. * * Arguments * ========= * * FACT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the factored form of A has been * supplied on entry. * = 'F': DLF, DF, DUF, DU2, and IPIV contain the factored * form of A; DL, D, DU, DLF, DF, DUF, DU2 and IPIV * will not be modified. * = 'N': The matrix will be copied to DLF, DF, and DUF * and factored. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of the system of equations: * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A**T * X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A**H * X = B (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * DL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of A. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of A. * * DU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) superdiagonal elements of A. * * DLF (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * If FACT = 'F', then DLF is an input argument and on entry * contains the (n-1) multipliers that define the matrix L from * the LU factorization of A as computed by DGTTRF. * * If FACT = 'N', then DLF is an output argument and on exit * contains the (n-1) multipliers that define the matrix L from * the LU factorization of A. * * DF (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If FACT = 'F', then DF is an input argument and on entry * contains the n diagonal elements of the upper triangular * matrix U from the LU factorization of A. * * If FACT = 'N', then DF is an output argument and on exit * contains the n diagonal elements of the upper triangular * matrix U from the LU factorization of A. * * DUF (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * If FACT = 'F', then DUF is an input argument and on entry * contains the (n-1) elements of the first superdiagonal of U. * * If FACT = 'N', then DUF is an output argument and on exit * contains the (n-1) elements of the first superdiagonal of U. * * DU2 (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2) * If FACT = 'F', then DU2 is an input argument and on entry * contains the (n-2) elements of the second superdiagonal of * U. * * If FACT = 'N', then DU2 is an output argument and on exit * contains the (n-2) elements of the second superdiagonal of * U. * * IPIV (input or output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * If FACT = 'F', then IPIV is an input argument and on entry * contains the pivot indices from the LU factorization of A as * computed by DGTTRF. * * If FACT = 'N', then IPIV is an output argument and on exit * contains the pivot indices from the LU factorization of A; * row i of the matrix was interchanged with row IPIV(i). * IPIV(i) will always be either i or i+1; IPIV(i) = i indicates * a row interchange was not required. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * If INFO = 0 or INFO = N+1, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The estimate of the reciprocal condition number of the matrix * A. If RCOND is less than the machine precision (in * particular, if RCOND = 0), the matrix is singular to working * precision. This condition is indicated by a return code of * INFO > 0. * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: U(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has not been completed unless i = N, but the * factor U is exactly singular, so the solution * and error bounds could not be computed. * RCOND = 0 is returned. * = N+1: U is nonsingular, but RCOND is less than machine * precision, meaning that the matrix is singular * to working precision. Nevertheless, the * solution and error bounds are computed because * there are a number of situations where the * computed solution can be more accurate than the * value of RCOND would suggest. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.69. (dgttrf n dl d du du2 ipiv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGTTRF computes an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A * using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges. * * The factorization has the form * A = L * U * where L is a product of permutation and unit lower bidiagonal * matrices and U is upper triangular with nonzeros in only the main * diagonal and first two superdiagonals. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. * * DL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, DL must contain the (n-1) sub-diagonal elements of * A. * * On exit, DL is overwritten by the (n-1) multipliers that * define the matrix L from the LU factorization of A. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, D must contain the diagonal elements of A. * * On exit, D is overwritten by the n diagonal elements of the * upper triangular matrix U from the LU factorization of A. * * DU (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, DU must contain the (n-1) super-diagonal elements * of A. * * On exit, DU is overwritten by the (n-1) elements of the first * super-diagonal of U. * * DU2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2) * On exit, DU2 is overwritten by the (n-2) elements of the * second super-diagonal of U. * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= n, row i of the matrix was * interchanged with row IPIV(i). IPIV(i) will always be either * i or i+1; IPIV(i) = i indicates a row interchange was not * required. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = k, U(k,k) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the factor U is exactly * singular, and division by zero will occur if it is used * to solve a system of equations. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.70. (dgttrs trans n nrhs dl d du du2 ipiv b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGTTRS solves one of the systems of equations * A*X = B or A'*X = B, * with a tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization computed * by DGTTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER * Specifies the form of the system of equations. * = 'N': A * X = B (No transpose) * = 'T': A'* X = B (Transpose) * = 'C': A'* X = B (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * DL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) multipliers that define the matrix L from the * LU factorization of A. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the upper triangular matrix U from * the LU factorization of A. * * DU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) elements of the first super-diagonal of U. * * DU2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2) * The (n-2) elements of the second super-diagonal of U. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= n, row i of the matrix was * interchanged with row IPIV(i). IPIV(i) will always be either * i or i+1; IPIV(i) = i indicates a row interchange was not * required. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the matrix of right hand side vectors B. * On exit, B is overwritten by the solution vectors X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.71. (dgtts2 itrans n nrhs dl d du du2 ipiv b ldb ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DGTTS2 solves one of the systems of equations * A*X = B or A'*X = B, * with a tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization computed * by DGTTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * ITRANS (input) INTEGER * Specifies the form of the system of equations. * = 0: A * X = B (No transpose) * = 1: A'* X = B (Transpose) * = 2: A'* X = B (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * DL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) multipliers that define the matrix L from the * LU factorization of A. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the upper triangular matrix U from * the LU factorization of A. * * DU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) elements of the first super-diagonal of U. * * DU2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2) * The (n-2) elements of the second super-diagonal of U. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= n, row i of the matrix was * interchanged with row IPIV(i). IPIV(i) will always be either * i or i+1; IPIV(i) = i indicates a row interchange was not * required. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the matrix of right hand side vectors B. * On exit, B is overwritten by the solution vectors X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.72. (dhgeqz job compq compz n ilo ihi a lda b ldb alphar alphai beta q ldq z ldz work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DHGEQZ implements a single-/double-shift version of the QZ method for * finding the generalized eigenvalues * * w(j)=(ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETAR(j) of the equation * * det( A - w(i) B ) = 0 * * In addition, the pair A,B may be reduced to generalized Schur form: * B is upper triangular, and A is block upper triangular, where the * diagonal blocks are either 1-by-1 or 2-by-2, the 2-by-2 blocks having * complex generalized eigenvalues (see the description of the argument * JOB.) * * If JOB='S', then the pair (A,B) is simultaneously reduced to Schur * form by applying one orthogonal tranformation (usually called Q) on * the left and another (usually called Z) on the right. The 2-by-2 * upper-triangular diagonal blocks of B corresponding to 2-by-2 blocks * of A will be reduced to positive diagonal matrices. (I.e., * if A(j+1,j) is non-zero, then B(j+1,j)=B(j,j+1)=0 and B(j,j) and * B(j+1,j+1) will be positive.) * * If JOB='E', then at each iteration, the same transformations * are computed, but they are only applied to those parts of A and B * which are needed to compute ALPHAR, ALPHAI, and BETAR. * * If JOB='S' and COMPQ and COMPZ are 'V' or 'I', then the orthogonal * transformations used to reduce (A,B) are accumulated into the arrays * Q and Z s.t.: * * Q(in) A(in) Z(in)* = Q(out) A(out) Z(out)* * Q(in) B(in) Z(in)* = Q(out) B(out) Z(out)* * * Ref: C.B. Moler & G.W. Stewart, "An Algorithm for Generalized Matrix * Eigenvalue Problems", SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 10(1973), * pp. 241--256. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'E': compute only ALPHAR, ALPHAI, and BETA. A and B will * not necessarily be put into generalized Schur form. * = 'S': put A and B into generalized Schur form, as well * as computing ALPHAR, ALPHAI, and BETA. * * COMPQ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not modify Q. * = 'V': multiply the array Q on the right by the transpose of * the orthogonal tranformation that is applied to the * left side of A and B to reduce them to Schur form. * = 'I': like COMPQ='V', except that Q will be initialized to * the identity first. * * COMPZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not modify Z. * = 'V': multiply the array Z on the right by the orthogonal * tranformation that is applied to the right side of * A and B to reduce them to Schur form. * = 'I': like COMPZ='V', except that Z will be initialized to * the identity first. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A, B, Q, and Z. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * It is assumed that A is already upper triangular in rows and * columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N. * 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, N) * On entry, the N-by-N upper Hessenberg matrix A. Elements * below the subdiagonal must be zero. * If JOB='S', then on exit A and B will have been * simultaneously reduced to generalized Schur form. * If JOB='E', then on exit A will have been destroyed. * The diagonal blocks will be correct, but the off-diagonal * portion will be meaningless. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max( 1, N ). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, N) * On entry, the N-by-N upper triangular matrix B. Elements * below the diagonal must be zero. 2-by-2 blocks in B * corresponding to 2-by-2 blocks in A will be reduced to * positive diagonal form. (I.e., if A(j+1,j) is non-zero, * then B(j+1,j)=B(j,j+1)=0 and B(j,j) and B(j+1,j+1) will be * positive.) * If JOB='S', then on exit A and B will have been * simultaneously reduced to Schur form. * If JOB='E', then on exit B will have been destroyed. * Elements corresponding to diagonal blocks of A will be * correct, but the off-diagonal portion will be meaningless. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max( 1, N ). * * ALPHAR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * ALPHAR(1:N) will be set to real parts of the diagonal * elements of A that would result from reducing A and B to * Schur form and then further reducing them both to triangular * form using unitary transformations s.t. the diagonal of B * was non-negative real. Thus, if A(j,j) is in a 1-by-1 block * (i.e., A(j+1,j)=A(j,j+1)=0), then ALPHAR(j)=A(j,j). * Note that the (real or complex) values * (ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, are the * generalized eigenvalues of the matrix pencil A - wB. * * ALPHAI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * ALPHAI(1:N) will be set to imaginary parts of the diagonal * elements of A that would result from reducing A and B to * Schur form and then further reducing them both to triangular * form using unitary transformations s.t. the diagonal of B * was non-negative real. Thus, if A(j,j) is in a 1-by-1 block * (i.e., A(j+1,j)=A(j,j+1)=0), then ALPHAR(j)=0. * Note that the (real or complex) values * (ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, are the * generalized eigenvalues of the matrix pencil A - wB. * * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * BETA(1:N) will be set to the (real) diagonal elements of B * that would result from reducing A and B to Schur form and * then further reducing them both to triangular form using * unitary transformations s.t. the diagonal of B was * non-negative real. Thus, if A(j,j) is in a 1-by-1 block * (i.e., A(j+1,j)=A(j,j+1)=0), then BETA(j)=B(j,j). * Note that the (real or complex) values * (ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETA(j), j=1,...,N, are the * generalized eigenvalues of the matrix pencil A - wB. * (Note that BETA(1:N) will always be non-negative, and no * BETAI is necessary.) * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N) * If COMPQ='N', then Q will not be referenced. * If COMPQ='V' or 'I', then the transpose of the orthogonal * transformations which are applied to A and B on the left * will be applied to the array Q on the right. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= 1. * If COMPQ='V' or 'I', then LDQ >= N. * * Z (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If COMPZ='N', then Z will not be referenced. * If COMPZ='V' or 'I', then the orthogonal transformations * which are applied to A and B on the right will be applied * to the array Z on the right. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1. * If COMPZ='V' or 'I', then LDZ >= N. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO >= 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N). * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * = 1,...,N: the QZ iteration did not converge. (A,B) is not * in Schur form, but ALPHAR(i), ALPHAI(i), and * BETA(i), i=INFO+1,...,N should be correct. * = N+1,...,2*N: the shift calculation failed. (A,B) is not * in Schur form, but ALPHAR(i), ALPHAI(i), and * BETA(i), i=INFO-N+1,...,N should be correct. * > 2*N: various "impossible" errors. * * Further Details * =============== * * Iteration counters: * * JITER -- counts iterations. * IITER -- counts iterations run since ILAST was last * changed. This is therefore reset only when a 1-by-1 or * 2-by-2 block deflates off the bottom. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * $ SAFETY = 1.0E+0 ) * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.73. (dhsein side eigsrc initv select n h ldh wr wi vl ldvl vr ldvr mm m work ifaill ifailr info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DHSEIN uses inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left * eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H. * * The right eigenvector x and the left eigenvector y of the matrix H * corresponding to an eigenvalue w are defined by: * * H * x = w * x, y**h * H = w * y**h * * where y**h denotes the conjugate transpose of the vector y. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'R': compute right eigenvectors only; * = 'L': compute left eigenvectors only; * = 'B': compute both right and left eigenvectors. * * EIGSRC (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the source of eigenvalues supplied in (WR,WI): * = 'Q': the eigenvalues were found using DHSEQR; thus, if * H has zero subdiagonal elements, and so is * block-triangular, then the j-th eigenvalue can be * assumed to be an eigenvalue of the block containing * the j-th row/column. This property allows DHSEIN to * perform inverse iteration on just one diagonal block. * = 'N': no assumptions are made on the correspondence * between eigenvalues and diagonal blocks. In this * case, DHSEIN must always perform inverse iteration * using the whole matrix H. * * INITV (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': no initial vectors are supplied; * = 'U': user-supplied initial vectors are stored in the arrays * VL and/or VR. * * SELECT (input/output) LOGICAL array, dimension (N) * Specifies the eigenvectors to be computed. To select the * real eigenvector corresponding to a real eigenvalue WR(j), * SELECT(j) must be set to .TRUE.. To select the complex * eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue * (WR(j),WI(j)), with complex conjugate (WR(j+1),WI(j+1)), * either SELECT(j) or SELECT(j+1) or both must be set to * .TRUE.; then on exit SELECT(j) is .TRUE. and SELECT(j+1) is * .FALSE.. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix H. N >= 0. * * H (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDH,N) * The upper Hessenberg matrix H. * * LDH (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array H. LDH >= max(1,N). * * WR (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WI (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the real and imaginary parts of the eigenvalues of * H; a complex conjugate pair of eigenvalues must be stored in * consecutive elements of WR and WI. * On exit, WR may have been altered since close eigenvalues * are perturbed slightly in searching for independent * eigenvectors. * * VL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVL,MM) * On entry, if INITV = 'U' and SIDE = 'L' or 'B', VL must * contain starting vectors for the inverse iteration for the * left eigenvectors; the starting vector for each eigenvector * must be in the same column(s) in which the eigenvector will * be stored. * On exit, if SIDE = 'L' or 'B', the left eigenvectors * specified by SELECT will be stored consecutively in the * columns of VL, in the same order as their eigenvalues. A * complex eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue is * stored in two consecutive columns, the first holding the real * part and the second the imaginary part. * If SIDE = 'R', VL is not referenced. * * LDVL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VL. * LDVL >= max(1,N) if SIDE = 'L' or 'B'; LDVL >= 1 otherwise. * * VR (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVR,MM) * On entry, if INITV = 'U' and SIDE = 'R' or 'B', VR must * contain starting vectors for the inverse iteration for the * right eigenvectors; the starting vector for each eigenvector * must be in the same column(s) in which the eigenvector will * be stored. * On exit, if SIDE = 'R' or 'B', the right eigenvectors * specified by SELECT will be stored consecutively in the * columns of VR, in the same order as their eigenvalues. A * complex eigenvector corresponding to a complex eigenvalue is * stored in two consecutive columns, the first holding the real * part and the second the imaginary part. * If SIDE = 'L', VR is not referenced. * * LDVR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VR. * LDVR >= max(1,N) if SIDE = 'R' or 'B'; LDVR >= 1 otherwise. * * MM (input) INTEGER * The number of columns in the arrays VL and/or VR. MM >= M. * * M (output) INTEGER * The number of columns in the arrays VL and/or VR required to * store the eigenvectors; each selected real eigenvector * occupies one column and each selected complex eigenvector * occupies two columns. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ((N+2)*N) * * IFAILL (output) INTEGER array, dimension (MM) * If SIDE = 'L' or 'B', IFAILL(i) = j > 0 if the left * eigenvector in the i-th column of VL (corresponding to the * eigenvalue w(j)) failed to converge; IFAILL(i) = 0 if the * eigenvector converged satisfactorily. If the i-th and (i+1)th * columns of VL hold a complex eigenvector, then IFAILL(i) and * IFAILL(i+1) are set to the same value. * If SIDE = 'R', IFAILL is not referenced. * * IFAILR (output) INTEGER array, dimension (MM) * If SIDE = 'R' or 'B', IFAILR(i) = j > 0 if the right * eigenvector in the i-th column of VR (corresponding to the * eigenvalue w(j)) failed to converge; IFAILR(i) = 0 if the * eigenvector converged satisfactorily. If the i-th and (i+1)th * columns of VR hold a complex eigenvector, then IFAILR(i) and * IFAILR(i+1) are set to the same value. * If SIDE = 'L', IFAILR is not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, i is the number of eigenvectors which * failed to converge; see IFAILL and IFAILR for further * details. * * Further Details * =============== * * Each eigenvector is normalized so that the element of largest * magnitude has magnitude 1; here the magnitude of a complex number * (x,y) is taken to be |x|+|y|. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.74. (dhseqr job compz n ilo ihi h ldh wr wi z ldz work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DHSEQR computes the eigenvalues of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H * and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition * H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur * form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors. * * Optionally Z may be postmultiplied into an input orthogonal matrix Q, * so that this routine can give the Schur factorization of a matrix A * which has been reduced to the Hessenberg form H by the orthogonal * matrix Q: A = Q*H*Q**T = (QZ)*T*(QZ)**T. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'E': compute eigenvalues only; * = 'S': compute eigenvalues and the Schur form T. * * COMPZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': no Schur vectors are computed; * = 'I': Z is initialized to the unit matrix and the matrix Z * of Schur vectors of H is returned; * = 'V': Z must contain an orthogonal matrix Q on entry, and * the product Q*Z is returned. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix H. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * It is assumed that H is already upper triangular in rows * and columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N. ILO and IHI are normally * set by a previous call to DGEBAL, and then passed to SGEHRD * when the matrix output by DGEBAL is reduced to Hessenberg * form. Otherwise ILO and IHI should be set to 1 and N * respectively. * 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0. * * H (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDH,N) * On entry, the upper Hessenberg matrix H. * On exit, if JOB = 'S', H contains the upper quasi-triangular * matrix T from the Schur decomposition (the Schur form); * 2-by-2 diagonal blocks (corresponding to complex conjugate * pairs of eigenvalues) are returned in standard form, with * H(i,i) = H(i+1,i+1) and H(i+1,i)*H(i,i+1) < 0. If JOB = 'E', * the contents of H are unspecified on exit. * * LDH (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array H. LDH >= max(1,N). * * WR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The real and imaginary parts, respectively, of the computed * eigenvalues. If two eigenvalues are computed as a complex * conjugate pair, they are stored in consecutive elements of * WR and WI, say the i-th and (i+1)th, with WI(i) > 0 and * WI(i+1) < 0. If JOB = 'S', the eigenvalues are stored in the * same order as on the diagonal of the Schur form returned in * H, with WR(i) = H(i,i) and, if H(i:i+1,i:i+1) is a 2-by-2 * diagonal block, WI(i) = sqrt(H(i+1,i)*H(i,i+1)) and * WI(i+1) = -WI(i). * * Z (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ,N) * If COMPZ = 'N': Z is not referenced. * If COMPZ = 'I': on entry, Z need not be set, and on exit, Z * contains the orthogonal matrix Z of the Schur vectors of H. * If COMPZ = 'V': on entry Z must contain an N-by-N matrix Q, * which is assumed to be equal to the unit matrix except for * the submatrix Z(ILO:IHI,ILO:IHI); on exit Z contains Q*Z. * Normally Q is the orthogonal matrix generated by DORGHR after * the call to DGEHRD which formed the Hessenberg matrix H. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. * LDZ >= max(1,N) if COMPZ = 'I' or 'V'; LDZ >= 1 otherwise. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N). * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, DHSEQR failed to compute all of the * eigenvalues in a total of 30*(IHI-ILO+1) iterations; * elements 1:ilo-1 and i+1:n of WR and WI contain those * eigenvalues which have been successfully computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.75. (dlabad small large ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLABAD takes as input the values computed by DLAMCH for underflow and * overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the * log of LARGE is sufficiently large. This subroutine is intended to * identify machines with a large exponent range, such as the Crays, and * redefine the underflow and overflow limits to be the square roots of * the values computed by DLAMCH. This subroutine is needed because * DLAMCH does not compensate for poor arithmetic in the upper half of * the exponent range, as is found on a Cray. * * Arguments * ========= * * SMALL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the underflow threshold as computed by DLAMCH. * On exit, if LOG10(LARGE) is sufficiently large, the square * root of SMALL, otherwise unchanged. * * LARGE (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the overflow threshold as computed by DLAMCH. * On exit, if LOG10(LARGE) is sufficiently large, the square * root of LARGE, otherwise unchanged. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Intrinsic Functions .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.76. (dlabrd m n nb a lda d e tauq taup x ldx y ldy ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLABRD reduces the first NB rows and columns of a real general * m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form by an orthogonal * transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which * are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A. * * If m >= n, A is reduced to upper bidiagonal form; if m < n, to lower * bidiagonal form. * * This is an auxiliary routine called by DGEBRD * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows in the matrix A. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns in the matrix A. * * NB (input) INTEGER * The number of leading rows and columns of A to be reduced. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the m by n general matrix to be reduced. * On exit, the first NB rows and columns of the matrix are * overwritten; the rest of the array is unchanged. * If m >= n, elements on and below the diagonal in the first NB * columns, with the array TAUQ, represent the orthogonal * matrix Q as a product of elementary reflectors; and * elements above the diagonal in the first NB rows, with the * array TAUP, represent the orthogonal matrix P as a product * of elementary reflectors. * If m < n, elements below the diagonal in the first NB * columns, with the array TAUQ, represent the orthogonal * matrix Q as a product of elementary reflectors, and * elements on and above the diagonal in the first NB rows, * with the array TAUP, represent the orthogonal matrix P as * a product of elementary reflectors. * See Further Details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NB) * The diagonal elements of the first NB rows and columns of * the reduced matrix. D(i) = A(i,i). * * E (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NB) * The off-diagonal elements of the first NB rows and columns of * the reduced matrix. * * TAUQ (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array dimension (NB) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix Q. See Further Details. * * TAUP (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NB) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors which * represent the orthogonal matrix P. See Further Details. * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NB) * The m-by-nb matrix X required to update the unreduced part * of A. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= M. * * Y (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDY,NB) * The n-by-nb matrix Y required to update the unreduced part * of A. * * LDY (output) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Y. LDY >= N. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrices Q and P are represented as products of elementary * reflectors: * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nb) and P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(nb) * * Each H(i) and G(i) has the form: * * H(i) = I - tauq * v * v' and G(i) = I - taup * u * u' * * where tauq and taup are real scalars, and v and u are real vectors. * * If m >= n, v(1:i-1) = 0, v(i) = 1, and v(i:m) is stored on exit in * A(i:m,i); u(1:i) = 0, u(i+1) = 1, and u(i+1:n) is stored on exit in * A(i,i+1:n); tauq is stored in TAUQ(i) and taup in TAUP(i). * * If m < n, v(1:i) = 0, v(i+1) = 1, and v(i+1:m) is stored on exit in * A(i+2:m,i); u(1:i-1) = 0, u(i) = 1, and u(i:n) is stored on exit in * A(i,i+1:n); tauq is stored in TAUQ(i) and taup in TAUP(i). * * The elements of the vectors v and u together form the m-by-nb matrix * V and the nb-by-n matrix U' which are needed, with X and Y, to apply * the transformation to the unreduced part of the matrix, using a block * update of the form: A := A - V*Y' - X*U'. * * The contents of A on exit are illustrated by the following examples * with nb = 2: * * m = 6 and n = 5 (m > n): m = 5 and n = 6 (m < n): * * ( 1 1 u1 u1 u1 ) ( 1 u1 u1 u1 u1 u1 ) * ( v1 1 1 u2 u2 ) ( 1 1 u2 u2 u2 u2 ) * ( v1 v2 a a a ) ( v1 1 a a a a ) * ( v1 v2 a a a ) ( v1 v2 a a a a ) * ( v1 v2 a a a ) ( v1 v2 a a a a ) * ( v1 v2 a a a ) * * where a denotes an element of the original matrix which is unchanged, * vi denotes an element of the vector defining H(i), and ui an element * of the vector defining G(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.77. (dlacon n v x isgn est kase ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLACON estimates the 1-norm of a square, real matrix A. * Reverse communication is used for evaluating matrix-vector products. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 1. * * V (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On the final return, V = A*W, where EST = norm(V)/norm(W) * (W is not returned). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On an intermediate return, X should be overwritten by * A * X, if KASE=1, * A' * X, if KASE=2, * and DLACON must be re-called with all the other parameters * unchanged. * * ISGN (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * EST (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * An estimate (a lower bound) for norm(A). * * KASE (input/output) INTEGER * On the initial call to DLACON, KASE should be 0. * On an intermediate return, KASE will be 1 or 2, indicating * whether X should be overwritten by A * X or A' * X. * On the final return from DLACON, KASE will again be 0. * * Further Details * ======= ======= * * Contributed by Nick Higham, University of Manchester. * Originally named SONEST, dated March 16, 1988. * * Reference: N.J. Higham, "FORTRAN codes for estimating the one-norm of * a real or complex matrix, with applications to condition estimation", * ACM Trans. Math. Soft., vol. 14, no. 4, pp. 381-396, December 1988. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.78. (dlacpy uplo m n a lda b ldb ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLACPY copies all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another * matrix B. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the part of the matrix A to be copied to B. * = 'U': Upper triangular part * = 'L': Lower triangular part * Otherwise: All of the matrix A * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The m by n matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', only the upper triangle * or trapezoid is accessed; if UPLO = 'L', only the lower * triangle or trapezoid is accessed. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * B (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N) * On exit, B = A in the locations specified by UPLO. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,M). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.79. (dladiv a b c d p q ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLADIV performs complex division in real arithmetic * * a + i*b * p + i*q = --------- * c + i*d * * The algorithm is due to Robert L. Smith and can be found * in D. Knuth, The art of Computer Programming, Vol.2, p.195 * * Arguments * ========= * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalars a, b, c, and d in the above expression. * * P (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalars p and q in the above expression. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.80. (dlae2 a b c rt1 rt2 ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAE2 computes the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix * [ A B ] * [ B C ]. * On return, RT1 is the eigenvalue of larger absolute value, and RT2 * is the eigenvalue of smaller absolute value. * * Arguments * ========= * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (1,2) and (2,1) elements of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * RT1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The eigenvalue of larger absolute value. * * RT2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The eigenvalue of smaller absolute value. * * Further Details * =============== * * RT1 is accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow. * * RT2 may be inaccurate if there is massive cancellation in the * determinant A*C-B*B; higher precision or correctly rounded or * correctly truncated arithmetic would be needed to compute RT2 * accurately in all cases. * * Overflow is possible only if RT1 is within a factor of 5 of overflow. * Underflow is harmless if the input data is 0 or exceeds * underflow_threshold / macheps. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.81. (dlaebz ijob nitmax n mmax minp nbmin abstol reltol pivmin d e e2 nval ab c mout nab work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAEBZ contains the iteration loops which compute and use the * function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric * tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w. It * performs a choice of two types of loops: * * IJOB=1, followed by * IJOB=2: It takes as input a list of intervals and returns a list of * sufficiently small intervals whose union contains the same * eigenvalues as the union of the original intervals. * The input intervals are (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)], j=1,...,MINP. * The output interval (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] will contain * eigenvalues NAB(j,1)+1,...,NAB(j,2), where 1 <= j <= MOUT. * * IJOB=3: It performs a binary search in each input interval * (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] for a point w(j) such that * N(w(j))=NVAL(j), and uses C(j) as the starting point of * the search. If such a w(j) is found, then on output * AB(j,1)=AB(j,2)=w. If no such w(j) is found, then on output * (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] will be a small interval containing the * point where N(w) jumps through NVAL(j), unless that point * lies outside the initial interval. * * Note that the intervals are in all cases half-open intervals, * i.e., of the form (a,b] , which includes b but not a . * * To avoid underflow, the matrix should be scaled so that its largest * element is no greater than overflow**(1/2) * underflow**(1/4) * in absolute value. To assure the most accurate computation * of small eigenvalues, the matrix should be scaled to be * not much smaller than that, either. * * See W. Kahan "Accurate Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Tridiagonal * Matrix", Report CS41, Computer Science Dept., Stanford * University, July 21, 1966 * * Note: the arguments are, in general, *not* checked for unreasonable * values. * * Arguments * ========= * * IJOB (input) INTEGER * Specifies what is to be done: * = 1: Compute NAB for the initial intervals. * = 2: Perform bisection iteration to find eigenvalues of T. * = 3: Perform bisection iteration to invert N(w), i.e., * to find a point which has a specified number of * eigenvalues of T to its left. * Other values will cause DLAEBZ to return with INFO=-1. * * NITMAX (input) INTEGER * The maximum number of "levels" of bisection to be * performed, i.e., an interval of width W will not be made * smaller than 2^(-NITMAX) * W. If not all intervals * have converged after NITMAX iterations, then INFO is set * to the number of non-converged intervals. * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension n of the tridiagonal matrix T. It must be at * least 1. * * MMAX (input) INTEGER * The maximum number of intervals. If more than MMAX intervals * are generated, then DLAEBZ will quit with INFO=MMAX+1. * * MINP (input) INTEGER * The initial number of intervals. It may not be greater than * MMAX. * * NBMIN (input) INTEGER * The smallest number of intervals that should be processed * using a vector loop. If zero, then only the scalar loop * will be used. * * ABSTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The minimum (absolute) width of an interval. When an * interval is narrower than ABSTOL, or than RELTOL times the * larger (in magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be * sufficiently small, i.e., converged. This must be at least * zero. * * RELTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The minimum relative width of an interval. When an interval * is narrower than ABSTOL, or than RELTOL times the larger (in * magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be * sufficiently small, i.e., converged. Note: this should * always be at least radix*machine epsilon. * * PIVMIN (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The minimum absolute value of a "pivot" in the Sturm * sequence loop. This *must* be at least max |e(j)**2| * * safe_min and at least safe_min, where safe_min is at least * the smallest number that can divide one without overflow. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The offdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T in * positions 1 through N-1. E(N) is arbitrary. * * E2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The squares of the offdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix T. E2(N) is ignored. * * NVAL (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (MINP) * If IJOB=1 or 2, not referenced. * If IJOB=3, the desired values of N(w). The elements of NVAL * will be reordered to correspond with the intervals in AB. * Thus, NVAL(j) on output will not, in general be the same as * NVAL(j) on input, but it will correspond with the interval * (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] on output. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MMAX,2) * The endpoints of the intervals. AB(j,1) is a(j), the left * endpoint of the j-th interval, and AB(j,2) is b(j), the * right endpoint of the j-th interval. The input intervals * will, in general, be modified, split, and reordered by the * calculation. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MMAX) * If IJOB=1, ignored. * If IJOB=2, workspace. * If IJOB=3, then on input C(j) should be initialized to the * first search point in the binary search. * * MOUT (output) INTEGER * If IJOB=1, the number of eigenvalues in the intervals. * If IJOB=2 or 3, the number of intervals output. * If IJOB=3, MOUT will equal MINP. * * NAB (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (MMAX,2) * If IJOB=1, then on output NAB(i,j) will be set to N(AB(i,j)). * If IJOB=2, then on input, NAB(i,j) should be set. It must * satisfy the condition: * N(AB(i,1)) <= NAB(i,1) <= NAB(i,2) <= N(AB(i,2)), * which means that in interval i only eigenvalues * NAB(i,1)+1,...,NAB(i,2) will be considered. Usually, * NAB(i,j)=N(AB(i,j)), from a previous call to DLAEBZ with * IJOB=1. * On output, NAB(i,j) will contain * max(na(k),min(nb(k),N(AB(i,j)))), where k is the index of * the input interval that the output interval * (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] came from, and na(k) and nb(k) are the * the input values of NAB(k,1) and NAB(k,2). * If IJOB=3, then on output, NAB(i,j) contains N(AB(i,j)), * unless N(w) > NVAL(i) for all search points w , in which * case NAB(i,1) will not be modified, i.e., the output * value will be the same as the input value (modulo * reorderings -- see NVAL and AB), or unless N(w) < NVAL(i) * for all search points w , in which case NAB(i,2) will * not be modified. Normally, NAB should be set to some * distinctive value(s) before DLAEBZ is called. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MMAX) * Workspace. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (MMAX) * Workspace. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: All intervals converged. * = 1--MMAX: The last INFO intervals did not converge. * = MMAX+1: More than MMAX intervals were generated. * * Further Details * =============== * * This routine is intended to be called only by other LAPACK * routines, thus the interface is less user-friendly. It is intended * for two purposes: * * (a) finding eigenvalues. In this case, DLAEBZ should have one or * more initial intervals set up in AB, and DLAEBZ should be called * with IJOB=1. This sets up NAB, and also counts the eigenvalues. * Intervals with no eigenvalues would usually be thrown out at * this point. Also, if not all the eigenvalues in an interval i * are desired, NAB(i,1) can be increased or NAB(i,2) decreased. * For example, set NAB(i,1)=NAB(i,2)-1 to get the largest * eigenvalue. DLAEBZ is then called with IJOB=2 and MMAX * no smaller than the value of MOUT returned by the call with * IJOB=1. After this (IJOB=2) call, eigenvalues NAB(i,1)+1 * through NAB(i,2) are approximately AB(i,1) (or AB(i,2)) to the * tolerance specified by ABSTOL and RELTOL. * * (b) finding an interval (a',b'] containing eigenvalues w(f),...,w(l). * In this case, start with a Gershgorin interval (a,b). Set up * AB to contain 2 search intervals, both initially (a,b). One * NVAL element should contain f-1 and the other should contain l * , while C should contain a and b, resp. NAB(i,1) should be -1 * and NAB(i,2) should be N+1, to flag an error if the desired * interval does not lie in (a,b). DLAEBZ is then called with * IJOB=3. On exit, if w(f-1) < w(f), then one of the intervals -- * j -- will have AB(j,1)=AB(j,2) and NAB(j,1)=NAB(j,2)=f-1, while * if, to the specified tolerance, w(f-k)=...=w(f+r), k > 0 and r * >= 0, then the interval will have N(AB(j,1))=NAB(j,1)=f-k and * N(AB(j,2))=NAB(j,2)=f+r. The cases w(l) < w(l+1) and * w(l-r)=...=w(l+k) are handled similarly. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.82. (dlaed0 icompq qsiz n d e q ldq qstore ldqs work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAED0 computes all eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors of a * symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method. * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * = 0: Compute eigenvalues only. * = 1: Compute eigenvectors of original dense symmetric matrix * also. On entry, Q contains the orthogonal matrix used * to reduce the original matrix to tridiagonal form. * = 2: Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors of tridiagonal * matrix. * * QSIZ (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the orthogonal matrix used to reduce * the full matrix to tridiagonal form. QSIZ >= N if ICOMPQ = 1. * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the main diagonal of the tridiagonal matrix. * On exit, its eigenvalues. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N) * On entry, Q must contain an N-by-N orthogonal matrix. * If ICOMPQ = 0 Q is not referenced. * If ICOMPQ = 1 On entry, Q is a subset of the columns of the * orthogonal matrix used to reduce the full * matrix to tridiagonal form corresponding to * the subset of the full matrix which is being * decomposed at this time. * If ICOMPQ = 2 On entry, Q will be the identity matrix. * On exit, Q contains the eigenvectors of the * tridiagonal matrix. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. If eigenvectors are * desired, then LDQ >= max(1,N). In any case, LDQ >= 1. * * QSTORE (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQS, N) * Referenced only when ICOMPQ = 1. Used to store parts of * the eigenvector matrix when the updating matrix multiplies * take place. * * LDQS (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array QSTORE. If ICOMPQ = 1, * then LDQS >= max(1,N). In any case, LDQS >= 1. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * If ICOMPQ = 0 or 1, the dimension of WORK must be at least * 1 + 3*N + 2*N*lg N + 2*N**2 * ( lg( N ) = smallest integer k * such that 2^k >= N ) * If ICOMPQ = 2, the dimension of WORK must be at least * 4*N + N**2. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, * If ICOMPQ = 0 or 1, the dimension of IWORK must be at least * 6 + 6*N + 5*N*lg N. * ( lg( N ) = smallest integer k * such that 2^k >= N ) * If ICOMPQ = 2, the dimension of IWORK must be at least * 3 + 5*N. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: The algorithm failed to compute an eigenvalue while * working on the submatrix lying in rows and columns * INFO/(N+1) through mod(INFO,N+1). * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.83. (dlaed1 n d q ldq indxq rho cutpnt work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAED1 computes the updated eigensystem of a diagonal * matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix. This * routine is used only for the eigenproblem which requires all * eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a tridiagonal matrix. DLAED7 handles * the case in which eigenvalues only or eigenvalues and eigenvectors * of a full symmetric matrix (which was reduced to tridiagonal form) * are desired. * * T = Q(in) ( D(in) + RHO * Z*Z' ) Q'(in) = Q(out) * D(out) * Q'(out) * * where Z = Q'u, u is a vector of length N with ones in the * CUTPNT and CUTPNT + 1 th elements and zeros elsewhere. * * The eigenvectors of the original matrix are stored in Q, and the * eigenvalues are in D. The algorithm consists of three stages: * * The first stage consists of deflating the size of the problem * when there are multiple eigenvalues or if there is a zero in * the Z vector. For each such occurence the dimension of the * secular equation problem is reduced by one. This stage is * performed by the routine DLAED2. * * The second stage consists of calculating the updated * eigenvalues. This is done by finding the roots of the secular * equation via the routine DLAED4 (as called by DLAED3). * This routine also calculates the eigenvectors of the current * problem. * * The final stage consists of computing the updated eigenvectors * directly using the updated eigenvalues. The eigenvectors for * the current problem are multiplied with the eigenvectors from * the overall problem. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the eigenvalues of the rank-1-perturbed matrix. * On exit, the eigenvalues of the repaired matrix. * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * On entry, the eigenvectors of the rank-1-perturbed matrix. * On exit, the eigenvectors of the repaired tridiagonal matrix. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N). * * INDXQ (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On entry, the permutation which separately sorts the two * subproblems in D into ascending order. * On exit, the permutation which will reintegrate the * subproblems back into sorted order, * i.e. D( INDXQ( I = 1, N ) ) will be in ascending order. * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The subdiagonal entry used to create the rank-1 modification. * * CUTPNT (input) INTEGER * The location of the last eigenvalue in the leading sub-matrix. * min(1,N) <= CUTPNT <= N/2. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N + N**2) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (4*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an eigenvalue did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * Modified by Francoise Tisseur, University of Tennessee. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.84. (dlaed2 k n n1 d q ldq indxq rho z dlamda w q2 indx indxc indxp coltyp info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAED2 merges the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single * sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. * There are two ways in which deflation can occur: when two or more * eigenvalues are close together or if there is a tiny entry in the * Z vector. For each such occurrence the order of the related secular * equation problem is reduced by one. * * Arguments * ========= * * K (output) INTEGER * The number of non-deflated eigenvalues, and the order of the * related secular equation. 0 <= K <=N. * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. N >= 0. * * N1 (input) INTEGER * The location of the last eigenvalue in the leading sub-matrix. * min(1,N) <= N1 <= N/2. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, D contains the eigenvalues of the two submatrices to * be combined. * On exit, D contains the trailing (N-K) updated eigenvalues * (those which were deflated) sorted into increasing order. * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N) * On entry, Q contains the eigenvectors of two submatrices in * the two square blocks with corners at (1,1), (N1,N1) * and (N1+1, N1+1), (N,N). * On exit, Q contains the trailing (N-K) updated eigenvectors * (those which were deflated) in its last N-K columns. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N). * * INDXQ (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation which separately sorts the two sub-problems * in D into ascending order. Note that elements in the second * half of this permutation must first have N1 added to their * values. Destroyed on exit. * * RHO (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the off-diagonal element associated with the rank-1 * cut which originally split the two submatrices which are now * being recombined. * On exit, RHO has been modified to the value required by * DLAED3. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, Z contains the updating vector (the last * row of the first sub-eigenvector matrix and the first row of * the second sub-eigenvector matrix). * On exit, the contents of Z have been destroyed by the updating * process. * * DLAMDA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * A copy of the first K eigenvalues which will be used by * DLAED3 to form the secular equation. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The first k values of the final deflation-altered z-vector * which will be passed to DLAED3. * * Q2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N1**2+(N-N1)**2) * A copy of the first K eigenvectors which will be used by * DLAED3 in a matrix multiply (DGEMM) to solve for the new * eigenvectors. * * INDX (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation used to sort the contents of DLAMDA into * ascending order. * * INDXC (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation used to arrange the columns of the deflated * Q matrix into three groups: the first group contains non-zero * elements only at and above N1, the second contains * non-zero elements only below N1, and the third is dense. * * INDXP (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation used to place deflated values of D at the end * of the array. INDXP(1:K) points to the nondeflated D-values * and INDXP(K+1:N) points to the deflated eigenvalues. * * COLTYP (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * During execution, a label which will indicate which of the * following types a column in the Q2 matrix is: * 1 : non-zero in the upper half only; * 2 : dense; * 3 : non-zero in the lower half only; * 4 : deflated. * On exit, COLTYP(i) is the number of columns of type i, * for i=1 to 4 only. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * Modified by Francoise Tisseur, University of Tennessee. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.85. (dlaed3 k n n1 d q ldq rho dlamda q2 indx ctot w s info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAED3 finds the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the * values in D, W, and RHO, between 1 and K. It makes the * appropriate calls to DLAED4 and then updates the eigenvectors by * multiplying the matrix of eigenvectors of the pair of eigensystems * being combined by the matrix of eigenvectors of the K-by-K system * which is solved here. * * This code makes very mild assumptions about floating point * arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard digit in * add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard digits * which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or Cray-2. * It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of terms in the rational function to be solved by * DLAED4. K >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of rows and columns in the Q matrix. * N >= K (deflation may result in N>K). * * N1 (input) INTEGER * The location of the last eigenvalue in the leading submatrix. * min(1,N) <= N1 <= N/2. * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * D(I) contains the updated eigenvalues for * 1 <= I <= K. * * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * Initially the first K columns are used as workspace. * On output the columns 1 to K contain * the updated eigenvectors. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N). * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The value of the parameter in the rank one update equation. * RHO >= 0 required. * * DLAMDA (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * The first K elements of this array contain the old roots * of the deflated updating problem. These are the poles * of the secular equation. May be changed on output by * having lowest order bit set to zero on Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, * Cray-2, or Cray C-90, as described above. * * Q2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ2, N) * The first K columns of this matrix contain the non-deflated * eigenvectors for the split problem. * * INDX (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation used to arrange the columns of the deflated * Q matrix into three groups (see DLAED2). * The rows of the eigenvectors found by DLAED4 must be likewise * permuted before the matrix multiply can take place. * * CTOT (input) INTEGER array, dimension (4) * A count of the total number of the various types of columns * in Q, as described in INDX. The fourth column type is any * column which has been deflated. * * W (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * The first K elements of this array contain the components * of the deflation-adjusted updating vector. Destroyed on * output. * * S (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N1 + 1)*K * Will contain the eigenvectors of the repaired matrix which * will be multiplied by the previously accumulated eigenvectors * to update the system. * * LDS (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of S. LDS >= max(1,K). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an eigenvalue did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * Modified by Francoise Tisseur, University of Tennessee. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.86. (dlaed4 n i d z delta rho dlam info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This subroutine computes the I-th updated eigenvalue of a symmetric * rank-one modification to a diagonal matrix whose elements are * given in the array d, and that * * D(i) < D(j) for i < j * * and that RHO > 0. This is arranged by the calling routine, and is * no loss in generality. The rank-one modified system is thus * * diag( D ) + RHO * Z * Z_transpose. * * where we assume the Euclidean norm of Z is 1. * * The method consists of approximating the rational functions in the * secular equation by simpler interpolating rational functions. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The length of all arrays. * * I (input) INTEGER * The index of the eigenvalue to be computed. 1 <= I <= N. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The original eigenvalues. It is assumed that they are in * order, D(I) < D(J) for I < J. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The components of the updating vector. * * DELTA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If N .ne. 1, DELTA contains (D(j) - lambda_I) in its j-th * component. If N = 1, then DELTA(1) = 1. The vector DELTA * contains the information necessary to construct the * eigenvectors. * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalar in the symmetric updating formula. * * DLAM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The computed lambda_I, the I-th updated eigenvalue. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * > 0: if INFO = 1, the updating process failed. * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * Logical variable ORGATI (origin-at-i?) is used for distinguishing * whether D(i) or D(i+1) is treated as the origin. * * ORGATI = .true. origin at i * ORGATI = .false. origin at i+1 * * Logical variable SWTCH3 (switch-for-3-poles?) is for noting * if we are working with THREE poles! * * MAXIT is the maximum number of iterations allowed for each * eigenvalue. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.87. (dlaed5 i d z delta rho dlam ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This subroutine computes the I-th eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one * modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix * * diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z) . * * The diagonal elements in the array D are assumed to satisfy * * D(i) < D(j) for i < j . * * We also assume RHO > 0 and that the Euclidean norm of the vector * Z is one. * * Arguments * ========= * * I (input) INTEGER * The index of the eigenvalue to be computed. I = 1 or I = 2. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2) * The original eigenvalues. We assume D(1) < D(2). * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2) * The components of the updating vector. * * DELTA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2) * The vector DELTA contains the information necessary * to construct the eigenvectors. * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalar in the symmetric updating formula. * * DLAM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The computed lambda_I, the I-th updated eigenvalue. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.88. (dlaed6 kniter orgati rho d z finit tau info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAED6 computes the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) * of * z(1) z(2) z(3) * f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- * d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x * * It is assumed that * * if ORGATI = .true. the root is between d(2) and d(3); * otherwise it is between d(1) and d(2) * * This routine will be called by DLAED4 when necessary. In most cases, * the root sought is the smallest in magnitude, though it might not be * in some extremely rare situations. * * Arguments * ========= * * KNITER (input) INTEGER * Refer to DLAED4 for its significance. * * ORGATI (input) LOGICAL * If ORGATI is true, the needed root is between d(2) and * d(3); otherwise it is between d(1) and d(2). See * DLAED4 for further details. * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Refer to the equation f(x) above. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3) * D satisfies d(1) < d(2) < d(3). * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3) * Each of the elements in z must be positive. * * FINIT (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The value of f at 0. It is more accurate than the one * evaluated inside this routine (if someone wants to do * so). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The root of the equation f(x). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * > 0: if INFO = 1, failure to converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.89. (dlaed7 icompq n qsiz tlvls curlvl curpbm d q ldq indxq rho cutpnt qstore qptr prmptr perm givptr givcol givnum work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAED7 computes the updated eigensystem of a diagonal * matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix. This * routine is used only for the eigenproblem which requires all * eigenvalues and optionally eigenvectors of a dense symmetric matrix * that has been reduced to tridiagonal form. DLAED1 handles * the case in which all eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a symmetric * tridiagonal matrix are desired. * * T = Q(in) ( D(in) + RHO * Z*Z' ) Q'(in) = Q(out) * D(out) * Q'(out) * * where Z = Q'u, u is a vector of length N with ones in the * CUTPNT and CUTPNT + 1 th elements and zeros elsewhere. * * The eigenvectors of the original matrix are stored in Q, and the * eigenvalues are in D. The algorithm consists of three stages: * * The first stage consists of deflating the size of the problem * when there are multiple eigenvalues or if there is a zero in * the Z vector. For each such occurence the dimension of the * secular equation problem is reduced by one. This stage is * performed by the routine DLAED8. * * The second stage consists of calculating the updated * eigenvalues. This is done by finding the roots of the secular * equation via the routine DLAED4 (as called by DLAED9). * This routine also calculates the eigenvectors of the current * problem. * * The final stage consists of computing the updated eigenvectors * directly using the updated eigenvalues. The eigenvectors for * the current problem are multiplied with the eigenvectors from * the overall problem. * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * = 0: Compute eigenvalues only. * = 1: Compute eigenvectors of original dense symmetric matrix * also. On entry, Q contains the orthogonal matrix used * to reduce the original matrix to tridiagonal form. * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. N >= 0. * * QSIZ (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the orthogonal matrix used to reduce * the full matrix to tridiagonal form. QSIZ >= N if ICOMPQ = 1. * * TLVLS (input) INTEGER * The total number of merging levels in the overall divide and * conquer tree. * * CURLVL (input) INTEGER * The current level in the overall merge routine, * 0 <= CURLVL <= TLVLS. * * CURPBM (input) INTEGER * The current problem in the current level in the overall * merge routine (counting from upper left to lower right). * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the eigenvalues of the rank-1-perturbed matrix. * On exit, the eigenvalues of the repaired matrix. * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N) * On entry, the eigenvectors of the rank-1-perturbed matrix. * On exit, the eigenvectors of the repaired tridiagonal matrix. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N). * * INDXQ (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation which will reintegrate the subproblem just * solved back into sorted order, i.e., D( INDXQ( I = 1, N ) ) * will be in ascending order. * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The subdiagonal element used to create the rank-1 * modification. * * CUTPNT (input) INTEGER * Contains the location of the last eigenvalue in the leading * sub-matrix. min(1,N) <= CUTPNT <= N. * * QSTORE (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N**2+1) * Stores eigenvectors of submatrices encountered during * divide and conquer, packed together. QPTR points to * beginning of the submatrices. * * QPTR (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N+2) * List of indices pointing to beginning of submatrices stored * in QSTORE. The submatrices are numbered starting at the * bottom left of the divide and conquer tree, from left to * right and bottom to top. * * PRMPTR (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N lg N) * Contains a list of pointers which indicate where in PERM a * level's permutation is stored. PRMPTR(i+1) - PRMPTR(i) * indicates the size of the permutation and also the size of * the full, non-deflated problem. * * PERM (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N lg N) * Contains the permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be * applied to each eigenblock. * * GIVPTR (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N lg N) * Contains a list of pointers which indicate where in GIVCOL a * level's Givens rotations are stored. GIVPTR(i+1) - GIVPTR(i) * indicates the number of Givens rotations. * * GIVCOL (input) INTEGER array, dimension (2, N lg N) * Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place * in a Givens rotation. * * GIVNUM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2, N lg N) * Each number indicates the S value to be used in the * corresponding Givens rotation. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N+QSIZ*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (4*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an eigenvalue did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.90. (dlaed8 icompq k n qsiz d q ldq indxq rho cutpnt z dlamda q2 ldq2 w perm givptr givcol givnum indxp indx info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAED8 merges the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single * sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. * There are two ways in which deflation can occur: when two or more * eigenvalues are close together or if there is a tiny element in the * Z vector. For each such occurrence the order of the related secular * equation problem is reduced by one. * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * = 0: Compute eigenvalues only. * = 1: Compute eigenvectors of original dense symmetric matrix * also. On entry, Q contains the orthogonal matrix used * to reduce the original matrix to tridiagonal form. * * K (output) INTEGER * The number of non-deflated eigenvalues, and the order of the * related secular equation. * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. N >= 0. * * QSIZ (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the orthogonal matrix used to reduce * the full matrix to tridiagonal form. QSIZ >= N if ICOMPQ = 1. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the eigenvalues of the two submatrices to be * combined. On exit, the trailing (N-K) updated eigenvalues * (those which were deflated) sorted into increasing order. * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * If ICOMPQ = 0, Q is not referenced. Otherwise, * on entry, Q contains the eigenvectors of the partially solved * system which has been previously updated in matrix * multiplies with other partially solved eigensystems. * On exit, Q contains the trailing (N-K) updated eigenvectors * (those which were deflated) in its last N-K columns. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N). * * INDXQ (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation which separately sorts the two sub-problems * in D into ascending order. Note that elements in the second * half of this permutation must first have CUTPNT added to * their values in order to be accurate. * * RHO (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the off-diagonal element associated with the rank-1 * cut which originally split the two submatrices which are now * being recombined. * On exit, RHO has been modified to the value required by * DLAED3. * * CUTPNT (input) INTEGER * The location of the last eigenvalue in the leading * sub-matrix. min(1,N) <= CUTPNT <= N. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, Z contains the updating vector (the last row of * the first sub-eigenvector matrix and the first row of the * second sub-eigenvector matrix). * On exit, the contents of Z are destroyed by the updating * process. * * DLAMDA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * A copy of the first K eigenvalues which will be used by * DLAED3 to form the secular equation. * * Q2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ2,N) * If ICOMPQ = 0, Q2 is not referenced. Otherwise, * a copy of the first K eigenvectors which will be used by * DLAED7 in a matrix multiply (DGEMM) to update the new * eigenvectors. * * LDQ2 (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q2. LDQ2 >= max(1,N). * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The first k values of the final deflation-altered z-vector and * will be passed to DLAED3. * * PERM (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be applied * to each eigenblock. * * GIVPTR (output) INTEGER * The number of Givens rotations which took place in this * subproblem. * * GIVCOL (output) INTEGER array, dimension (2, N) * Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place * in a Givens rotation. * * GIVNUM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2, N) * Each number indicates the S value to be used in the * corresponding Givens rotation. * * INDXP (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation used to place deflated values of D at the end * of the array. INDXP(1:K) points to the nondeflated D-values * and INDXP(K+1:N) points to the deflated eigenvalues. * * INDX (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The permutation used to sort the contents of D into ascending * order. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.91. (dlaed9 k kstart kstop n d q ldq rho dlamda w s lds info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAED9 finds the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the * values in D, Z, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP. It makes the * appropriate calls to DLAED4 and then stores the new matrix of * eigenvectors for use in calculating the next level of Z vectors. * * Arguments * ========= * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of terms in the rational function to be solved by * DLAED4. K >= 0. * * KSTART (input) INTEGER * KSTOP (input) INTEGER * The updated eigenvalues Lambda(I), KSTART <= I <= KSTOP * are to be computed. 1 <= KSTART <= KSTOP <= K. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of rows and columns in the Q matrix. * N >= K (delation may result in N > K). * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * D(I) contains the updated eigenvalues * for KSTART <= I <= KSTOP. * * Q (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max( 1, N ). * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The value of the parameter in the rank one update equation. * RHO >= 0 required. * * DLAMDA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * The first K elements of this array contain the old roots * of the deflated updating problem. These are the poles * of the secular equation. * * W (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * The first K elements of this array contain the components * of the deflation-adjusted updating vector. * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDS, K) * Will contain the eigenvectors of the repaired matrix which * will be stored for subsequent Z vector calculation and * multiplied by the previously accumulated eigenvectors * to update the system. * * LDS (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of S. LDS >= max( 1, K ). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an eigenvalue did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.92. (dlaeda n tlvls curlvl curpbm prmptr perm givptr givcol givnum q qptr z ztemp info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAEDA computes the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the * CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth * problem. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. N >= 0. * * TLVLS (input) INTEGER * The total number of merging levels in the overall divide and * conquer tree. * * CURLVL (input) INTEGER * The current level in the overall merge routine, * 0 <= curlvl <= tlvls. * * CURPBM (input) INTEGER * The current problem in the current level in the overall * merge routine (counting from upper left to lower right). * * PRMPTR (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N lg N) * Contains a list of pointers which indicate where in PERM a * level's permutation is stored. PRMPTR(i+1) - PRMPTR(i) * indicates the size of the permutation and incidentally the * size of the full, non-deflated problem. * * PERM (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N lg N) * Contains the permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be * applied to each eigenblock. * * GIVPTR (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N lg N) * Contains a list of pointers which indicate where in GIVCOL a * level's Givens rotations are stored. GIVPTR(i+1) - GIVPTR(i) * indicates the number of Givens rotations. * * GIVCOL (input) INTEGER array, dimension (2, N lg N) * Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place * in a Givens rotation. * * GIVNUM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2, N lg N) * Each number indicates the S value to be used in the * corresponding Givens rotation. * * Q (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N**2) * Contains the square eigenblocks from previous levels, the * starting positions for blocks are given by QPTR. * * QPTR (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N+2) * Contains a list of pointers which indicate where in Q an * eigenblock is stored. SQRT( QPTR(i+1) - QPTR(i) ) indicates * the size of the block. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On output this vector contains the updating vector (the last * row of the first sub-eigenvector matrix and the first row of * the second sub-eigenvector matrix). * * ZTEMP (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.93. (dlaein rightv noinit n h ldh wr wi vr vi b ldb work eps3 smlnum bignum info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAEIN uses inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector * corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg * matrix H. * * Arguments * ========= * * RIGHTV (input) LOGICAL * = .TRUE. : compute right eigenvector; * = .FALSE.: compute left eigenvector. * * NOINIT (input) LOGICAL * = .TRUE. : no initial vector supplied in (VR,VI). * = .FALSE.: initial vector supplied in (VR,VI). * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix H. N >= 0. * * H (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDH,N) * The upper Hessenberg matrix H. * * LDH (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array H. LDH >= max(1,N). * * WR (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * WI (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The real and imaginary parts of the eigenvalue of H whose * corresponding right or left eigenvector is to be computed. * * VR (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * VI (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, if NOINIT = .FALSE. and WI = 0.0, VR must contain * a real starting vector for inverse iteration using the real * eigenvalue WR; if NOINIT = .FALSE. and WI.ne.0.0, VR and VI * must contain the real and imaginary parts of a complex * starting vector for inverse iteration using the complex * eigenvalue (WR,WI); otherwise VR and VI need not be set. * On exit, if WI = 0.0 (real eigenvalue), VR contains the * computed real eigenvector; if WI.ne.0.0 (complex eigenvalue), * VR and VI contain the real and imaginary parts of the * computed complex eigenvector. The eigenvector is normalized * so that the component of largest magnitude has magnitude 1; * here the magnitude of a complex number (x,y) is taken to be * |x| + |y|. * VI is not referenced if WI = 0.0. * * B (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N) * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= N+1. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * EPS3 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * A small machine-dependent value which is used to perturb * close eigenvalues, and to replace zero pivots. * * SMLNUM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * A machine-dependent value close to the underflow threshold. * * BIGNUM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * A machine-dependent value close to the overflow threshold. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * = 1: inverse iteration did not converge; VR is set to the * last iterate, and so is VI if WI.ne.0.0. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.94. (dlaev2 a b c rt1 rt2 cs1 sn1 ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAEV2 computes the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix * [ A B ] * [ B C ]. * On return, RT1 is the eigenvalue of larger absolute value, RT2 is the * eigenvalue of smaller absolute value, and (CS1,SN1) is the unit right * eigenvector for RT1, giving the decomposition * * [ CS1 SN1 ] [ A B ] [ CS1 -SN1 ] = [ RT1 0 ] * [-SN1 CS1 ] [ B C ] [ SN1 CS1 ] [ 0 RT2 ]. * * Arguments * ========= * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (1,2) element and the conjugate of the (2,1) element of * the 2-by-2 matrix. * * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * RT1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The eigenvalue of larger absolute value. * * RT2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The eigenvalue of smaller absolute value. * * CS1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * SN1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The vector (CS1, SN1) is a unit right eigenvector for RT1. * * Further Details * =============== * * RT1 is accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow. * * RT2 may be inaccurate if there is massive cancellation in the * determinant A*C-B*B; higher precision or correctly rounded or * correctly truncated arithmetic would be needed to compute RT2 * accurately in all cases. * * CS1 and SN1 are accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow. * * Overflow is possible only if RT1 is within a factor of 5 of overflow. * Underflow is harmless if the input data is 0 or exceeds * underflow_threshold / macheps. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.95. (dlaexc wantq n t_ ldt q ldq j1 n1 n2 work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAEXC swaps adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in * an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity * transformation. * * T must be in Schur canonical form, that is, block upper triangular * with 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks; each 2-by-2 diagonal block * has its diagonal elemnts equal and its off-diagonal elements of * opposite sign. * * Arguments * ========= * * WANTQ (input) LOGICAL * = .TRUE. : accumulate the transformation in the matrix Q; * = .FALSE.: do not accumulate the transformation. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix T. N >= 0. * * T (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N) * On entry, the upper quasi-triangular matrix T, in Schur * canonical form. * On exit, the updated matrix T, again in Schur canonical form. * * LDT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= max(1,N). * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * On entry, if WANTQ is .TRUE., the orthogonal matrix Q. * On exit, if WANTQ is .TRUE., the updated matrix Q. * If WANTQ is .FALSE., Q is not referenced. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. * LDQ >= 1; and if WANTQ is .TRUE., LDQ >= N. * * J1 (input) INTEGER * The index of the first row of the first block T11. * * N1 (input) INTEGER * The order of the first block T11. N1 = 0, 1 or 2. * * N2 (input) INTEGER * The order of the second block T22. N2 = 0, 1 or 2. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * = 1: the transformed matrix T would be too far from Schur * form; the blocks are not swapped and T and Q are * unchanged. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.96. (dlag2 a lda b ldb safmin scale1 scale2 wr1 wr2 wi ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAG2 computes the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue * problem A - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow. * * The scaling factor "s" results in a modified eigenvalue equation * * s A - w B * * where s is a non-negative scaling factor chosen so that w, w B, * and s A do not overflow and, if possible, do not underflow, either. * * Arguments * ========= * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, 2) * On entry, the 2 x 2 matrix A. It is assumed that its 1-norm * is less than 1/SAFMIN. Entries less than * sqrt(SAFMIN)*norm(A) are subject to being treated as zero. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= 2. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, 2) * On entry, the 2 x 2 upper triangular matrix B. It is * assumed that the one-norm of B is less than 1/SAFMIN. The * diagonals should be at least sqrt(SAFMIN) times the largest * element of B (in absolute value); if a diagonal is smaller * than that, then +/- sqrt(SAFMIN) will be used instead of * that diagonal. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= 2. * * SAFMIN (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The smallest positive number s.t. 1/SAFMIN does not * overflow. (This should always be DLAMCH('S') -- it is an * argument in order to avoid having to call DLAMCH frequently.) * * SCALE1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * A scaling factor used to avoid over-/underflow in the * eigenvalue equation which defines the first eigenvalue. If * the eigenvalues are complex, then the eigenvalues are * ( WR1 +/- WI i ) / SCALE1 (which may lie outside the * exponent range of the machine), SCALE1=SCALE2, and SCALE1 * will always be positive. If the eigenvalues are real, then * the first (real) eigenvalue is WR1 / SCALE1 , but this may * overflow or underflow, and in fact, SCALE1 may be zero or * less than the underflow threshhold if the exact eigenvalue * is sufficiently large. * * SCALE2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * A scaling factor used to avoid over-/underflow in the * eigenvalue equation which defines the second eigenvalue. If * the eigenvalues are complex, then SCALE2=SCALE1. If the * eigenvalues are real, then the second (real) eigenvalue is * WR2 / SCALE2 , but this may overflow or underflow, and in * fact, SCALE2 may be zero or less than the underflow * threshhold if the exact eigenvalue is sufficiently large. * * WR1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If the eigenvalue is real, then WR1 is SCALE1 times the * eigenvalue closest to the (2,2) element of A B**(-1). If the * eigenvalue is complex, then WR1=WR2 is SCALE1 times the real * part of the eigenvalues. * * WR2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If the eigenvalue is real, then WR2 is SCALE2 times the * other eigenvalue. If the eigenvalue is complex, then * WR1=WR2 is SCALE1 times the real part of the eigenvalues. * * WI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If the eigenvalue is real, then WI is zero. If the * eigenvalue is complex, then WI is SCALE1 times the imaginary * part of the eigenvalues. WI will always be non-negative. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.97. (dlags2 upper a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3 csu snu csv snv csq snq ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAGS2 computes 2-by-2 orthogonal matrices U, V and Q, such * that if ( UPPER ) then * * U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) * ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) * and * V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) * ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) * * or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then * * U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) * ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) * and * V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) * ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) * * The rows of the transformed A and B are parallel, where * * U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ), Q = ( CSQ SNQ ) * ( -SNU CSU ) ( -SNV CSV ) ( -SNQ CSQ ) * * Z' denotes the transpose of Z. * * * Arguments * ========= * * UPPER (input) LOGICAL * = .TRUE.: the input matrices A and B are upper triangular. * = .FALSE.: the input matrices A and B are lower triangular. * * A1 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * A2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * A3 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, A1, A2 and A3 are elements of the input 2-by-2 * upper (lower) triangular matrix A. * * B1 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * B2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * B3 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, B1, B2 and B3 are elements of the input 2-by-2 * upper (lower) triangular matrix B. * * CSU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * SNU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The desired orthogonal matrix U. * * CSV (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * SNV (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The desired orthogonal matrix V. * * CSQ (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * SNQ (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The desired orthogonal matrix Q. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.98. (dlagtf n a lambda b c tol d in info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAGTF factorizes the matrix (T - lambda*I), where T is an n by n * tridiagonal matrix and lambda is a scalar, as * * T - lambda*I = PLU, * * where P is a permutation matrix, L is a unit lower tridiagonal matrix * with at most one non-zero sub-diagonal elements per column and U is * an upper triangular matrix with at most two non-zero super-diagonal * elements per column. * * The factorization is obtained by Gaussian elimination with partial * pivoting and implicit row scaling. * * The parameter LAMBDA is included in the routine so that DLAGTF may * be used, in conjunction with DLAGTS, to obtain eigenvectors of T by * inverse iteration. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix T. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, A must contain the diagonal elements of T. * * On exit, A is overwritten by the n diagonal elements of the * upper triangular matrix U of the factorization of T. * * LAMBDA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the scalar lambda. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, B must contain the (n-1) super-diagonal elements of * T. * * On exit, B is overwritten by the (n-1) super-diagonal * elements of the matrix U of the factorization of T. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, C must contain the (n-1) sub-diagonal elements of * T. * * On exit, C is overwritten by the (n-1) sub-diagonal elements * of the matrix L of the factorization of T. * * TOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, a relative tolerance used to indicate whether or * not the matrix (T - lambda*I) is nearly singular. TOL should * normally be chose as approximately the largest relative error * in the elements of T. For example, if the elements of T are * correct to about 4 significant figures, then TOL should be * set to about 5*10**(-4). If TOL is supplied as less than eps, * where eps is the relative machine precision, then the value * eps is used in place of TOL. * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2) * On exit, D is overwritten by the (n-2) second super-diagonal * elements of the matrix U of the factorization of T. * * IN (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On exit, IN contains details of the permutation matrix P. If * an interchange occurred at the kth step of the elimination, * then IN(k) = 1, otherwise IN(k) = 0. The element IN(n) * returns the smallest positive integer j such that * * abs( u(j,j) ).le. norm( (T - lambda*I)(j) )*TOL, * * where norm( A(j) ) denotes the sum of the absolute values of * the jth row of the matrix A. If no such j exists then IN(n) * is returned as zero. If IN(n) is returned as positive, then a * diagonal element of U is small, indicating that * (T - lambda*I) is singular or nearly singular, * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0 : successful exit * .lt. 0: if INFO = -k, the kth argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.99. (dlagtm trans n nrhs alpha dl d du x ldx beta b ldb ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAGTM performs a matrix-vector product of the form * * B := alpha * A * X + beta * B * * where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS * matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be * 0., 1., or -1. * * Arguments * ========= * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER * Specifies the operation applied to A. * = 'N': No transpose, B := alpha * A * X + beta * B * = 'T': Transpose, B := alpha * A'* X + beta * B * = 'C': Conjugate transpose = Transpose * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices X and B. * * ALPHA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalar alpha. ALPHA must be 0., 1., or -1.; otherwise, * it is assumed to be 0. * * DL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) sub-diagonal elements of T. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The diagonal elements of T. * * DU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) super-diagonal elements of T. * * X (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * The N by NRHS matrix X. * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(N,1). * * BETA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalar beta. BETA must be 0., 1., or -1.; otherwise, * it is assumed to be 1. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N by NRHS matrix B. * On exit, B is overwritten by the matrix expression * B := alpha * A * X + beta * B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(N,1). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.100. (dlagts job n a b c d in y tol info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAGTS may be used to solve one of the systems of equations * * (T - lambda*I)*x = y or (T - lambda*I)'*x = y, * * where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix, for x, following the * factorization of (T - lambda*I) as * * (T - lambda*I) = P*L*U , * * by routine DLAGTF. The choice of equation to be solved is * controlled by the argument JOB, and in each case there is an option * to perturb zero or very small diagonal elements of U, this option * being intended for use in applications such as inverse iteration. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) INTEGER * Specifies the job to be performed by DLAGTS as follows: * = 1: The equations (T - lambda*I)x = y are to be solved, * but diagonal elements of U are not to be perturbed. * = -1: The equations (T - lambda*I)x = y are to be solved * and, if overflow would otherwise occur, the diagonal * elements of U are to be perturbed. See argument TOL * below. * = 2: The equations (T - lambda*I)'x = y are to be solved, * but diagonal elements of U are not to be perturbed. * = -2: The equations (T - lambda*I)'x = y are to be solved * and, if overflow would otherwise occur, the diagonal * elements of U are to be perturbed. See argument TOL * below. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix T. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, A must contain the diagonal elements of U as * returned from DLAGTF. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, B must contain the first super-diagonal elements of * U as returned from DLAGTF. * * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, C must contain the sub-diagonal elements of L as * returned from DLAGTF. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2) * On entry, D must contain the second super-diagonal elements * of U as returned from DLAGTF. * * IN (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On entry, IN must contain details of the matrix P as returned * from DLAGTF. * * Y (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the right hand side vector y. * On exit, Y is overwritten by the solution vector x. * * TOL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, with JOB .lt. 0, TOL should be the minimum * perturbation to be made to very small diagonal elements of U. * TOL should normally be chosen as about eps*norm(U), where eps * is the relative machine precision, but if TOL is supplied as * non-positive, then it is reset to eps*max( abs( u(i,j) ) ). * If JOB .gt. 0 then TOL is not referenced. * * On exit, TOL is changed as described above, only if TOL is * non-positive on entry. Otherwise TOL is unchanged. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0 : successful exit * .lt. 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * .gt. 0: overflow would occur when computing the INFO(th) * element of the solution vector x. This can only occur * when JOB is supplied as positive and either means * that a diagonal element of U is very small, or that * the elements of the right-hand side vector y are very * large. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.101. (dlagv2 a lda b ldb alphar alphai beta csl snl csr snr ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAGV2 computes the Generalized Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 * matrix pencil (A,B) where B is upper triangular. This routine * computes orthogonal (rotation) matrices given by CSL, SNL and CSR, * SNR such that * * 1) if the pencil (A,B) has two real eigenvalues (include 0/0 or 1/0 * types), then * * [ a11 a12 ] := [ CSL SNL ] [ a11 a12 ] [ CSR -SNR ] * [ 0 a22 ] [ -SNL CSL ] [ a21 a22 ] [ SNR CSR ] * * [ b11 b12 ] := [ CSL SNL ] [ b11 b12 ] [ CSR -SNR ] * [ 0 b22 ] [ -SNL CSL ] [ 0 b22 ] [ SNR CSR ], * * 2) if the pencil (A,B) has a pair of complex conjugate eigenvalues, * then * * [ a11 a12 ] := [ CSL SNL ] [ a11 a12 ] [ CSR -SNR ] * [ a21 a22 ] [ -SNL CSL ] [ a21 a22 ] [ SNR CSR ] * * [ b11 0 ] := [ CSL SNL ] [ b11 b12 ] [ CSR -SNR ] * [ 0 b22 ] [ -SNL CSL ] [ 0 b22 ] [ SNR CSR ] * * where b11 >= b22 > 0. * * * Arguments * ========= * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA, 2) * On entry, the 2 x 2 matrix A. * On exit, A is overwritten by the ``A-part'' of the * generalized Schur form. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * THe leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= 2. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB, 2) * On entry, the upper triangular 2 x 2 matrix B. * On exit, B is overwritten by the ``B-part'' of the * generalized Schur form. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * THe leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= 2. * * ALPHAR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2) * ALPHAI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2) * BETA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2) * (ALPHAR(k)+i*ALPHAI(k))/BETA(k) are the eigenvalues of the * pencil (A,B), k=1,2, i = sqrt(-1). Note that BETA(k) may * be zero. * * CSL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The cosine of the left rotation matrix. * * SNL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The sine of the left rotation matrix. * * CSR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The cosine of the right rotation matrix. * * SNR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The sine of the right rotation matrix. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Mark Fahey, Department of Mathematics, Univ. of Kentucky, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.102. (dlahqr wantt wantz n ilo ihi h ldh wr wi iloz ihiz z ldz info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAHQR is an auxiliary routine called by DHSEQR to update the * eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by DHSEQR, by * dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI. * * Arguments * ========= * * WANTT (input) LOGICAL * = .TRUE. : the full Schur form T is required; * = .FALSE.: only eigenvalues are required. * * WANTZ (input) LOGICAL * = .TRUE. : the matrix of Schur vectors Z is required; * = .FALSE.: Schur vectors are not required. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix H. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * It is assumed that H is already upper quasi-triangular in * rows and columns IHI+1:N, and that H(ILO,ILO-1) = 0 (unless * ILO = 1). DLAHQR works primarily with the Hessenberg * submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI, but applies * transformations to all of H if WANTT is .TRUE.. * 1 <= ILO <= max(1,IHI); IHI <= N. * * H (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDH,N) * On entry, the upper Hessenberg matrix H. * On exit, if WANTT is .TRUE., H is upper quasi-triangular in * rows and columns ILO:IHI, with any 2-by-2 diagonal blocks in * standard form. If WANTT is .FALSE., the contents of H are * unspecified on exit. * * LDH (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array H. LDH >= max(1,N). * * WR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * WI (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The real and imaginary parts, respectively, of the computed * eigenvalues ILO to IHI are stored in the corresponding * elements of WR and WI. If two eigenvalues are computed as a * complex conjugate pair, they are stored in consecutive * elements of WR and WI, say the i-th and (i+1)th, with * WI(i) > 0 and WI(i+1) < 0. If WANTT is .TRUE., the * eigenvalues are stored in the same order as on the diagonal * of the Schur form returned in H, with WR(i) = H(i,i), and, if * H(i:i+1,i:i+1) is a 2-by-2 diagonal block, * WI(i) = sqrt(H(i+1,i)*H(i,i+1)) and WI(i+1) = -WI(i). * * ILOZ (input) INTEGER * IHIZ (input) INTEGER * Specify the rows of Z to which transformations must be * applied if WANTZ is .TRUE.. * 1 <= ILOZ <= ILO; IHI <= IHIZ <= N. * * Z (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ,N) * If WANTZ is .TRUE., on entry Z must contain the current * matrix Z of transformations accumulated by DHSEQR, and on * exit Z has been updated; transformations are applied only to * the submatrix Z(ILOZ:IHIZ,ILO:IHI). * If WANTZ is .FALSE., Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * > 0: DLAHQR failed to compute all the eigenvalues ILO to IHI * in a total of 30*(IHI-ILO+1) iterations; if INFO = i, * elements i+1:ihi of WR and WI contain those eigenvalues * which have been successfully computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * 2-96 Based on modifications by * David Day, Sandia National Laboratory, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.103. (dlahrd n k nb a lda tau t_ ldt y ldy ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAHRD reduces the first NB columns of a real general n-by-(n-k+1) * matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero. The * reduction is performed by an orthogonal similarity transformation * Q' * A * Q. The routine returns the matrices V and T which determine * Q as a block reflector I - V*T*V', and also the matrix Y = A * V * T. * * This is an auxiliary routine called by DGEHRD. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. * * K (input) INTEGER * The offset for the reduction. Elements below the k-th * subdiagonal in the first NB columns are reduced to zero. * * NB (input) INTEGER * The number of columns to be reduced. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N-K+1) * On entry, the n-by-(n-k+1) general matrix A. * On exit, the elements on and above the k-th subdiagonal in * the first NB columns are overwritten with the corresponding * elements of the reduced matrix; the elements below the k-th * subdiagonal, with the array TAU, represent the matrix Q as a * product of elementary reflectors. The other columns of A are * unchanged. See Further Details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NB) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors. See Further * Details. * * T (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,NB) * The upper triangular matrix T. * * LDT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= NB. * * Y (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDY,NB) * The n-by-nb matrix Y. * * LDY (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Y. LDY >= N. * * Further Details * =============== * * The matrix Q is represented as a product of nb elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nb). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i+k-1) = 0, v(i+k) = 1; v(i+k+1:n) is stored on exit in * A(i+k+1:n,i), and tau in TAU(i). * * The elements of the vectors v together form the (n-k+1)-by-nb matrix * V which is needed, with T and Y, to apply the transformation to the * unreduced part of the matrix, using an update of the form: * A := (I - V*T*V') * (A - Y*V'). * * The contents of A on exit are illustrated by the following example * with n = 7, k = 3 and nb = 2: * * ( a h a a a ) * ( a h a a a ) * ( a h a a a ) * ( h h a a a ) * ( v1 h a a a ) * ( v1 v2 a a a ) * ( v1 v2 a a a ) * * where a denotes an element of the original matrix A, h denotes a * modified element of the upper Hessenberg matrix H, and vi denotes an * element of the vector defining H(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.104. (dlaic1 job j x sest w gamma sestpr s c ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAIC1 applies one step of incremental condition estimation in * its simplest version: * * Let x, twonorm(x) = 1, be an approximate singular vector of an j-by-j * lower triangular matrix L, such that * twonorm(L*x) = sest * Then DLAIC1 computes sestpr, s, c such that * the vector * [ s*x ] * xhat = [ c ] * is an approximate singular vector of * [ L 0 ] * Lhat = [ w' gamma ] * in the sense that * twonorm(Lhat*xhat) = sestpr. * * Depending on JOB, an estimate for the largest or smallest singular * value is computed. * * Note that [s c]' and sestpr**2 is an eigenpair of the system * * diag(sest*sest, 0) + [alpha gamma] * [ alpha ] * [ gamma ] * * where alpha = x'*w. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOB (input) INTEGER * = 1: an estimate for the largest singular value is computed. * = 2: an estimate for the smallest singular value is computed. * * J (input) INTEGER * Length of X and W * * X (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (J) * The j-vector x. * * SEST (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Estimated singular value of j by j matrix L * * W (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (J) * The j-vector w. * * GAMMA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The diagonal element gamma. * * SEDTPR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Estimated singular value of (j+1) by (j+1) matrix Lhat. * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Sine needed in forming xhat. * * C (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Cosine needed in forming xhat. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.105. (dlaln2 ltrans na nw smin ca a lda d1 d2 b ldb wr wi x ldx scale xnorm info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLALN2 solves a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B * or (ca A' - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and * perturbation of A. (A' means A-transpose.) * * A is an NA x NA real matrix, ca is a real scalar, D is an NA x NA * real diagonal matrix, w is a real or complex value, and X and B are * NA x 1 matrices -- real if w is real, complex if w is complex. NA * may be 1 or 2. * * If w is complex, X and B are represented as NA x 2 matrices, * the first column of each being the real part and the second * being the imaginary part. * * "s" is a scaling factor (.LE. 1), computed by DLALN2, which is * so chosen that X can be computed without overflow. X is further * scaled if necessary to assure that norm(ca A - w D)*norm(X) is less * than overflow. * * If both singular values of (ca A - w D) are less than SMIN, * SMIN*identity will be used instead of (ca A - w D). If only one * singular value is less than SMIN, one element of (ca A - w D) will be * perturbed enough to make the smallest singular value roughly SMIN. * If both singular values are at least SMIN, (ca A - w D) will not be * perturbed. In any case, the perturbation will be at most some small * multiple of max( SMIN, ulp*norm(ca A - w D) ). The singular values * are computed by infinity-norm approximations, and thus will only be * correct to a factor of 2 or so. * * Note: all input quantities are assumed to be smaller than overflow * by a reasonable factor. (See BIGNUM.) * * Arguments * ========== * * LTRANS (input) LOGICAL * =.TRUE.: A-transpose will be used. * =.FALSE.: A will be used (not transposed.) * * NA (input) INTEGER * The size of the matrix A. It may (only) be 1 or 2. * * NW (input) INTEGER * 1 if "w" is real, 2 if "w" is complex. It may only be 1 * or 2. * * SMIN (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The desired lower bound on the singular values of A. This * should be a safe distance away from underflow or overflow, * say, between (underflow/machine precision) and (machine * precision * overflow ). (See BIGNUM and ULP.) * * CA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The coefficient c, which A is multiplied by. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,NA) * The NA x NA matrix A. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of A. It must be at least NA. * * D1 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The 1,1 element in the diagonal matrix D. * * D2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The 2,2 element in the diagonal matrix D. Not used if NW=1. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NW) * The NA x NW matrix B (right-hand side). If NW=2 ("w" is * complex), column 1 contains the real part of B and column 2 * contains the imaginary part. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B. It must be at least NA. * * WR (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The real part of the scalar "w". * * WI (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The imaginary part of the scalar "w". Not used if NW=1. * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NW) * The NA x NW matrix X (unknowns), as computed by DLALN2. * If NW=2 ("w" is complex), on exit, column 1 will contain * the real part of X and column 2 will contain the imaginary * part. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of X. It must be at least NA. * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scale factor that B must be multiplied by to insure * that overflow does not occur when computing X. Thus, * (ca A - w D) X will be SCALE*B, not B (ignoring * perturbations of A.) It will be at most 1. * * XNORM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The infinity-norm of X, when X is regarded as an NA x NW * real matrix. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * An error flag. It will be set to zero if no error occurs, * a negative number if an argument is in error, or a positive * number if ca A - w D had to be perturbed. * The possible values are: * = 0: No error occurred, and (ca A - w D) did not have to be * perturbed. * = 1: (ca A - w D) had to be perturbed to make its smallest * (or only) singular value greater than SMIN. * NOTE: In the interests of speed, this routine does not * check the inputs for errors. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.106. (dlals0 icompq nl nr sqre nrhs b ldb bx ldbx perm givptr givcol ldgcol givnum ldgnum poles difl difr z k c s work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLALS0 applies back the multiplying factors of either the left or the * right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row * to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem * using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach. * * For the left singular vector matrix, three types of orthogonal * matrices are involved: * * (1L) Givens rotations: the number of such rotations is GIVPTR; the * pairs of columns/rows they were applied to are stored in GIVCOL; * and the C- and S-values of these rotations are stored in GIVNUM. * * (2L) Permutation. The (NL+1)-st row of B is to be moved to the first * row, and for J=2:N, PERM(J)-th row of B is to be moved to the * J-th row. * * (3L) The left singular vector matrix of the remaining matrix. * * For the right singular vector matrix, four types of orthogonal * matrices are involved: * * (1R) The right singular vector matrix of the remaining matrix. * * (2R) If SQRE = 1, one extra Givens rotation to generate the right * null space. * * (3R) The inverse transformation of (2L). * * (4R) The inverse transformation of (1L). * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in * factored form: * = 0: Left singular vector matrix. * = 1: Right singular vector matrix. * * NL (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1. * * NR (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix. * = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix. * * The bidiagonal matrix has row dimension N = NL + NR + 1, * and column dimension M = N + SQRE. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of B and BX. NRHS must be at least 1. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDB, NRHS ) * On input, B contains the right hand sides of the least * squares problem in rows 1 through M. On output, B contains * the solution X in rows 1 through N. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B. LDB must be at least * max(1,MAX( M, N ) ). * * BX (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDBX, NRHS ) * * LDBX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of BX. * * PERM (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * The permutations (from deflation and sorting) applied * to the two blocks. * * GIVPTR (input) INTEGER * The number of Givens rotations which took place in this * subproblem. * * GIVCOL (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 ) * Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of rows/columns * involved in a Givens rotation. * * LDGCOL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of GIVCOL, must be at least N. * * GIVNUM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 ) * Each number indicates the C or S value used in the * corresponding Givens rotation. * * LDGNUM (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of arrays DIFR, POLES and * GIVNUM, must be at least K. * * POLES (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 ) * On entry, POLES(1:K, 1) contains the new singular * values obtained from solving the secular equation, and * POLES(1:K, 2) is an array containing the poles in the secular * equation. * * DIFL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ). * On entry, DIFL(I) is the distance between I-th updated * (undeflated) singular value and the I-th (undeflated) old * singular value. * * DIFR (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 ). * On entry, DIFR(I, 1) contains the distances between I-th * updated (undeflated) singular value and the I+1-th * (undeflated) old singular value. And DIFR(I, 2) is the * normalizing factor for the I-th right singular vector. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ) * Contain the components of the deflation-adjusted updating row * vector. * * K (input) INTEGER * Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix, * This is the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N. * * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * C contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the C-value of a Givens * rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1. * * S (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * S contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the S-value of a Givens * rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.107. (dlalsa icompq smlsiz n nrhs b ldb bx ldbx u ldu vt k difl difr z poles givptr givcol ldgcol perm givnum c s work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLALSA is an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem * by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The * singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal * matrices.). * * If ICOMPQ = 0, DLALSA applies the inverse of the left singular vector * matrix of an upper bidiagonal matrix to the right hand side; and if * ICOMPQ = 1, DLALSA applies the right singular vector matrix to the * right hand side. The singular vector matrices were generated in * compact form by DLALSA. * * Arguments * ========= * * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * Specifies whether the left or the right singular vector * matrix is involved. * = 0: Left singular vector matrix * = 1: Right singular vector matrix * * SMLSIZ (input) INTEGER * The maximum size of the subproblems at the bottom of the * computation tree. * * N (input) INTEGER * The row and column dimensions of the upper bidiagonal matrix. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of B and BX. NRHS must be at least 1. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDB, NRHS ) * On input, B contains the right hand sides of the least * squares problem in rows 1 through M. On output, B contains * the solution X in rows 1 through N. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B in the calling subprogram. * LDB must be at least max(1,MAX( M, N ) ). * * BX (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDBX, NRHS ) * On exit, the result of applying the left or right singular * vector matrix to B. * * LDBX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of BX. * * U (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ ). * On entry, U contains the left singular vector matrices of all * subproblems at the bottom level. * * LDU (input) INTEGER, LDU = > N. * The leading dimension of arrays U, VT, DIFL, DIFR, * POLES, GIVNUM, and Z. * * VT (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ+1 ). * On entry, VT' contains the right singular vector matrices of * all subproblems at the bottom level. * * K (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ). * * DIFL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, NLVL ). * where NLVL = INT(log_2 (N/(SMLSIZ+1))) + 1. * * DIFR (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ). * On entry, DIFL(*, I) and DIFR(*, 2 * I -1) record * distances between singular values on the I-th level and * singular values on the (I -1)-th level, and DIFR(*, 2 * I) * record the normalizing factors of the right singular vectors * matrices of subproblems on I-th level. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, NLVL ). * On entry, Z(1, I) contains the components of the deflation- * adjusted updating row vector for subproblems on the I-th * level. * * POLES (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ). * On entry, POLES(*, 2 * I -1: 2 * I) contains the new and old * singular values involved in the secular equations on the I-th * level. * * GIVPTR (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ). * On entry, GIVPTR( I ) records the number of Givens * rotations performed on the I-th problem on the computation * tree. * * GIVCOL (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 * NLVL ). * On entry, for each I, GIVCOL(*, 2 * I - 1: 2 * I) records the * locations of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on * the computation tree. * * LDGCOL (input) INTEGER, LDGCOL = > N. * The leading dimension of arrays GIVCOL and PERM. * * PERM (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, NLVL ). * On entry, PERM(*, I) records permutations done on the I-th * level of the computation tree. * * GIVNUM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ). * On entry, GIVNUM(*, 2 *I -1 : 2 * I) records the C- and S- * values of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on the * computation tree. * * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ). * On entry, if the I-th subproblem is not square, * C( I ) contains the C-value of a Givens rotation related to * the right null space of the I-th subproblem. * * S (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ). * On entry, if the I-th subproblem is not square, * S( I ) contains the S-value of a Givens rotation related to * the right null space of the I-th subproblem. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array. * The dimension must be at least N. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array. * The dimension must be at least 3 * N * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.108. (dlalsd uplo smlsiz n nrhs d e b ldb rcond rank work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLALSD uses the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least * squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each * column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B * are N-by-NRHS. The solution X overwrites B. * * The singular values of A smaller than RCOND times the largest * singular value are treated as zero in solving the least squares * problem; in this case a minimum norm solution is returned. * The actual singular values are returned in D in ascending order. * * This code makes very mild assumptions about floating point * arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard digit in * add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard digits * which subtract like the Cray XMP, Cray YMP, Cray C 90, or Cray 2. * It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': D and E define an upper bidiagonal matrix. * = 'L': D and E define a lower bidiagonal matrix. * * SMLSIZ (input) INTEGER * The maximum size of the subproblems at the bottom of the * computation tree. * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the bidiagonal matrix. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of B. NRHS must be at least 1. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry D contains the main diagonal of the bidiagonal * matrix. On exit, if INFO = 0, D contains its singular values. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * Contains the super-diagonal entries of the bidiagonal matrix. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On input, B contains the right hand sides of the least * squares problem. On output, B contains the solution X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of B in the calling subprogram. * LDB must be at least max(1,N). * * RCOND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The singular values of A less than or equal to RCOND times * the largest singular value are treated as zero in solving * the least squares problem. If RCOND is negative, * machine precision is used instead. * For example, if diag(S)*X=B were the least squares problem, * where diag(S) is a diagonal matrix of singular values, the * solution would be X(i) = B(i) / S(i) if S(i) is greater than * RCOND*max(S), and X(i) = 0 if S(i) is less than or equal to * RCOND*max(S). * * RANK (output) INTEGER * The number of singular values of A greater than RCOND times * the largest singular value. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least * (9*N + 2*N*SMLSIZ + 8*N*NLVL + N*NRHS + (SMLSIZ+1)**2), * where NLVL = max(0, INT(log_2 (N/(SMLSIZ+1))) + 1). * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension at least * (3*N*NLVL + 11*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: The algorithm failed to compute an singular value while * working on the submatrix lying in rows and columns * INFO/(N+1) through MOD(INFO,N+1). * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.109. (dlamch cmach ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAMCH determines double precision machine parameters. * * Arguments * ========= * * CMACH (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned by DLAMCH: * = 'E' or 'e', DLAMCH := eps * = 'S' or 's , DLAMCH := sfmin * = 'B' or 'b', DLAMCH := base * = 'P' or 'p', DLAMCH := eps*base * = 'N' or 'n', DLAMCH := t * = 'R' or 'r', DLAMCH := rnd * = 'M' or 'm', DLAMCH := emin * = 'U' or 'u', DLAMCH := rmin * = 'L' or 'l', DLAMCH := emax * = 'O' or 'o', DLAMCH := rmax * * where * * eps = relative machine precision * sfmin = safe minimum, such that 1/sfmin does not overflow * base = base of the machine * prec = eps*base * t = number of (base) digits in the mantissa * rnd = 1.0 when rounding occurs in addition, 0.0 otherwise * emin = minimum exponent before (gradual) underflow * rmin = underflow threshold - base**(emin-1) * emax = largest exponent before overflow * rmax = overflow threshold - (base**emax)*(1-eps) * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.110. (dlamrg n1 n2 a dtrd1 dtrd2 index ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAMRG will create a permutation list which will merge the elements * of A (which is composed of two independently sorted sets) into a * single set which is sorted in ascending order. * * Arguments * ========= * * N1 (input) INTEGER * N2 (input) INTEGER * These arguements contain the respective lengths of the two * sorted lists to be merged. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N1+N2) * The first N1 elements of A contain a list of numbers which * are sorted in either ascending or descending order. Likewise * for the final N2 elements. * * DTRD1 (input) INTEGER * DTRD2 (input) INTEGER * These are the strides to be taken through the array A. * Allowable strides are 1 and -1. They indicate whether a * subset of A is sorted in ascending (DTRDx = 1) or descending * (DTRDx = -1) order. * * INDEX (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N1+N2) * On exit this array will contain a permutation such that * if B( I ) = A( INDEX( I ) ) for I=1,N1+N2, then B will be * sorted in ascending order. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.111. (dlangb norm n kl ku ab ldab work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANGB returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an * n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals. * * Description * =========== * * DLANGB returns the value * * DLANGB = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANGB as described * above. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANGB is * set to zero. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of super-diagonals of the matrix A. KU >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The band matrix A, stored in rows 1 to KL+KU+1. The j-th * column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB as * follows: * AB(ku+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ku)<=i<=min(n,j+kl). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KL+KU+1. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= N when NORM = 'I'; otherwise, WORK is not * referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.112. (dlange norm m n a lda work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANGE returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a * real matrix A. * * Description * =========== * * DLANGE returns the value * * DLANGE = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANGE as described * above. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. When M = 0, * DLANGE is set to zero. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, * DLANGE is set to zero. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The m by n matrix A. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(M,1). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= M when NORM = 'I'; otherwise, WORK is not * referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.113. (dlangt norm n dl d du ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANGT returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a * real tridiagonal matrix A. * * Description * =========== * * DLANGT returns the value * * DLANGT = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANGT as described * above. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANGT is * set to zero. * * DL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) sub-diagonal elements of A. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The diagonal elements of A. * * DU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) super-diagonal elements of A. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.114. (dlanhs norm n a lda work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANHS returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a * Hessenberg matrix A. * * Description * =========== * * DLANHS returns the value * * DLANHS = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANHS as described * above. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANHS is * set to zero. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The n by n upper Hessenberg matrix A; the part of A below the * first sub-diagonal is not referenced. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(N,1). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= N when NORM = 'I'; otherwise, WORK is not * referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.115. (dlansb norm uplo n k ab ldab work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANSB returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an * n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals. * * Description * =========== * * DLANSB returns the value * * DLANSB = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANSB as described * above. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * band matrix A is supplied. * = 'U': Upper triangular part is supplied * = 'L': Lower triangular part is supplied * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANSB is * set to zero. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of super-diagonals or sub-diagonals of the * band matrix A. K >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band matrix A, * stored in the first K+1 rows of AB. The j-th column of A is * stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(k+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-k)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+k). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= K+1. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= N when NORM = 'I' or '1' or 'O'; otherwise, * WORK is not referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.116. (dlansp norm uplo n ap work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANSP returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a * real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form. * * Description * =========== * * DLANSP returns the value * * DLANSP = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANSP as described * above. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is supplied. * = 'U': Upper triangular part of A is supplied * = 'L': Lower triangular part of A is supplied * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANSP is * set to zero. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix A, packed * columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored * in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= N when NORM = 'I' or '1' or 'O'; otherwise, * WORK is not referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.117. (dlanst norm n d e ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANST returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a * real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A. * * Description * =========== * * DLANST returns the value * * DLANST = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANST as described * above. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANST is * set to zero. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The diagonal elements of A. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) sub-diagonal or super-diagonal elements of A. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.118. (dlansy norm uplo n a lda work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANSY returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a * real symmetric matrix A. * * Description * =========== * * DLANSY returns the value * * DLANSY = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANSY as described * above. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is to be referenced. * = 'U': Upper triangular part of A is referenced * = 'L': Lower triangular part of A is referenced * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANSY is * set to zero. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The symmetric matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading n by n * upper triangular part of A contains the upper triangular part * of the matrix A, and the strictly lower triangular part of A * is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the leading n by n lower * triangular part of A contains the lower triangular part of * the matrix A, and the strictly upper triangular part of A is * not referenced. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(N,1). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= N when NORM = 'I' or '1' or 'O'; otherwise, * WORK is not referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.119. (dlantb norm uplo diag n k ab ldab work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANTB returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an * n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals. * * Description * =========== * * DLANTB returns the value * * DLANTB = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANTB as described * above. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the matrix A is upper or lower triangular. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * DIAG (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the matrix A is unit triangular. * = 'N': Non-unit triangular * = 'U': Unit triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANTB is * set to zero. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of super-diagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of sub-diagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'L'. * K >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The upper or lower triangular band matrix A, stored in the * first k+1 rows of AB. The j-th column of A is stored * in the j-th column of the array AB as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(k+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-k)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+k). * Note that when DIAG = 'U', the elements of the array AB * corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix A are * not referenced, but are assumed to be one. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= K+1. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= N when NORM = 'I'; otherwise, WORK is not * referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.120. (dlantp norm uplo diag n ap work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANTP returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a * triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form. * * Description * =========== * * DLANTP returns the value * * DLANTP = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANTP as described * above. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the matrix A is upper or lower triangular. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * DIAG (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the matrix A is unit triangular. * = 'N': Non-unit triangular * = 'U': Unit triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. When N = 0, DLANTP is * set to zero. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed columnwise in * a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored in the array * AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * Note that when DIAG = 'U', the elements of the array AP * corresponding to the diagonal elements of the matrix A are * not referenced, but are assumed to be one. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= N when NORM = 'I'; otherwise, WORK is not * referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.121. (dlantr norm uplo diag m n a lda work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANTR returns the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or * the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a * trapezoidal or triangular matrix A. * * Description * =========== * * DLANTR returns the value * * DLANTR = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm' * ( * ( norm1(A), NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o' * ( * ( normI(A), NORM = 'I' or 'i' * ( * ( normF(A), NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e' * * where norm1 denotes the one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum), * normI denotes the infinity norm of a matrix (maximum row sum) and * normF denotes the Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of * squares). Note that max(abs(A(i,j))) is not a matrix norm. * * Arguments * ========= * * NORM (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the value to be returned in DLANTR as described * above. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the matrix A is upper or lower trapezoidal. * = 'U': Upper trapezoidal * = 'L': Lower trapezoidal * Note that A is triangular instead of trapezoidal if M = N. * * DIAG (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the matrix A has unit diagonal. * = 'N': Non-unit diagonal * = 'U': Unit diagonal * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0, and if * UPLO = 'U', M <= N. When M = 0, DLANTR is set to zero. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0, and if * UPLO = 'L', N <= M. When N = 0, DLANTR is set to zero. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The trapezoidal matrix A (A is triangular if M = N). * If UPLO = 'U', the leading m by n upper trapezoidal part of * the array A contains the upper trapezoidal matrix, and the * strictly lower triangular part of A is not referenced. * If UPLO = 'L', the leading m by n lower trapezoidal part of * the array A contains the lower trapezoidal matrix, and the * strictly upper triangular part of A is not referenced. Note * that when DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are not * referenced and are assumed to be one. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(M,1). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK), * where LWORK >= M when NORM = 'I'; otherwise, WORK is not * referenced. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.122. (dlanv2 a b c d rt1r rt1i rt2r rt2i cs sn ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLANV2 computes the Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 nonsymmetric * matrix in standard form: * * [ A B ] = [ CS -SN ] [ AA BB ] [ CS SN ] * [ C D ] [ SN CS ] [ CC DD ] [-SN CS ] * * where either * 1) CC = 0 so that AA and DD are real eigenvalues of the matrix, or * 2) AA = DD and BB*CC < 0, so that AA + or - sqrt(BB*CC) are complex * conjugate eigenvalues. * * Arguments * ========= * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the elements of the input matrix. * On exit, they are overwritten by the elements of the * standardised Schur form. * * RT1R (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * RT1I (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * RT2R (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * RT2I (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The real and imaginary parts of the eigenvalues. If the * eigenvalues are a complex conjugate pair, RT1I > 0. * * CS (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * SN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Parameters of the rotation matrix. * * Further Details * =============== * * Modified by V. Sima, Research Institute for Informatics, Bucharest, * Romania, to reduce the risk of cancellation errors, * when computing real eigenvalues, and to ensure, if possible, that * abs(RT1R) >= abs(RT2R). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.123. (dlapll n x incx y incy ssmin ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * Given two column vectors X and Y, let * * A = ( X Y ). * * The subroutine first computes the QR factorization of A = Q*R, * and then computes the SVD of the 2-by-2 upper triangular matrix R. * The smaller singular value of R is returned in SSMIN, which is used * as the measurement of the linear dependency of the vectors X and Y. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The length of the vectors X and Y. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCX) * On entry, X contains the N-vector X. * On exit, X is overwritten. * * INCX (input) INTEGER * The increment between successive elements of X. INCX > 0. * * Y (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCY) * On entry, Y contains the N-vector Y. * On exit, Y is overwritten. * * INCY (input) INTEGER * The increment between successive elements of Y. INCY > 0. * * SSMIN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The smallest singular value of the N-by-2 matrix A = ( X Y ). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.124. (dlapmt forwrd m n x ldx k ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAPMT rearranges the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified * by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N. * If FORWRD = .TRUE., forward permutation: * * X(*,K(J)) is moved X(*,J) for J = 1,2,...,N. * * If FORWRD = .FALSE., backward permutation: * * X(*,J) is moved to X(*,K(J)) for J = 1,2,...,N. * * Arguments * ========= * * FORWRD (input) LOGICAL * = .TRUE., forward permutation * = .FALSE., backward permutation * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix X. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix X. N >= 0. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,N) * On entry, the M by N matrix X. * On exit, X contains the permuted matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X, LDX >= MAX(1,M). * * K (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On entry, K contains the permutation vector. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.125. (dlapy2 x y ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAPY2 returns sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary * overflow. * * Arguments * ========= * * X (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Y (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * X and Y specify the values x and y. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.126. (dlapy3 x y z ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAPY3 returns sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause * unnecessary overflow. * * Arguments * ========= * * X (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Y (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * X, Y and Z specify the values x, y and z. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.127. (dlaqgb m n kl ku ab ldab r c rowcnd colcnd amax equed ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAQGB equilibrates a general M by N band matrix A with KL * subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors * in the vectors R and C. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals within the band of A. KL >= 0. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals within the band of A. KU >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the matrix A in band storage, in rows 1 to KL+KU+1. * The j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the * array AB as follows: * AB(ku+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ku)<=i<=min(m,j+kl) * * On exit, the equilibrated matrix, in the same storage format * as A. See EQUED for the form of the equilibrated matrix. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDA >= KL+KU+1. * * R (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * The row scale factors for A. * * C (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The column scale factors for A. * * ROWCND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Ratio of the smallest R(i) to the largest R(i). * * COLCND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Ratio of the smallest C(i) to the largest C(i). * * AMAX (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix entry. * * EQUED (output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of equilibration that was done. * = 'N': No equilibration * = 'R': Row equilibration, i.e., A has been premultiplied by * diag(R). * = 'C': Column equilibration, i.e., A has been postmultiplied * by diag(C). * = 'B': Both row and column equilibration, i.e., A has been * replaced by diag(R) * A * diag(C). * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * THRESH is a threshold value used to decide if row or column scaling * should be done based on the ratio of the row or column scaling * factors. If ROWCND < THRESH, row scaling is done, and if * COLCND < THRESH, column scaling is done. * * LARGE and SMALL are threshold values used to decide if row scaling * should be done based on the absolute size of the largest matrix * element. If AMAX > LARGE or AMAX < SMALL, row scaling is done. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.128. (dlaqge m n a lda r c rowcnd colcnd amax equed ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAQGE equilibrates a general M by N matrix A using the row and * scaling factors in the vectors R and C. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M by N matrix A. * On exit, the equilibrated matrix. See EQUED for the form of * the equilibrated matrix. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(M,1). * * R (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * The row scale factors for A. * * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The column scale factors for A. * * ROWCND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Ratio of the smallest R(i) to the largest R(i). * * COLCND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Ratio of the smallest C(i) to the largest C(i). * * AMAX (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix entry. * * EQUED (output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of equilibration that was done. * = 'N': No equilibration * = 'R': Row equilibration, i.e., A has been premultiplied by * diag(R). * = 'C': Column equilibration, i.e., A has been postmultiplied * by diag(C). * = 'B': Both row and column equilibration, i.e., A has been * replaced by diag(R) * A * diag(C). * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * THRESH is a threshold value used to decide if row or column scaling * should be done based on the ratio of the row or column scaling * factors. If ROWCND < THRESH, row scaling is done, and if * COLCND < THRESH, column scaling is done. * * LARGE and SMALL are threshold values used to decide if row scaling * should be done based on the absolute size of the largest matrix * element. If AMAX > LARGE or AMAX < SMALL, row scaling is done. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.129. (dlaqp2 m n offset a lda jpvt tau vn1 vn2 work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAQP2 computes a QR factorization with column pivoting of * the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N). * The block A(1:OFFSET,1:N) is accordingly pivoted, but not factorized. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * OFFSET (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A that must be pivoted * but no factorized. OFFSET >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, the upper triangle of block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N) is * the triangular factor obtained; the elements in block * A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N) below the diagonal, together with the * array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a product of * elementary reflectors. Block A(1:OFFSET,1:N) has been * accordingly pivoted, but no factorized. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * JPVT (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * On entry, if JPVT(i) .ne. 0, the i-th column of A is permuted * to the front of A*P (a leading column); if JPVT(i) = 0, * the i-th column of A is a free column. * On exit, if JPVT(i) = k, then the i-th column of A*P * was the k-th column of A. * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(M,N)) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors. * * VN1 (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The vector with the partial column norms. * * VN2 (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The vector with the exact column norms. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * G. Quintana-Orti, Depto. de Informatica, Universidad Jaime I, Spain * X. Sun, Computer Science Dept., Duke University, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.130. (dlaqps m n offset nb kb a lda jpvt tau vn1 vn2 auxv f ldf ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAQPS computes a step of QR factorization with column pivoting * of a real M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3. It tries to factorize * NB columns from A starting from the row OFFSET+1, and updates all * of the matrix with Blas-3 xGEMM. * * In some cases, due to catastrophic cancellations, it cannot * factorize NB columns. Hence, the actual number of factorized * columns is returned in KB. * * Block A(1:OFFSET,1:N) is accordingly pivoted, but not factorized. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0 * * OFFSET (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of A that have been factorized in * previous steps. * * NB (input) INTEGER * The number of columns to factorize. * * KB (output) INTEGER * The number of columns actually factorized. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix A. * On exit, block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:KB) is the triangular * factor obtained and block A(1:OFFSET,1:N) has been * accordingly pivoted, but no factorized. * The rest of the matrix, block A(OFFSET+1:M,KB+1:N) has * been updated. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * JPVT (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * JPVT(I) = K <==> Column K of the full matrix A has been * permuted into position I in AP. * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (KB) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors. * * VN1 (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The vector with the partial column norms. * * VN2 (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The vector with the exact column norms. * * AUXV (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NB) * Auxiliar vector. * * F (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDF,NB) * Matrix F' = L*Y'*A. * * LDF (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array F. LDF >= max(1,N). * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * G. Quintana-Orti, Depto. de Informatica, Universidad Jaime I, Spain * X. Sun, Computer Science Dept., Duke University, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.131. (dlaqsb uplo n kd ab ldab s scond amax equed ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAQSB equilibrates a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling * factors in the vector S. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is stored. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of super-diagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of sub-diagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the triangular factor U or L from the * Cholesky factorization A = U'*U or A = L*L' of the band * matrix A, in the same storage format as A. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The scale factors for A. * * SCOND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Ratio of the smallest S(i) to the largest S(i). * * AMAX (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix entry. * * EQUED (output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not equilibration was done. * = 'N': No equilibration. * = 'Y': Equilibration was done, i.e., A has been replaced by * diag(S) * A * diag(S). * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * THRESH is a threshold value used to decide if scaling should be done * based on the ratio of the scaling factors. If SCOND < THRESH, * scaling is done. * * LARGE and SMALL are threshold values used to decide if scaling should * be done based on the absolute size of the largest matrix element. * If AMAX > LARGE or AMAX < SMALL, scaling is done. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.132. (dlaqsp uplo n ap s scond amax equed ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAQSP equilibrates a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors * in the vector S. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is stored. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the equilibrated matrix: diag(S) * A * diag(S), in * the same storage format as A. * * S (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The scale factors for A. * * SCOND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Ratio of the smallest S(i) to the largest S(i). * * AMAX (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix entry. * * EQUED (output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not equilibration was done. * = 'N': No equilibration. * = 'Y': Equilibration was done, i.e., A has been replaced by * diag(S) * A * diag(S). * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * THRESH is a threshold value used to decide if scaling should be done * based on the ratio of the scaling factors. If SCOND < THRESH, * scaling is done. * * LARGE and SMALL are threshold values used to decide if scaling should * be done based on the absolute size of the largest matrix element. * If AMAX > LARGE or AMAX < SMALL, scaling is done. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.133. (dlaqsy uplo n a lda s scond amax equed ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAQSY equilibrates a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors * in the vector S. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is stored. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the symmetric matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading * n by n upper triangular part of A contains the upper * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower * triangular part of A is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the * leading n by n lower triangular part of A contains the lower * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper * triangular part of A is not referenced. * * On exit, if EQUED = 'Y', the equilibrated matrix: * diag(S) * A * diag(S). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(N,1). * * S (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The scale factors for A. * * SCOND (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Ratio of the smallest S(i) to the largest S(i). * * AMAX (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix entry. * * EQUED (output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not equilibration was done. * = 'N': No equilibration. * = 'Y': Equilibration was done, i.e., A has been replaced by * diag(S) * A * diag(S). * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * THRESH is a threshold value used to decide if scaling should be done * based on the ratio of the scaling factors. If SCOND < THRESH, * scaling is done. * * LARGE and SMALL are threshold values used to decide if scaling should * be done based on the absolute size of the largest matrix element. * If AMAX > LARGE or AMAX < SMALL, scaling is done. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.134. (dlaqtr ltran lreal n t_ ldt b w scale x work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAQTR solves the real quasi-triangular system * * op(T)*p = scale*c, if LREAL = .TRUE. * * or the complex quasi-triangular systems * * op(T + iB)*(p+iq) = scale*(c+id), if LREAL = .FALSE. * * in real arithmetic, where T is upper quasi-triangular. * If LREAL = .FALSE., then the first diagonal block of T must be * 1 by 1, B is the specially structured matrix * * B = [ b(1) b(2) ... b(n) ] * [ w ] * [ w ] * [ . ] * [ w ] * * op(A) = A or A', A' denotes the conjugate transpose of * matrix A. * * On input, X = [ c ]. On output, X = [ p ]. * [ d ] [ q ] * * This subroutine is designed for the condition number estimation * in routine DTRSNA. * * Arguments * ========= * * LTRAN (input) LOGICAL * On entry, LTRAN specifies the option of conjugate transpose: * = .FALSE., op(T+i*B) = T+i*B, * = .TRUE., op(T+i*B) = (T+i*B)'. * * LREAL (input) LOGICAL * On entry, LREAL specifies the input matrix structure: * = .FALSE., the input is complex * = .TRUE., the input is real * * N (input) INTEGER * On entry, N specifies the order of T+i*B. N >= 0. * * T (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,N) * On entry, T contains a matrix in Schur canonical form. * If LREAL = .FALSE., then the first diagonal block of T mu * be 1 by 1. * * LDT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix T. LDT >= max(1,N). * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, B contains the elements to form the matrix * B as described above. * If LREAL = .TRUE., B is not referenced. * * W (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, W is the diagonal element of the matrix B. * If LREAL = .TRUE., W is not referenced. * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On exit, SCALE is the scale factor. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N) * On entry, X contains the right hand side of the system. * On exit, X is overwritten by the solution. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * On exit, INFO is set to * 0: successful exit. * 1: the some diagonal 1 by 1 block has been perturbed by * a small number SMIN to keep nonsingularity. * 2: the some diagonal 2 by 2 block has been perturbed by * a small number in DLALN2 to keep nonsingularity. * NOTE: In the interests of speed, this routine does not * check the inputs for errors. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.135. (dlar1v n b1 bn sigma d l ld lld gersch z ztz mingma r isuppz work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAR1V computes the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of * the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix * L D L^T - sigma I. The following steps accomplish this computation : * (a) Stationary qd transform, L D L^T - sigma I = L(+) D(+) L(+)^T, * (b) Progressive qd transform, L D L^T - sigma I = U(-) D(-) U(-)^T, * (c) Computation of the diagonal elements of the inverse of * L D L^T - sigma I by combining the above transforms, and choosing * r as the index where the diagonal of the inverse is (one of the) * largest in magnitude. * (d) Computation of the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse using the * twisted factorization obtained by combining the top part of the * the stationary and the bottom part of the progressive transform. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix L D L^T. * * B1 (input) INTEGER * First index of the submatrix of L D L^T. * * BN (input) INTEGER * Last index of the submatrix of L D L^T. * * SIGMA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The shift. Initially, when R = 0, SIGMA should be a good * approximation to an eigenvalue of L D L^T. * * L (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal matrix * L, in elements 1 to N-1. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D. * * LD (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The n-1 elements L(i)*D(i). * * LLD (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The n-1 elements L(i)*L(i)*D(i). * * GERSCH (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N) * The n Gerschgorin intervals. These are used to restrict * the initial search for R, when R is input as 0. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The (scaled) r-th column of the inverse. Z(R) is returned * to be 1. * * ZTZ (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The square of the norm of Z. * * MINGMA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the largest (in magnitude) diagonal * element of the inverse of L D L^T - sigma I. * * R (input/output) INTEGER * Initially, R should be input to be 0 and is then output as * the index where the diagonal element of the inverse is * largest in magnitude. In later iterations, this same value * of R should be input. * * ISUPPZ (output) INTEGER array, dimension (2) * The support of the vector in Z, i.e., the vector Z is * nonzero only in elements ISUPPZ(1) through ISUPPZ( 2 ). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N) * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Inderjit Dhillon, IBM Almaden, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.136. (dlar2v n x y z incx c s incc ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAR2V applies a vector of real plane rotations from both sides to * a sequence of 2-by-2 real symmetric matrices, defined by the elements * of the vectors x, y and z. For i = 1,2,...,n * * ( x(i) z(i) ) := ( c(i) s(i) ) ( x(i) z(i) ) ( c(i) -s(i) ) * ( z(i) y(i) ) ( -s(i) c(i) ) ( z(i) y(i) ) ( s(i) c(i) ) * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of plane rotations to be applied. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCX) * The vector x. * * Y (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCX) * The vector y. * * Z (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCX) * The vector z. * * INCX (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of X, Y and Z. INCX > 0. * * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (1+(N-1)*INCC) * The cosines of the plane rotations. * * S (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (1+(N-1)*INCC) * The sines of the plane rotations. * * INCC (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of C and S. INCC > 0. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.137. (dlarfb side trans direct storev m n k v ldv t_ ldt c ldc work ldwork ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARFB applies a real block reflector H or its transpose H' to a * real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply H or H' from the Left * = 'R': apply H or H' from the Right * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': apply H (No transpose) * = 'T': apply H' (Transpose) * * DIRECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Indicates how H is formed from a product of elementary * reflectors * = 'F': H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) (Forward) * = 'B': H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) (Backward) * * STOREV (input) CHARACTER*1 * Indicates how the vectors which define the elementary * reflectors are stored: * = 'C': Columnwise * = 'R': Rowwise * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. * * K (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix T (= the number of elementary * reflectors whose product defines the block reflector). * * V (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDV,K) if STOREV = 'C' * (LDV,M) if STOREV = 'R' and SIDE = 'L' * (LDV,N) if STOREV = 'R' and SIDE = 'R' * The matrix V. See further details. * * LDV (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array V. * If STOREV = 'C' and SIDE = 'L', LDV >= max(1,M); * if STOREV = 'C' and SIDE = 'R', LDV >= max(1,N); * if STOREV = 'R', LDV >= K. * * T (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,K) * The triangular k by k matrix T in the representation of the * block reflector. * * LDT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= K. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by H*C or H'*C or C*H or C*H'. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDA >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDWORK,K) * * LDWORK (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LDWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LDWORK >= max(1,M). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.138. (dlarfg n alpha x incx tau ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARFG generates a real elementary reflector H of order n, such * that * * H * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I. * ( x ) ( 0 ) * * where alpha and beta are scalars, and x is an (n-1)-element real * vector. H is represented in the form * * H = I - tau * ( 1 ) * ( 1 v' ) , * ( v ) * * where tau is a real scalar and v is a real (n-1)-element * vector. * * If the elements of x are all zero, then tau = 0 and H is taken to be * the unit matrix. * * Otherwise 1 <= tau <= 2. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the elementary reflector. * * ALPHA (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the value alpha. * On exit, it is overwritten with the value beta. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (1+(N-2)*abs(INCX)) * On entry, the vector x. * On exit, it is overwritten with the vector v. * * INCX (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of X. INCX > 0. * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The value tau. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.139. (dlarf side m n v incv tau c ldc work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARF applies a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix * C, from either the left or the right. H is represented in the form * * H = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar and v is a real vector. * * If tau = 0, then H is taken to be the unit matrix. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': form H * C * = 'R': form C * H * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. * * V (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (1 + (M-1)*abs(INCV)) if SIDE = 'L' * or (1 + (N-1)*abs(INCV)) if SIDE = 'R' * The vector v in the representation of H. V is not used if * TAU = 0. * * INCV (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of v. INCV <> 0. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The value tau in the representation of H. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by the matrix H * C if SIDE = 'L', * or C * H if SIDE = 'R'. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L' * or (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.140. (dlarft direct storev n k v ldv tau t_ ldt ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARFT forms the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H * of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors. * * If DIRECT = 'F', H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) and T is upper triangular; * * If DIRECT = 'B', H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) and T is lower triangular. * * If STOREV = 'C', the vector which defines the elementary reflector * H(i) is stored in the i-th column of the array V, and * * H = I - V * T * V' * * If STOREV = 'R', the vector which defines the elementary reflector * H(i) is stored in the i-th row of the array V, and * * H = I - V' * T * V * * Arguments * ========= * * DIRECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the order in which the elementary reflectors are * multiplied to form the block reflector: * = 'F': H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) (Forward) * = 'B': H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) (Backward) * * STOREV (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies how the vectors which define the elementary * reflectors are stored (see also Further Details): * = 'C': columnwise * = 'R': rowwise * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the block reflector H. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The order of the triangular factor T (= the number of * elementary reflectors). K >= 1. * * V (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDV,K) if STOREV = 'C' * (LDV,N) if STOREV = 'R' * The matrix V. See further details. * * LDV (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array V. * If STOREV = 'C', LDV >= max(1,N); if STOREV = 'R', LDV >= K. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i). * * T (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,K) * The k by k triangular factor T of the block reflector. * If DIRECT = 'F', T is upper triangular; if DIRECT = 'B', T is * lower triangular. The rest of the array is not used. * * LDT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= K. * * Further Details * =============== * * The shape of the matrix V and the storage of the vectors which define * the H(i) is best illustrated by the following example with n = 5 and * k = 3. The elements equal to 1 are not stored; the corresponding * array elements are modified but restored on exit. The rest of the * array is not used. * * DIRECT = 'F' and STOREV = 'C': DIRECT = 'F' and STOREV = 'R': * * V = ( 1 ) V = ( 1 v1 v1 v1 v1 ) * ( v1 1 ) ( 1 v2 v2 v2 ) * ( v1 v2 1 ) ( 1 v3 v3 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 ) * * DIRECT = 'B' and STOREV = 'C': DIRECT = 'B' and STOREV = 'R': * * V = ( v1 v2 v3 ) V = ( v1 v1 1 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 ) ( v2 v2 v2 1 ) * ( 1 v2 v3 ) ( v3 v3 v3 v3 1 ) * ( 1 v3 ) * ( 1 ) * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.141. (dlarfx side m n v tau c ldc work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARFX applies a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n * matrix C, from either the left or the right. H is represented in the * form * * H = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar and v is a real vector. * * If tau = 0, then H is taken to be the unit matrix * * This version uses inline code if H has order < 11. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': form H * C * = 'R': form C * H * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. * * V (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) if SIDE = 'L' * or (N) if SIDE = 'R' * The vector v in the representation of H. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The value tau in the representation of H. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by the matrix H * C if SIDE = 'L', * or C * H if SIDE = 'R'. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDA >= (1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L' * or (M) if SIDE = 'R' * WORK is not referenced if H has order < 11. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.142. (dlargv n x incx y incy c incc ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARGV generates a vector of real plane rotations, determined by * elements of the real vectors x and y. For i = 1,2,...,n * * ( c(i) s(i) ) ( x(i) ) = ( a(i) ) * ( -s(i) c(i) ) ( y(i) ) = ( 0 ) * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of plane rotations to be generated. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCX) * On entry, the vector x. * On exit, x(i) is overwritten by a(i), for i = 1,...,n. * * INCX (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of X. INCX > 0. * * Y (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCY) * On entry, the vector y. * On exit, the sines of the plane rotations. * * INCY (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of Y. INCY > 0. * * C (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (1+(N-1)*INCC) * The cosines of the plane rotations. * * INCC (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of C. INCC > 0. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.143. (dlarnv idist iseed n x ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARNV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or * normal distribution. * * Arguments * ========= * * IDIST (input) INTEGER * Specifies the distribution of the random numbers: * = 1: uniform (0,1) * = 2: uniform (-1,1) * = 3: normal (0,1) * * ISEED (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (4) * On entry, the seed of the random number generator; the array * elements must be between 0 and 4095, and ISEED(4) must be * odd. * On exit, the seed is updated. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of random numbers to be generated. * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The generated random numbers. * * Further Details * =============== * * This routine calls the auxiliary routine DLARUV to generate random * real numbers from a uniform (0,1) distribution, in batches of up to * 128 using vectorisable code. The Box-Muller method is used to * transform numbers from a uniform to a normal distribution. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.144. (dlarrb n d l ld lld ifirst ilast sigma reltol w wgap werr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * Given the relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, DLARRB * does ``limited'' bisection to locate the eigenvalues of L D L^T, * W( IFIRST ) thru' W( ILAST ), to more accuracy. Intervals * [left, right] are maintained by storing their mid-points and * semi-widths in the arrays W and WERR respectively. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D. * * L (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The n-1 subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal matrix L. * * LD (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The n-1 elements L(i)*D(i). * * LLD (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The n-1 elements L(i)*L(i)*D(i). * * IFIRST (input) INTEGER * The index of the first eigenvalue in the cluster. * * ILAST (input) INTEGER * The index of the last eigenvalue in the cluster. * * SIGMA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The shift used to form L D L^T (see DLARRF). * * RELTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The relative tolerance. * * W (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On input, W( IFIRST ) thru' W( ILAST ) are estimates of the * corresponding eigenvalues of L D L^T. * On output, these estimates are ``refined''. * * WGAP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The gaps between the eigenvalues of L D L^T. Very small * gaps are changed on output. * * WERR (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On input, WERR( IFIRST ) thru' WERR( ILAST ) are the errors * in the estimates W( IFIRST ) thru' W( ILAST ). * On output, these are the ``refined'' errors. * *****Reminder to Inder --- WORK is never used in this subroutine ***** * WORK (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (???) * Workspace. * * IWORK (input) INTEGER array, dimension (2*N) * Workspace. * *****Reminder to Inder --- INFO is never set in this subroutine ****** * INFO (output) INTEGER * Error flag. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Inderjit Dhillon, IBM Almaden, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.145. (dlarre n d e tol nsplit isplit m w woff gersch work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * Given the tridiagonal matrix T, DLARRE sets "small" off-diagonal * elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds * (i) the numbers sigma_i * (ii) the base T_i - sigma_i I = L_i D_i L_i^T representations and * (iii) eigenvalues of each L_i D_i L_i^T. * The representations and eigenvalues found are then used by * DSTEGR to compute the eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal * matrix. Currently, the base representations are limited to being * positive or negative definite, and the eigenvalues of the definite * matrices are found by the dqds algorithm (subroutine DLASQ2). As * an added benefit, DLARRE also outputs the n Gerschgorin * intervals for each L_i D_i L_i^T. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix T. * On exit, the n diagonal elements of the diagonal * matrices D_i. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix T; E(N) need not be set. * On exit, the subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal * matrices L_i. * * TOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The threshold for splitting. If on input |E(i)| < TOL, then * the matrix T is split into smaller blocks. * * NSPLIT (input) INTEGER * The number of blocks T splits into. 1 <= NSPLIT <= N. * * ISPLIT (output) INTEGER array, dimension (2*N) * The splitting points, at which T breaks up into submatrices. * The first submatrix consists of rows/columns 1 to ISPLIT(1), * the second of rows/columns ISPLIT(1)+1 through ISPLIT(2), * etc., and the NSPLIT-th consists of rows/columns * ISPLIT(NSPLIT-1)+1 through ISPLIT(NSPLIT)=N. * * M (output) INTEGER * The total number of eigenvalues (of all the L_i D_i L_i^T) * found. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The first M elements contain the eigenvalues. The * eigenvalues of each of the blocks, L_i D_i L_i^T, are * sorted in ascending order. * * WOFF (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The NSPLIT base points sigma_i. * * GERSCH (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N) * The n Gerschgorin intervals. * * WORK (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N???) * Workspace. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * Output error code from DLASQ2 * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Inderjit Dhillon, IBM Almaden, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.146. (dlarrf n d l ld lld ifirst ilast w dplus lplus work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * Given the initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close * eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( IFIRST ), W( IFIRST+1 ), ... * W( ILAST ), DLARRF finds a new relatively robust representation * L D L^T - SIGMA I = L(+) D(+) L(+)^T such that at least one of the * eigenvalues of L(+) D(+) L(+)^T is relatively isolated. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D. * * L (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal * matrix L. * * LD (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The n-1 elements L(i)*D(i). * * LLD (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The n-1 elements L(i)*L(i)*D(i). * * IFIRST (input) INTEGER * The index of the first eigenvalue in the cluster. * * ILAST (input) INTEGER * The index of the last eigenvalue in the cluster. * * W (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On input, the eigenvalues of L D L^T in ascending order. * W( IFIRST ) through W( ILAST ) form the cluster of relatively * close eigenalues. * On output, W( IFIRST ) thru' W( ILAST ) are estimates of the * corresponding eigenvalues of L(+) D(+) L(+)^T. * * SIGMA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The shift used to form L(+) D(+) L(+)^T. * * DPLUS (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D(+). * * LPLUS (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The first (n-1) elements of LPLUS contain the subdiagonal * elements of the unit bidiagonal matrix L(+). LPLUS( N ) is * set to SIGMA. * * WORK (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (???) * Workspace. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Inderjit Dhillon, IBM Almaden, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.147. (dlarrv n d l isplit m w iblock gersch tol z ldz isuppz work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARRV computes the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix * T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T. * The input eigenvalues should have high relative accuracy with * respect to the entries of L and D. The desired accuracy of the * output can be specified by the input parameter TOL. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D. * On exit, D may be overwritten. * * L (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit * bidiagonal matrix L in elements 1 to N-1 of L. L(N) need * not be set. On exit, L is overwritten. * * ISPLIT (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The splitting points, at which T breaks up into submatrices. * The first submatrix consists of rows/columns 1 to * ISPLIT( 1 ), the second of rows/columns ISPLIT( 1 )+1 * through ISPLIT( 2 ), etc. * * TOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The absolute error tolerance for the * eigenvalues/eigenvectors. * Errors in the input eigenvalues must be bounded by TOL. * The eigenvectors output have residual norms * bounded by TOL, and the dot products between different * eigenvectors are bounded by TOL. TOL must be at least * N*EPS*|T|, where EPS is the machine precision and |T| is * the 1-norm of the tridiagonal matrix. * * M (input) INTEGER * The total number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N. * If RANGE = 'A', M = N, and if RANGE = 'I', M = IU-IL+1. * * W (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The first M elements of W contain the eigenvalues for * which eigenvectors are to be computed. The eigenvalues * should be grouped by split-off block and ordered from * smallest to largest within the block ( The output array * W from DLARRE is expected here ). * Errors in W must be bounded by TOL (see above). * * IBLOCK (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The submatrix indices associated with the corresponding * eigenvalues in W; IBLOCK(i)=1 if eigenvalue W(i) belongs to * the first submatrix from the top, =2 if W(i) belongs to * the second submatrix, etc. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, max(1,M) ) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M columns of Z * contain the orthonormal eigenvectors of the matrix T * corresponding to the selected eigenvalues, with the i-th * column of Z holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * Note: the user must ensure that at least max(1,M) columns are * supplied in the array Z; if RANGE = 'V', the exact value of M * is not known in advance and an upper bound must be used. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * ISUPPZ (output) INTEGER ARRAY, dimension ( 2*max(1,M) ) * The support of the eigenvectors in Z, i.e., the indices * indicating the nonzero elements in Z. The i-th eigenvector * is nonzero only in elements ISUPPZ( 2*i-1 ) through * ISUPPZ( 2*i ). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (13*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (6*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = 1, internal error in DLARRB * if INFO = 2, internal error in DSTEIN * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Inderjit Dhillon, IBM Almaden, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.148. (dlartg f g cs sn r ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARTG generate a plane rotation so that * * [ CS SN ] . [ F ] = [ R ] where CS**2 + SN**2 = 1. * [ -SN CS ] [ G ] [ 0 ] * * This is a slower, more accurate version of the BLAS1 routine DROTG, * with the following other differences: * F and G are unchanged on return. * If G=0, then CS=1 and SN=0. * If F=0 and (G .ne. 0), then CS=0 and SN=1 without doing any * floating point operations (saves work in DBDSQR when * there are zeros on the diagonal). * * If F exceeds G in magnitude, CS will be positive. * * Arguments * ========= * * F (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The first component of vector to be rotated. * * G (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The second component of vector to be rotated. * * CS (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The cosine of the rotation. * * SN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The sine of the rotation. * * R (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The nonzero component of the rotated vector. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.149. (dlartv n x incx y incy c s incc ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARTV applies a vector of real plane rotations to elements of the * real vectors x and y. For i = 1,2,...,n * * ( x(i) ) := ( c(i) s(i) ) ( x(i) ) * ( y(i) ) ( -s(i) c(i) ) ( y(i) ) * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of plane rotations to be applied. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCX) * The vector x. * * INCX (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of X. INCX > 0. * * Y (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (1+(N-1)*INCY) * The vector y. * * INCY (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of Y. INCY > 0. * * C (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (1+(N-1)*INCC) * The cosines of the plane rotations. * * S (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (1+(N-1)*INCC) * The sines of the plane rotations. * * INCC (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of C and S. INCC > 0. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.150. (dlaruv iseed n x ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARUV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1) * distribution (n <= 128). * * This is an auxiliary routine called by DLARNV and ZLARNV. * * Arguments * ========= * * ISEED (input/output) INTEGER array, dimension (4) * On entry, the seed of the random number generator; the array * elements must be between 0 and 4095, and ISEED(4) must be * odd. * On exit, the seed is updated. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of random numbers to be generated. N <= 128. * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The generated random numbers. * * Further Details * =============== * * This routine uses a multiplicative congruential method with modulus * 2**48 and multiplier 33952834046453 (see G.S.Fishman, * 'Multiplicative congruential random number generators with modulus * 2**b: an exhaustive analysis for b = 32 and a partial analysis for * b = 48', Math. Comp. 189, pp 331-344, 1990). * * 48-bit integers are stored in 4 integer array elements with 12 bits * per element. Hence the routine is portable across machines with * integers of 32 bits or more. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.151. (dlarzb side trans direct storev m n k l v ldv t_ ldt c ldc work ldwork ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARZB applies a real block reflector H or its transpose H**T to * a real distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right. * * Currently, only STOREV = 'R' and DIRECT = 'B' are supported. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply H or H' from the Left * = 'R': apply H or H' from the Right * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': apply H (No transpose) * = 'C': apply H' (Transpose) * * DIRECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Indicates how H is formed from a product of elementary * reflectors * = 'F': H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) (Forward, not supported yet) * = 'B': H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) (Backward) * * STOREV (input) CHARACTER*1 * Indicates how the vectors which define the elementary * reflectors are stored: * = 'C': Columnwise (not supported yet) * = 'R': Rowwise * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. * * K (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix T (= the number of elementary * reflectors whose product defines the block reflector). * * L (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix V containing the * meaningful part of the Householder reflectors. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= L >= 0, if SIDE = 'R', N >= L >= 0. * * V (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDV,NV). * If STOREV = 'C', NV = K; if STOREV = 'R', NV = L. * * LDV (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array V. * If STOREV = 'C', LDV >= L; if STOREV = 'R', LDV >= K. * * T (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,K) * The triangular K-by-K matrix T in the representation of the * block reflector. * * LDT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= K. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by H*C or H'*C or C*H or C*H'. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDWORK,K) * * LDWORK (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LDWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LDWORK >= max(1,M). * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.152. (dlarz side m n l v incv tau c ldc work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARZ applies a real elementary reflector H to a real M-by-N * matrix C, from either the left or the right. H is represented in the * form * * H = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar and v is a real vector. * * If tau = 0, then H is taken to be the unit matrix. * * * H is a product of k elementary reflectors as returned by DTZRZF. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': form H * C * = 'R': form C * H * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. * * L (input) INTEGER * The number of entries of the vector V containing * the meaningful part of the Householder vectors. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= L >= 0, if SIDE = 'R', N >= L >= 0. * * V (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (1+(L-1)*abs(INCV)) * The vector v in the representation of H as returned by * DTZRZF. V is not used if TAU = 0. * * INCV (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of v. INCV <> 0. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The value tau in the representation of H. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by the matrix H * C if SIDE = 'L', * or C * H if SIDE = 'R'. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L' * or (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.153. (dlarzt direct storev n k v ldv tau t_ ldt ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLARZT forms the triangular factor T of a real block reflector * H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary * reflectors. * * If DIRECT = 'F', H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) and T is upper triangular; * * If DIRECT = 'B', H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) and T is lower triangular. * * If STOREV = 'C', the vector which defines the elementary reflector * H(i) is stored in the i-th column of the array V, and * * H = I - V * T * V' * * If STOREV = 'R', the vector which defines the elementary reflector * H(i) is stored in the i-th row of the array V, and * * H = I - V' * T * V * * Currently, only STOREV = 'R' and DIRECT = 'B' are supported. * * Arguments * ========= * * DIRECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the order in which the elementary reflectors are * multiplied to form the block reflector: * = 'F': H = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) (Forward, not supported yet) * = 'B': H = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) (Backward) * * STOREV (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies how the vectors which define the elementary * reflectors are stored (see also Further Details): * = 'C': columnwise (not supported yet) * = 'R': rowwise * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the block reflector H. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The order of the triangular factor T (= the number of * elementary reflectors). K >= 1. * * V (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDV,K) if STOREV = 'C' * (LDV,N) if STOREV = 'R' * The matrix V. See further details. * * LDV (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array V. * If STOREV = 'C', LDV >= max(1,N); if STOREV = 'R', LDV >= K. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i). * * T (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDT,K) * The k by k triangular factor T of the block reflector. * If DIRECT = 'F', T is upper triangular; if DIRECT = 'B', T is * lower triangular. The rest of the array is not used. * * LDT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array T. LDT >= K. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA * * The shape of the matrix V and the storage of the vectors which define * the H(i) is best illustrated by the following example with n = 5 and * k = 3. The elements equal to 1 are not stored; the corresponding * array elements are modified but restored on exit. The rest of the * array is not used. * * DIRECT = 'F' and STOREV = 'C': DIRECT = 'F' and STOREV = 'R': * * ______V_____ * ( v1 v2 v3 ) / \ * ( v1 v2 v3 ) ( v1 v1 v1 v1 v1 . . . . 1 ) * V = ( v1 v2 v3 ) ( v2 v2 v2 v2 v2 . . . 1 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 ) ( v3 v3 v3 v3 v3 . . 1 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 ) * . . . * . . . * 1 . . * 1 . * 1 * * DIRECT = 'B' and STOREV = 'C': DIRECT = 'B' and STOREV = 'R': * * ______V_____ * 1 / \ * . 1 ( 1 . . . . v1 v1 v1 v1 v1 ) * . . 1 ( . 1 . . . v2 v2 v2 v2 v2 ) * . . . ( . . 1 . . v3 v3 v3 v3 v3 ) * . . . * ( v1 v2 v3 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 ) * V = ( v1 v2 v3 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 ) * ( v1 v2 v3 ) * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.154. (dlas2 f g h ssmin ssmax ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAS2 computes the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix * [ F G ] * [ 0 H ]. * On return, SSMIN is the smaller singular value and SSMAX is the * larger singular value. * * Arguments * ========= * * F (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * G (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (1,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * H (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * SSMIN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The smaller singular value. * * SSMAX (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The larger singular value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Barring over/underflow, all output quantities are correct to within * a few units in the last place (ulps), even in the absence of a guard * digit in addition/subtraction. * * In IEEE arithmetic, the code works correctly if one matrix element is * infinite. * * Overflow will not occur unless the largest singular value itself * overflows, or is within a few ulps of overflow. (On machines with * partial overflow, like the Cray, overflow may occur if the largest * singular value is within a factor of 2 of overflow.) * * Underflow is harmless if underflow is gradual. Otherwise, results * may correspond to a matrix modified by perturbations of size near * the underflow threshold. * * ==================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.155. (dlascl type kl ku cfrom cto m n a lda info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASCL multiplies the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar * CTO/CFROM. This is done without over/underflow as long as the final * result CTO*A(I,J)/CFROM does not over/underflow. TYPE specifies that * A may be full, upper triangular, lower triangular, upper Hessenberg, * or banded. * * Arguments * ========= * * TYPE (input) CHARACTER*1 * TYPE indices the storage type of the input matrix. * = 'G': A is a full matrix. * = 'L': A is a lower triangular matrix. * = 'U': A is an upper triangular matrix. * = 'H': A is an upper Hessenberg matrix. * = 'B': A is a symmetric band matrix with lower bandwidth KL * and upper bandwidth KU and with the only the lower * half stored. * = 'Q': A is a symmetric band matrix with lower bandwidth KL * and upper bandwidth KU and with the only the upper * half stored. * = 'Z': A is a band matrix with lower bandwidth KL and upper * bandwidth KU. * * KL (input) INTEGER * The lower bandwidth of A. Referenced only if TYPE = 'B', * 'Q' or 'Z'. * * KU (input) INTEGER * The upper bandwidth of A. Referenced only if TYPE = 'B', * 'Q' or 'Z'. * * CFROM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * CTO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The matrix A is multiplied by CTO/CFROM. A(I,J) is computed * without over/underflow if the final result CTO*A(I,J)/CFROM * can be represented without over/underflow. CFROM must be * nonzero. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,M) * The matrix to be multiplied by CTO/CFROM. See TYPE for the * storage type. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * 0 - successful exit * <0 - if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.156. (dlasd0 n sqre d e u ldu vt ldvt smlsiz iwork work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * Using a divide and conquer approach, DLASD0 computes the singular * value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M * matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE. * The algorithm computes orthogonal matrices U and VT such that * B = U * S * VT. The singular values S are overwritten on D. * * A related subroutine, DLASDA, computes only the singular values, * and optionally, the singular vectors in compact form. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * On entry, the row dimension of the upper bidiagonal matrix. * This is also the dimension of the main diagonal array D. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * Specifies the column dimension of the bidiagonal matrix. * = 0: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N; * = 1: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N+1; * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry D contains the main diagonal of the bidiagonal * matrix. * On exit D, if INFO = 0, contains its singular values. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-1) * Contains the subdiagonal entries of the bidiagonal matrix. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * U (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least (LDQ, N) * On exit, U contains the left singular vectors. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * On entry, leading dimension of U. * * VT (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least (LDVT, M) * On exit, VT' contains the right singular vectors. * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * On entry, leading dimension of VT. * * SMLSIZ (input) INTEGER * On entry, maximum size of the subproblems at the * bottom of the computation tree. * * IWORK INTEGER work array. * Dimension must be at least (8 * N) * * WORK DOUBLE PRECISION work array. * Dimension must be at least (3 * M**2 + 2 * M) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an singular value did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.157. (dlasd1 nl nr sqre d alpha beta u ldu vt ldvt idxq iwork work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASD1 computes the SVD of an upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B, * where N = NL + NR + 1 and M = N + SQRE. DLASD1 is called from DLASD0. * * A related subroutine DLASD7 handles the case in which the singular * values (and the singular vectors in factored form) are desired. * * DLASD1 computes the SVD as follows: * * ( D1(in) 0 0 0 ) * B = U(in) * ( Z1' a Z2' b ) * VT(in) * ( 0 0 D2(in) 0 ) * * = U(out) * ( D(out) 0) * VT(out) * * where Z' = (Z1' a Z2' b) = u' VT', and u is a vector of dimension M * with ALPHA and BETA in the NL+1 and NL+2 th entries and zeros * elsewhere; and the entry b is empty if SQRE = 0. * * The left singular vectors of the original matrix are stored in U, and * the transpose of the right singular vectors are stored in VT, and the * singular values are in D. The algorithm consists of three stages: * * The first stage consists of deflating the size of the problem * when there are multiple singular values or when there are zeros in * the Z vector. For each such occurence the dimension of the * secular equation problem is reduced by one. This stage is * performed by the routine DLASD2. * * The second stage consists of calculating the updated * singular values. This is done by finding the square roots of the * roots of the secular equation via the routine DLASD4 (as called * by DLASD3). This routine also calculates the singular vectors of * the current problem. * * The final stage consists of computing the updated singular vectors * directly using the updated singular values. The singular vectors * for the current problem are multiplied with the singular vectors * from the overall problem. * * Arguments * ========= * * NL (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1. * * NR (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix. * = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix. * * The bidiagonal matrix has row dimension N = NL + NR + 1, * and column dimension M = N + SQRE. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (N = NL+NR+1). * On entry D(1:NL,1:NL) contains the singular values of the * upper block; and D(NL+2:N) contains the singular values of * the lower block. On exit D(1:N) contains the singular values * of the modified matrix. * * ALPHA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row. * * BETA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added * row. * * U (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDU,N) * On entry U(1:NL, 1:NL) contains the left singular vectors of * the upper block; U(NL+2:N, NL+2:N) contains the left singular * vectors of the lower block. On exit U contains the left * singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= max( 1, N ). * * VT (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDVT,M) * where M = N + SQRE. * On entry VT(1:NL+1, 1:NL+1)' contains the right singular * vectors of the upper block; VT(NL+2:M, NL+2:M)' contains * the right singular vectors of the lower block. On exit * VT' contains the right singular vectors of the * bidiagonal matrix. * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT. LDVT >= max( 1, M ). * * IDXQ (output) INTEGER array, dimension(N) * This contains the permutation which will reintegrate the * subproblem just solved back into sorted order, i.e. * D( IDXQ( I = 1, N ) ) will be in ascending order. * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension( 4 * N ) * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension( 3*M**2 + 2*M ) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an singular value did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.158. (dlasd2 nl nr sqre k d z alpha beta u ldu vt ldvt dsigma u2 ldu2 vt2 ldvt2 idxp idx idxc idxq coltyp info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASD2 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single * sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. * There are two ways in which deflation can occur: when two or more * singular values are close together or if there is a tiny entry in the * Z vector. For each such occurrence the order of the related secular * equation problem is reduced by one. * * DLASD2 is called from DLASD1. * * Arguments * ========= * * NL (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1. * * NR (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix. * = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix. * * The bidiagonal matrix has N = NL + NR + 1 rows and * M = N + SQRE >= N columns. * * K (output) INTEGER * Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix, * This is the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(N) * On entry D contains the singular values of the two submatrices * to be combined. On exit D contains the trailing (N-K) updated * singular values (those which were deflated) sorted into * increasing order. * * ALPHA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row. * * BETA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added * row. * * U (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDU,N) * On entry U contains the left singular vectors of two * submatrices in the two square blocks with corners at (1,1), * (NL, NL), and (NL+2, NL+2), (N,N). * On exit U contains the trailing (N-K) updated left singular * vectors (those which were deflated) in its last N-K columns. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= N. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(N) * On exit Z contains the updating row vector in the secular * equation. * * DSIGMA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * Contains a copy of the diagonal elements (K-1 singular values * and one zero) in the secular equation. * * U2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDU2,N) * Contains a copy of the first K-1 left singular vectors which * will be used by DLASD3 in a matrix multiply (DGEMM) to solve * for the new left singular vectors. U2 is arranged into four * blocks. The first block contains a column with 1 at NL+1 and * zero everywhere else; the second block contains non-zero * entries only at and above NL; the third contains non-zero * entries only below NL+1; and the fourth is dense. * * LDU2 (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U2. LDU2 >= N. * * VT (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDVT,M) * On entry VT' contains the right singular vectors of two * submatrices in the two square blocks with corners at (1,1), * (NL+1, NL+1), and (NL+2, NL+2), (M,M). * On exit VT' contains the trailing (N-K) updated right singular * vectors (those which were deflated) in its last N-K columns. * In case SQRE =1, the last row of VT spans the right null * space. * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT. LDVT >= M. * * VT2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDVT2,N) * VT2' contains a copy of the first K right singular vectors * which will be used by DLASD3 in a matrix multiply (DGEMM) to * solve for the new right singular vectors. VT2 is arranged into * three blocks. The first block contains a row that corresponds * to the special 0 diagonal element in SIGMA; the second block * contains non-zeros only at and before NL +1; the third block * contains non-zeros only at and after NL +2. * * LDVT2 (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT2. LDVT2 >= M. * * IDXP (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension(N) * This will contain the permutation used to place deflated * values of D at the end of the array. On output IDXP(2:K) * points to the nondeflated D-values and IDXP(K+1:N) * points to the deflated singular values. * * IDX (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension(N) * This will contain the permutation used to sort the contents of * D into ascending order. * * IDXC (output) INTEGER array, dimension(N) * This will contain the permutation used to arrange the columns * of the deflated U matrix into three groups: the first group * contains non-zero entries only at and above NL, the second * contains non-zero entries only below NL+2, and the third is * dense. * * COLTYP (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension(N) * As workspace, this will contain a label which will indicate * which of the following types a column in the U2 matrix or a * row in the VT2 matrix is: * 1 : non-zero in the upper half only * 2 : non-zero in the lower half only * 3 : dense * 4 : deflated * * On exit, it is an array of dimension 4, with COLTYP(I) being * the dimension of the I-th type columns. * * IDXQ (input) INTEGER array, dimension(N) * This contains the permutation which separately sorts the two * sub-problems in D into ascending order. Note that entries in * the first hlaf of this permutation must first be moved one * position backward; and entries in the second half * must first have NL+1 added to their values. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.159. (dlasd3 nl nr sqre k d q ldq dsigma u ldu u2 ldu2 vt ldvt vt2 ldvt2 idxc ctot z info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASD3 finds all the square roots of the roots of the secular * equation, as defined by the values in D and Z. It makes the * appropriate calls to DLASD4 and then updates the singular * vectors by matrix multiplication. * * This code makes very mild assumptions about floating point * arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard digit in * add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard digits * which subtract like the Cray XMP, Cray YMP, Cray C 90, or Cray 2. * It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * DLASD3 is called from DLASD1. * * Arguments * ========= * * NL (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1. * * NR (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix. * = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix. * * The bidiagonal matrix has N = NL + NR + 1 rows and * M = N + SQRE >= N columns. * * K (input) INTEGER * The size of the secular equation, 1 =< K = < N. * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(K) * On exit the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, * in ascending order. * * Q (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension at least (LDQ,K). * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= K. * * DSIGMA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(K) * The first K elements of this array contain the old roots * of the deflated updating problem. These are the poles * of the secular equation. * * U (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU, N) * The last N - K columns of this matrix contain the deflated * left singular vectors. * * LDU (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U. LDU >= N. * * U2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU2, N) * The first K columns of this matrix contain the non-deflated * left singular vectors for the split problem. * * LDU2 (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array U2. LDU2 >= N. * * VT (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT, M) * The last M - K columns of VT' contain the deflated * right singular vectors. * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT. LDVT >= N. * * VT2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT2, N) * The first K columns of VT2' contain the non-deflated * right singular vectors for the split problem. * * LDVT2 (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array VT2. LDVT2 >= N. * * IDXC (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * The permutation used to arrange the columns of U (and rows of * VT) into three groups: the first group contains non-zero * entries only at and above (or before) NL +1; the second * contains non-zero entries only at and below (or after) NL+2; * and the third is dense. The first column of U and the row of * VT are treated separately, however. * * The rows of the singular vectors found by DLASD4 * must be likewise permuted before the matrix multiplies can * take place. * * CTOT (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( 4 ) * A count of the total number of the various types of columns * in U (or rows in VT), as described in IDXC. The fourth column * type is any column which has been deflated. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * The first K elements of this array contain the components * of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an singular value did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.160. (dlasd4 n i d z delta rho sigma work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This subroutine computes the square root of the I-th updated * eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to * a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares * of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that * * 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j * * and that RHO > 0. This is arranged by the calling routine, and is * no loss in generality. The rank-one modified system is thus * * diag( D ) * diag( D ) + RHO * Z * Z_transpose. * * where we assume the Euclidean norm of Z is 1. * * The method consists of approximating the rational functions in the * secular equation by simpler interpolating rational functions. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The length of all arrays. * * I (input) INTEGER * The index of the eigenvalue to be computed. 1 <= I <= N. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) * The original eigenvalues. It is assumed that they are in * order, 0 <= D(I) < D(J) for I < J. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) * The components of the updating vector. * * DELTA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) * If N .ne. 1, DELTA contains (D(j) - sigma_I) in its j-th * component. If N = 1, then DELTA(1) = 1. The vector DELTA * contains the information necessary to construct the * (singular) eigenvectors. * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalar in the symmetric updating formula. * * SIGMA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The computed lambda_I, the I-th updated eigenvalue. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) * If N .ne. 1, WORK contains (D(j) + sigma_I) in its j-th * component. If N = 1, then WORK( 1 ) = 1. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * > 0: if INFO = 1, the updating process failed. * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * Logical variable ORGATI (origin-at-i?) is used for distinguishing * whether D(i) or D(i+1) is treated as the origin. * * ORGATI = .true. origin at i * ORGATI = .false. origin at i+1 * * Logical variable SWTCH3 (switch-for-3-poles?) is for noting * if we are working with THREE poles! * * MAXIT is the maximum number of iterations allowed for each * eigenvalue. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.161. (dlasd5 i d z delta rho dsigma work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This subroutine computes the square root of the I-th eigenvalue * of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal * matrix * * diag( D ) * diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z) . * * The diagonal entries in the array D are assumed to satisfy * * 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j . * * We also assume RHO > 0 and that the Euclidean norm of the vector * Z is one. * * Arguments * ========= * * I (input) INTEGER * The index of the eigenvalue to be computed. I = 1 or I = 2. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 ) * The original eigenvalues. We assume 0 <= D(1) < D(2). * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 ) * The components of the updating vector. * * DELTA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 ) * Contains (D(j) - lambda_I) in its j-th component. * The vector DELTA contains the information necessary * to construct the eigenvectors. * * RHO (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalar in the symmetric updating formula. * * DSIGMA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The computed lambda_I, the I-th updated eigenvalue. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 ) * WORK contains (D(j) + sigma_I) in its j-th component. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.162. (dlasd6 icompq nl nr sqre d vf vl alpha beta idxq perm givptr givcol ldgcol givnum ldgnum poles difl difr z k c s work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASD6 computes the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix B * obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row. This * routine is used only for the problem which requires all singular * values and optionally singular vector matrices in factored form. * B is an N-by-M matrix with N = NL + NR + 1 and M = N + SQRE. * A related subroutine, DLASD1, handles the case in which all singular * values and singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix are desired. * * DLASD6 computes the SVD as follows: * * ( D1(in) 0 0 0 ) * B = U(in) * ( Z1' a Z2' b ) * VT(in) * ( 0 0 D2(in) 0 ) * * = U(out) * ( D(out) 0) * VT(out) * * where Z' = (Z1' a Z2' b) = u' VT', and u is a vector of dimension M * with ALPHA and BETA in the NL+1 and NL+2 th entries and zeros * elsewhere; and the entry b is empty if SQRE = 0. * * The singular values of B can be computed using D1, D2, the first * components of all the right singular vectors of the lower block, and * the last components of all the right singular vectors of the upper * block. These components are stored and updated in VF and VL, * respectively, in DLASD6. Hence U and VT are not explicitly * referenced. * * The singular values are stored in D. The algorithm consists of two * stages: * * The first stage consists of deflating the size of the problem * when there are multiple singular values or if there is a zero * in the Z vector. For each such occurence the dimension of the * secular equation problem is reduced by one. This stage is * performed by the routine DLASD7. * * The second stage consists of calculating the updated * singular values. This is done by finding the roots of the * secular equation via the routine DLASD4 (as called by DLASD8). * This routine also updates VF and VL and computes the distances * between the updated singular values and the old singular * values. * * DLASD6 is called from DLASDA. * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in * factored form: * = 0: Compute singular values only. * = 1: Compute singular vectors in factored form as well. * * NL (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1. * * NR (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix. * = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix. * * The bidiagonal matrix has row dimension N = NL + NR + 1, * and column dimension M = N + SQRE. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( NL+NR+1 ). * On entry D(1:NL,1:NL) contains the singular values of the * upper block, and D(NL+2:N) contains the singular values * of the lower block. On exit D(1:N) contains the singular * values of the modified matrix. * * VF (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * On entry, VF(1:NL+1) contains the first components of all * right singular vectors of the upper block; and VF(NL+2:M) * contains the first components of all right singular vectors * of the lower block. On exit, VF contains the first components * of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix. * * VL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * On entry, VL(1:NL+1) contains the last components of all * right singular vectors of the upper block; and VL(NL+2:M) * contains the last components of all right singular vectors of * the lower block. On exit, VL contains the last components of * all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix. * * ALPHA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row. * * BETA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added * row. * * IDXQ (output) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * This contains the permutation which will reintegrate the * subproblem just solved back into sorted order, i.e. * D( IDXQ( I = 1, N ) ) will be in ascending order. * * PERM (output) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * The permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be applied * to each block. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * GIVPTR (output) INTEGER * The number of Givens rotations which took place in this * subproblem. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * GIVCOL (output) INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 ) * Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place * in a Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * LDGCOL (input) INTEGER * leading dimension of GIVCOL, must be at least N. * * GIVNUM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 ) * Each number indicates the C or S value to be used in the * corresponding Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * LDGNUM (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of GIVNUM and POLES, must be at least N. * * POLES (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 ) * On exit, POLES(1,*) is an array containing the new singular * values obtained from solving the secular equation, and * POLES(2,*) is an array containing the poles in the secular * equation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * DIFL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) * On exit, DIFL(I) is the distance between I-th updated * (undeflated) singular value and the I-th (undeflated) old * singular value. * * DIFR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and * dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 0. * On exit, DIFR(I, 1) is the distance between I-th updated * (undeflated) singular value and the I+1-th (undeflated) old * singular value. * * If ICOMPQ = 1, DIFR(1:K,2) is an array containing the * normalizing factors for the right singular vector matrix. * * See DLASD8 for details on DIFL and DIFR. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * The first elements of this array contain the components * of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector. * * K (output) INTEGER * Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix, * This is the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N. * * C (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * C contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the C-value of a Givens * rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1. * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * S contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the S-value of a Givens * rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 4 * M ) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension ( 3 * N ) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an singular value did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.163. (dlasd7 icompq nl nr sqre k d z zw vf vfw vl vlw alpha beta dsigma idx idxp idxq perm givptr givcol ldgcol givnum ldgnum c s info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASD7 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single * sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. There * are two ways in which deflation can occur: when two or more singular * values are close together or if there is a tiny entry in the Z * vector. For each such occurrence the order of the related * secular equation problem is reduced by one. * * DLASD7 is called from DLASD6. * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed * in compact form, as follows: * = 0: Compute singular values only. * = 1: Compute singular vectors of upper * bidiagonal matrix in compact form. * * NL (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1. * * NR (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix. * = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix. * * The bidiagonal matrix has * N = NL + NR + 1 rows and * M = N + SQRE >= N columns. * * K (output) INTEGER * Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix, this is * the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) * On entry D contains the singular values of the two submatrices * to be combined. On exit D contains the trailing (N-K) updated * singular values (those which were deflated) sorted into * increasing order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * On exit Z contains the updating row vector in the secular * equation. * * ZW (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * Workspace for Z. * * VF (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * On entry, VF(1:NL+1) contains the first components of all * right singular vectors of the upper block; and VF(NL+2:M) * contains the first components of all right singular vectors * of the lower block. On exit, VF contains the first components * of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix. * * VFW (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * Workspace for VF. * * VL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * On entry, VL(1:NL+1) contains the last components of all * right singular vectors of the upper block; and VL(NL+2:M) * contains the last components of all right singular vectors * of the lower block. On exit, VL contains the last components * of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix. * * VLW (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M ) * Workspace for VL. * * ALPHA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row. * * BETA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added * row. * * DSIGMA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) * Contains a copy of the diagonal elements (K-1 singular values * and one zero) in the secular equation. * * IDX (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * This will contain the permutation used to sort the contents of * D into ascending order. * * IDXP (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * This will contain the permutation used to place deflated * values of D at the end of the array. On output IDXP(2:K) * points to the nondeflated D-values and IDXP(K+1:N) * points to the deflated singular values. * * IDXQ (input) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * This contains the permutation which separately sorts the two * sub-problems in D into ascending order. Note that entries in * the first half of this permutation must first be moved one * position backward; and entries in the second half * must first have NL+1 added to their values. * * PERM (output) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * The permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be applied * to each singular block. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * GIVPTR (output) INTEGER * The number of Givens rotations which took place in this * subproblem. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * GIVCOL (output) INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 ) * Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place * in a Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * LDGCOL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of GIVCOL, must be at least N. * * GIVNUM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 ) * Each number indicates the C or S value to be used in the * corresponding Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. * * LDGNUM (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of GIVNUM, must be at least N. * * C (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * C contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the C-value of a Givens * rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1. * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * S contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the S-value of a Givens * rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.164. (dlasd8 icompq k d z vf vl difl difr lddifr dsigma work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASD8 finds the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, * as defined by the values in DSIGMA and Z. It makes the appropriate * calls to DLASD4, and stores, for each element in D, the distance * to its two nearest poles (elements in DSIGMA). It also updates * the arrays VF and VL, the first and last components of all the * right singular vectors of the original bidiagonal matrix. * * DLASD8 is called from DLASD6. * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in * factored form in the calling routine: * = 0: Compute singular values only. * = 1: Compute singular vectors in factored form as well. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of terms in the rational function to be solved * by DLASD4. K >= 1. * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ) * On output, D contains the updated singular values. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ) * The first K elements of this array contain the components * of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector. * * VF (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ) * On entry, VF contains information passed through DBEDE8. * On exit, VF contains the first K components of the first * components of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal * matrix. * * VL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ) * On entry, VL contains information passed through DBEDE8. * On exit, VL contains the first K components of the last * components of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal * matrix. * * DIFL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ) * On exit, DIFL(I) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I). * * DIFR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( LDDIFR, 2 ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and * dimension ( K ) if ICOMPQ = 0. * On exit, DIFR(I,1) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I+1), DIFR(K,1) is not * defined and will not be referenced. * * If ICOMPQ = 1, DIFR(1:K,2) is an array containing the * normalizing factors for the right singular vector matrix. * * LDDIFR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of DIFR, must be at least K. * * DSIGMA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K ) * The first K elements of this array contain the old roots * of the deflated updating problem. These are the poles * of the secular equation. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least 3 * K * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an singular value did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.165. (dlasd9 icompq ldu k d z vf vl difl difr dsigma work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASD9 finds the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, * as defined by the values in DSIGMA and Z. It makes the * appropriate calls to DLASD4, and stores, for each element in D, * the distance to its two nearest poles (elements in DSIGMA). It also * updates the arrays VF and VL, the first and last components of all * the right singular vectors of the original bidiagonal matrix. * * DLASD9 is called from DLASD7. * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in * factored form in the calling routine: * * ICOMPQ = 0 Compute singular values only. * * ICOMPQ = 1 Compute singular vector matrices in * factored form also. * K (input) INTEGER * The number of terms in the rational function to be solved by * DLASD4. K >= 1. * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(K) * D(I) contains the updated singular values. * * DSIGMA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(K) * The first K elements of this array contain the old roots * of the deflated updating problem. These are the poles * of the secular equation. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * The first K elements of this array contain the components * of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector. * * VF (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(K) * On entry, VF contains information passed through SBEDE8.f * On exit, VF contains the first K components of the first * components of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal * matrix. * * VL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(K) * On entry, VL contains information passed through SBEDE8.f * On exit, VL contains the first K components of the last * components of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal * matrix. * * DIFL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K). * On exit, DIFL(I) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I). * * DIFR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (LDU, 2) if ICOMPQ =1 and * dimension (K) if ICOMPQ = 0. * On exit, DIFR(I, 1) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I+1), DIFR(K, 1) is not * defined and will not be referenced. * * If ICOMPQ = 1, DIFR(1:K, 2) is an array containing the * normalizing factors for the right singular vector matrix. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension at least (3 * K) * Workspace. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an singular value did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.166. (dlasda icompq smlsiz n sqre d e u ldu vt k difl difr z poles givptr givcol ldgcol perm givnum c s work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * Using a divide and conquer approach, DLASDA computes the singular * value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix * B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE. The * algorithm computes the singular values in the SVD B = U * S * VT. * The orthogonal matrices U and VT are optionally computed in * compact form. * * A related subroutine, DLASD0, computes the singular values and * the singular vectors in explicit form. * * Arguments * ========= * * ICOMPQ (input) INTEGER * Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed * in compact form, as follows * = 0: Compute singular values only. * = 1: Compute singular vectors of upper bidiagonal * matrix in compact form. * * SMLSIZ (input) INTEGER * The maximum size of the subproblems at the bottom of the * computation tree. * * N (input) INTEGER * The row dimension of the upper bidiagonal matrix. This is * also the dimension of the main diagonal array D. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * Specifies the column dimension of the bidiagonal matrix. * = 0: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N; * = 1: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N + 1. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) * On entry D contains the main diagonal of the bidiagonal * matrix. On exit D, if INFO = 0, contains its singular values. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M-1 ) * Contains the subdiagonal entries of the bidiagonal matrix. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * U (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced * if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, U contains the left * singular vector matrices of all subproblems at the bottom * level. * * LDU (input) INTEGER, LDU = > N. * The leading dimension of arrays U, VT, DIFL, DIFR, POLES, * GIVNUM, and Z. * * VT (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ+1 ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced * if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, VT' contains the right * singular vector matrices of all subproblems at the bottom * level. * * K (output) INTEGER array, * dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0. * If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, K(I) is the dimension of the I-th * secular equation on the computation tree. * * DIFL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, NLVL ), * where NLVL = floor(log_2 (N/SMLSIZ))). * * DIFR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and * dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 0. * If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, DIFL(1:N, I) and DIFR(1:N, 2 * I - 1) * record distances between singular values on the I-th * level and singular values on the (I -1)-th level, and * DIFR(1:N, 2 * I ) contains the normalizing factors for * the right singular vector matrix. See DLASD8 for details. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( LDU, NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and * dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 0. * The first K elements of Z(1, I) contain the components of * the deflation-adjusted updating row vector for subproblems * on the I-th level. * * POLES (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced * if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, POLES(1, 2*I - 1) and * POLES(1, 2*I) contain the new and old singular values * involved in the secular equations on the I-th level. * * GIVPTR (output) INTEGER array, * dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced if * ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, GIVPTR( I ) records * the number of Givens rotations performed on the I-th * problem on the computation tree. * * GIVCOL (output) INTEGER array, * dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not * referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, for each I, * GIVCOL(1, 2 *I - 1) and GIVCOL(1, 2 *I) record the locations * of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on the * computation tree. * * LDGCOL (input) INTEGER, LDGCOL = > N. * The leading dimension of arrays GIVCOL and PERM. * * PERM (output) INTEGER array, * dimension ( LDGCOL, NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced * if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, PERM(1, I) records * permutations done on the I-th level of the computation tree. * * GIVNUM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not * referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, for each I, * GIVNUM(1, 2 *I - 1) and GIVNUM(1, 2 *I) record the C- and S- * values of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on * the computation tree. * * C (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0. * If ICOMPQ = 1 and the I-th subproblem is not square, on exit, * C( I ) contains the C-value of a Givens rotation related to * the right null space of the I-th subproblem. * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) if * ICOMPQ = 1, and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1 * and the I-th subproblem is not square, on exit, S( I ) * contains the S-value of a Givens rotation related to * the right null space of the I-th subproblem. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (6 * N + (SMLSIZ + 1)*(SMLSIZ + 1)). * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array. * Dimension must be at least (7 * N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = 1, an singular value did not converge * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.167. (dlasdq uplo sqre n ncvt nru ncc d e vt ldvt u ldu c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASDQ computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real * (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal * E, accumulating the transformations if desired. Letting B denote * the input bidiagonal matrix, the algorithm computes orthogonal * matrices Q and P such that B = Q * S * P' (P' denotes the transpose * of P). The singular values S are overwritten on D. * * The input matrix U is changed to U * Q if desired. * The input matrix VT is changed to P' * VT if desired. * The input matrix C is changed to Q' * C if desired. * * See "Computing Small Singular Values of Bidiagonal Matrices With * Guaranteed High Relative Accuracy," by J. Demmel and W. Kahan, * LAPACK Working Note #3, for a detailed description of the algorithm. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * On entry, UPLO specifies whether the input bidiagonal matrix * is upper or lower bidiagonal, and wether it is square are * not. * UPLO = 'U' or 'u' B is upper bidiagonal. * UPLO = 'L' or 'l' B is lower bidiagonal. * * SQRE (input) INTEGER * = 0: then the input matrix is N-by-N. * = 1: then the input matrix is N-by-(N+1) if UPLU = 'U' and * (N+1)-by-N if UPLU = 'L'. * * The bidiagonal matrix has * N = NL + NR + 1 rows and * M = N + SQRE >= N columns. * * N (input) INTEGER * On entry, N specifies the number of rows and columns * in the matrix. N must be at least 0. * * NCVT (input) INTEGER * On entry, NCVT specifies the number of columns of * the matrix VT. NCVT must be at least 0. * * NRU (input) INTEGER * On entry, NRU specifies the number of rows of * the matrix U. NRU must be at least 0. * * NCC (input) INTEGER * On entry, NCC specifies the number of columns of * the matrix C. NCC must be at least 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, D contains the diagonal entries of the * bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. On normal exit, * D contains the singular values in ascending order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array. * dimension is (N-1) if SQRE = 0 and N if SQRE = 1. * On entry, the entries of E contain the offdiagonal entries * of the bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. On normal * exit, E will contain 0. If the algorithm does not converge, * D and E will contain the diagonal and superdiagonal entries * of a bidiagonal matrix orthogonally equivalent to the one * given as input. * * VT (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT, NCVT) * On entry, contains a matrix which on exit has been * premultiplied by P', dimension N-by-NCVT if SQRE = 0 * and (N+1)-by-NCVT if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NCVT=0). * * LDVT (input) INTEGER * On entry, LDVT specifies the leading dimension of VT as * declared in the calling (sub) program. LDVT must be at * least 1. If NCVT is nonzero LDVT must also be at least N. * * U (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU, N) * On entry, contains a matrix which on exit has been * postmultiplied by Q, dimension NRU-by-N if SQRE = 0 * and NRU-by-(N+1) if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NRU=0). * * LDU (input) INTEGER * On entry, LDU specifies the leading dimension of U as * declared in the calling (sub) program. LDU must be at * least max( 1, NRU ) . * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC, NCC) * On entry, contains an N-by-NCC matrix which on exit * has been premultiplied by Q' dimension N-by-NCC if SQRE = 0 * and (N+1)-by-NCC if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NCC=0). * * LDC (input) INTEGER * On entry, LDC specifies the leading dimension of C as * declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at * least 1. If NCC is nonzero, LDC must also be at least N. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N) * Workspace. Only referenced if one of NCVT, NRU, or NCC is * nonzero, and if N is at least 2. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * On exit, a value of 0 indicates a successful exit. * If INFO < 0, argument number -INFO is illegal. * If INFO > 0, the algorithm did not converge, and INFO * specifies how many superdiagonals did not converge. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.168. (dlasdt n lvl nd inode ndiml ndimr msub ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASDT creates a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and * conquer. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * On entry, the number of diagonal elements of the * bidiagonal matrix. * * LVL (output) INTEGER * On exit, the number of levels on the computation tree. * * ND (output) INTEGER * On exit, the number of nodes on the tree. * * INODE (output) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * On exit, centers of subproblems. * * NDIML (output) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * On exit, row dimensions of left children. * * NDIMR (output) INTEGER array, dimension ( N ) * On exit, row dimensions of right children. * * MSUB (input) INTEGER. * On entry, the maximum row dimension each subproblem at the * bottom of the tree can be of. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of * California at Berkeley, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.169. (dlaset uplo m n alpha beta a lda ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASET initializes an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and * ALPHA on the offdiagonals. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the part of the matrix A to be set. * = 'U': Upper triangular part is set; the strictly lower * triangular part of A is not changed. * = 'L': Lower triangular part is set; the strictly upper * triangular part of A is not changed. * Otherwise: All of the matrix A is set. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * ALPHA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The constant to which the offdiagonal elements are to be set. * * BETA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The constant to which the diagonal elements are to be set. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On exit, the leading m-by-n submatrix of A is set as follows: * * if UPLO = 'U', A(i,j) = ALPHA, 1<=i<=j-1, 1<=j<=n, * if UPLO = 'L', A(i,j) = ALPHA, j+1<=i<=m, 1<=j<=n, * otherwise, A(i,j) = ALPHA, 1<=i<=m, 1<=j<=n, i.ne.j, * * and, for all UPLO, A(i,i) = BETA, 1<=i<=min(m,n). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.170. (dlasq1 n d e work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASQ1 computes the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal * matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E. The singular values * are computed to high relative accuracy, in the absence of * denormalization, underflow and overflow. The algorithm was first * presented in * * "Accurate singular values and differential qd algorithms" by K. V. * Fernando and B. N. Parlett, Numer. Math., Vol-67, No. 2, pp. 191-230, * 1994, * * and the present implementation is described in "An implementation of * the dqds Algorithm (Positive Case)", LAPACK Working Note. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of rows and columns in the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, D contains the diagonal elements of the * bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. On normal exit, * D contains the singular values in decreasing order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, elements E(1:N-1) contain the off-diagonal elements * of the bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. * On exit, E is overwritten. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: the algorithm failed * = 1, a split was marked by a positive value in E * = 2, current block of Z not diagonalized after 30*N * iterations (in inner while loop) * = 3, termination criterion of outer while loop not met * (program created more than N unreduced blocks) * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.171. (dlasq2 n z info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASQ2 computes all the eigenvalues of the symmetric positive * definite tridiagonal matrix associated with the qd array Z to high * relative accuracy are computed to high relative accuracy, in the * absence of denormalization, underflow and overflow. * * To see the relation of Z to the tridiagonal matrix, let L be a * unit lower bidiagonal matrix with subdiagonals Z(2,4,6,,..) and * let U be an upper bidiagonal matrix with 1's above and diagonal * Z(1,3,5,,..). The tridiagonal is L*U or, if you prefer, the * symmetric tridiagonal to which it is similar. * * Note : DLASQ2 defines a logical variable, IEEE, which is true * on machines which follow ieee-754 floating-point standard in their * handling of infinities and NaNs, and false otherwise. This variable * is passed to DLASQ3. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of rows and columns in the matrix. N >= 0. * * Z (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 4*N ) * On entry Z holds the qd array. On exit, entries 1 to N hold * the eigenvalues in decreasing order, Z( 2*N+1 ) holds the * trace, and Z( 2*N+2 ) holds the sum of the eigenvalues. If * N > 2, then Z( 2*N+3 ) holds the iteration count, Z( 2*N+4 ) * holds NDIVS/NIN^2, and Z( 2*N+5 ) holds the percentage of * shifts that failed. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if the i-th argument is a scalar and had an illegal * value, then INFO = -i, if the i-th argument is an * array and the j-entry had an illegal value, then * INFO = -(i*100+j) * > 0: the algorithm failed * = 1, a split was marked by a positive value in E * = 2, current block of Z not diagonalized after 30*N * iterations (in inner while loop) * = 3, termination criterion of outer while loop not met * (program created more than N unreduced blocks) * * Further Details * =============== * Local Variables: I0:N0 defines a current unreduced segment of Z. * The shifts are accumulated in SIGMA. Iteration count is in ITER. * Ping-pong is controlled by PP (alternates between 0 and 1). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.172. (dlasq3 i0 n0 z pp dmin sigma desig qmax nfail iter ndiv ieee ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASQ3 checks for deflation, computes a shift (TAU) and calls dqds. * In case of failure it changes shifts, and tries again until output * is positive. * * Arguments * ========= * * I0 (input) INTEGER * First index. * * N0 (input) INTEGER * Last index. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 4*N ) * Z holds the qd array. * * PP (input) INTEGER * PP=0 for ping, PP=1 for pong. * * DMIN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d. * * SIGMA (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Sum of shifts used in current segment. * * DESIG (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Lower order part of SIGMA * * QMAX (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Maximum value of q. * * NFAIL (output) INTEGER * Number of times shift was too big. * * ITER (output) INTEGER * Number of iterations. * * NDIV (output) INTEGER * Number of divisions. * * TTYPE (output) INTEGER * Shift type. * * IEEE (input) LOGICAL * Flag for IEEE or non IEEE arithmetic (passed to DLASQ5). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.173. (dlasq4 i0 n0 z pp n0in dmin dmin1 dmin2 dn dn1 dn2 tau ttype ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASQ4 computes an approximation TAU to the smallest eigenvalue * using values of d from the previous transform. * * I0 (input) INTEGER * First index. * * N0 (input) INTEGER * Last index. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 4*N ) * Z holds the qd array. * * PP (input) INTEGER * PP=0 for ping, PP=1 for pong. * * NOIN (input) INTEGER * The value of N0 at start of EIGTEST. * * DMIN (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d. * * DMIN1 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d, excluding D( N0 ). * * DMIN2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d, excluding D( N0 ) and D( N0-1 ). * * DN (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N) * * DN1 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N-1) * * DN2 (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N-2) * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * This is the shift. * * TTYPE (output) INTEGER * Shift type. * * Further Details * =============== * CNST1 = 9/16 * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.174. (dlasq5 i0 n0 z pp tau dmin dmin1 dmin2 dn dnm1 dnm2 ieee ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASQ5 computes one dqds transform in ping-pong form, one * version for IEEE machines another for non IEEE machines. * * Arguments * ========= * * I0 (input) INTEGER * First index. * * N0 (input) INTEGER * Last index. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 4*N ) * Z holds the qd array. EMIN is stored in Z(4*N0) to avoid * an extra argument. * * PP (input) INTEGER * PP=0 for ping, PP=1 for pong. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * This is the shift. * * DMIN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d. * * DMIN1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d, excluding D( N0 ). * * DMIN2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d, excluding D( N0 ) and D( N0-1 ). * * DN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N0), the last value of d. * * DNM1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N0-1). * * DNM2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N0-2). * * IEEE (input) LOGICAL * Flag for IEEE or non IEEE arithmetic. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameter .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.175. (dlasq6 i0 n0 z pp dmin dmin1 dmin2 dn dnm1 dnm2 ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASQ6 computes one dqd (shift equal to zero) transform in * ping-pong form, with protection against underflow and overflow. * * Arguments * ========= * * I0 (input) INTEGER * First index. * * N0 (input) INTEGER * Last index. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 4*N ) * Z holds the qd array. EMIN is stored in Z(4*N0) to avoid * an extra argument. * * PP (input) INTEGER * PP=0 for ping, PP=1 for pong. * * DMIN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d. * * DMIN1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d, excluding D( N0 ). * * DMIN2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Minimum value of d, excluding D( N0 ) and D( N0-1 ). * * DN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N0), the last value of d. * * DNM1 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N0-1). * * DNM2 (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * d(N0-2). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameter .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.176. (dlasr side pivot direct m n c s a lda ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASR performs the transformation * * A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) * * A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) * * where A is an m by n real matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix, * consisting of a sequence of plane rotations determined by the * parameters PIVOT and DIRECT as follows ( z = m when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' * and z = n when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ): * * When DIRECT = 'F' or 'f' ( Forward sequence ) then * * P = P( z - 1 )*...*P( 2 )*P( 1 ), * * and when DIRECT = 'B' or 'b' ( Backward sequence ) then * * P = P( 1 )*P( 2 )*...*P( z - 1 ), * * where P( k ) is a plane rotation matrix for the following planes: * * when PIVOT = 'V' or 'v' ( Variable pivot ), * the plane ( k, k + 1 ) * * when PIVOT = 'T' or 't' ( Top pivot ), * the plane ( 1, k + 1 ) * * when PIVOT = 'B' or 'b' ( Bottom pivot ), * the plane ( k, z ) * * c( k ) and s( k ) must contain the cosine and sine that define the * matrix P( k ). The two by two plane rotation part of the matrix * P( k ), R( k ), is assumed to be of the form * * R( k ) = ( c( k ) s( k ) ). * ( -s( k ) c( k ) ) * * This version vectorises across rows of the array A when SIDE = 'L'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the plane rotation matrix P is applied to * A on the left or the right. * = 'L': Left, compute A := P*A * = 'R': Right, compute A:= A*P' * * DIRECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether P is a forward or backward sequence of * plane rotations. * = 'F': Forward, P = P( z - 1 )*...*P( 2 )*P( 1 ) * = 'B': Backward, P = P( 1 )*P( 2 )*...*P( z - 1 ) * * PIVOT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the plane for which P(k) is a plane rotation * matrix. * = 'V': Variable pivot, the plane (k,k+1) * = 'T': Top pivot, the plane (1,k+1) * = 'B': Bottom pivot, the plane (k,z) * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. If m <= 1, an immediate * return is effected. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. If n <= 1, an * immediate return is effected. * * C, S (input) DOUBLE PRECISION arrays, dimension * (M-1) if SIDE = 'L' * (N-1) if SIDE = 'R' * c(k) and s(k) contain the cosine and sine that define the * matrix P(k). The two by two plane rotation part of the * matrix P(k), R(k), is assumed to be of the form * R( k ) = ( c( k ) s( k ) ). * ( -s( k ) c( k ) ) * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The m by n matrix A. On exit, A is overwritten by P*A if * SIDE = 'R' or by A*P' if SIDE = 'L'. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.177. (dlasrt id n d info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * Sort the numbers in D in increasing order (if ID = 'I') or * in decreasing order (if ID = 'D' ). * * Use Quick Sort, reverting to Insertion sort on arrays of * size <= 20. Dimension of STACK limits N to about 2**32. * * Arguments * ========= * * ID (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'I': sort D in increasing order; * = 'D': sort D in decreasing order. * * N (input) INTEGER * The length of the array D. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the array to be sorted. * On exit, D has been sorted into increasing order * (D(1) <= ... <= D(N) ) or into decreasing order * (D(1) >= ... >= D(N) ), depending on ID. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.178. (dlassq n x incx scale sumsq ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASSQ returns the values scl and smsq such that * * ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq, * * where x( i ) = X( 1 + ( i - 1 )*INCX ). The value of sumsq is * assumed to be non-negative and scl returns the value * * scl = max( scale, abs( x( i ) ) ). * * scale and sumsq must be supplied in SCALE and SUMSQ and * scl and smsq are overwritten on SCALE and SUMSQ respectively. * * The routine makes only one pass through the vector x. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of elements to be used from the vector X. * * X (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The vector for which a scaled sum of squares is computed. * x( i ) = X( 1 + ( i - 1 )*INCX ), 1 <= i <= n. * * INCX (input) INTEGER * The increment between successive values of the vector X. * INCX > 0. * * SCALE (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the value scale in the equation above. * On exit, SCALE is overwritten with scl , the scaling factor * for the sum of squares. * * SUMSQ (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the value sumsq in the equation above. * On exit, SUMSQ is overwritten with smsq , the basic sum of * squares from which scl has been factored out. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.179. (dlasv2 f g h ssmin ssmax snr csr snl csl ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASV2 computes the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 * triangular matrix * [ F G ] * [ 0 H ]. * On return, abs(SSMAX) is the larger singular value, abs(SSMIN) is the * smaller singular value, and (CSL,SNL) and (CSR,SNR) are the left and * right singular vectors for abs(SSMAX), giving the decomposition * * [ CSL SNL ] [ F G ] [ CSR -SNR ] = [ SSMAX 0 ] * [-SNL CSL ] [ 0 H ] [ SNR CSR ] [ 0 SSMIN ]. * * Arguments * ========= * * F (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * G (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (1,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * H (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix. * * SSMIN (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * abs(SSMIN) is the smaller singular value. * * SSMAX (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * abs(SSMAX) is the larger singular value. * * SNL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * CSL (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The vector (CSL, SNL) is a unit left singular vector for the * singular value abs(SSMAX). * * SNR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * CSR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The vector (CSR, SNR) is a unit right singular vector for the * singular value abs(SSMAX). * * Further Details * =============== * * Any input parameter may be aliased with any output parameter. * * Barring over/underflow and assuming a guard digit in subtraction, all * output quantities are correct to within a few units in the last * place (ulps). * * In IEEE arithmetic, the code works correctly if one matrix element is * infinite. * * Overflow will not occur unless the largest singular value itself * overflows or is within a few ulps of overflow. (On machines with * partial overflow, like the Cray, overflow may occur if the largest * singular value is within a factor of 2 of overflow.) * * Underflow is harmless if underflow is gradual. Otherwise, results * may correspond to a matrix modified by perturbations of size near * the underflow threshold. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.180. (dlaswp n a lda k1 k2 ipiv incx ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASWP performs a series of row interchanges on the matrix A. * One row interchange is initiated for each of rows K1 through K2 of A. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the matrix of column dimension N to which the row * interchanges will be applied. * On exit, the permuted matrix. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. * * K1 (input) INTEGER * The first element of IPIV for which a row interchange will * be done. * * K2 (input) INTEGER * The last element of IPIV for which a row interchange will * be done. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (M*abs(INCX)) * The vector of pivot indices. Only the elements in positions * K1 through K2 of IPIV are accessed. * IPIV(K) = L implies rows K and L are to be interchanged. * * INCX (input) INTEGER * The increment between successive values of IPIV. If IPIV * is negative, the pivots are applied in reverse order. * * Further Details * =============== * * Modified by * R. C. Whaley, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.181. (dlasy2 ltranl ltranr isgn n1 n2 tl ldtl tr ldtr b ldb scale x ldx xnorm info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASY2 solves for the N1 by N2 matrix X, 1 <= N1,N2 <= 2, in * * op(TL)*X + ISGN*X*op(TR) = SCALE*B, * * where TL is N1 by N1, TR is N2 by N2, B is N1 by N2, and ISGN = 1 or * -1. op(T) = T or T', where T' denotes the transpose of T. * * Arguments * ========= * * LTRANL (input) LOGICAL * On entry, LTRANL specifies the op(TL): * = .FALSE., op(TL) = TL, * = .TRUE., op(TL) = TL'. * * LTRANR (input) LOGICAL * On entry, LTRANR specifies the op(TR): * = .FALSE., op(TR) = TR, * = .TRUE., op(TR) = TR'. * * ISGN (input) INTEGER * On entry, ISGN specifies the sign of the equation * as described before. ISGN may only be 1 or -1. * * N1 (input) INTEGER * On entry, N1 specifies the order of matrix TL. * N1 may only be 0, 1 or 2. * * N2 (input) INTEGER * On entry, N2 specifies the order of matrix TR. * N2 may only be 0, 1 or 2. * * TL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDTL,2) * On entry, TL contains an N1 by N1 matrix. * * LDTL (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix TL. LDTL >= max(1,N1). * * TR (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDTR,2) * On entry, TR contains an N2 by N2 matrix. * * LDTR (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix TR. LDTR >= max(1,N2). * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,2) * On entry, the N1 by N2 matrix B contains the right-hand * side of the equation. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix B. LDB >= max(1,N1). * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On exit, SCALE contains the scale factor. SCALE is chosen * less than or equal to 1 to prevent the solution overflowing. * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,2) * On exit, X contains the N1 by N2 solution. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the matrix X. LDX >= max(1,N1). * * XNORM (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On exit, XNORM is the infinity-norm of the solution. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * On exit, INFO is set to * 0: successful exit. * 1: TL and TR have too close eigenvalues, so TL or * TR is perturbed to get a nonsingular equation. * NOTE: In the interests of speed, this routine does not * check the inputs for errors. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.182. (dlasyf uplo n nb kb a lda ipiv w ldw info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLASYF computes a partial factorization of a real symmetric matrix A * using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method. The partial * factorization has the form: * * A = ( I U12 ) ( A11 0 ) ( I 0 ) if UPLO = 'U', or: * ( 0 U22 ) ( 0 D ) ( U12' U22' ) * * A = ( L11 0 ) ( D 0 ) ( L11' L21' ) if UPLO = 'L' * ( L21 I ) ( 0 A22 ) ( 0 I ) * * where the order of D is at most NB. The actual order is returned in * the argument KB, and is either NB or NB-1, or N if N <= NB. * * DLASYF is an auxiliary routine called by DSYTRF. It uses blocked code * (calling Level 3 BLAS) to update the submatrix A11 (if UPLO = 'U') or * A22 (if UPLO = 'L'). * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is stored: * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NB (input) INTEGER * The maximum number of columns of the matrix A that should be * factored. NB should be at least 2 to allow for 2-by-2 pivot * blocks. * * KB (output) INTEGER * The number of columns of A that were actually factored. * KB is either NB-1 or NB, or N if N <= NB. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the symmetric matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading * n-by-n upper triangular part of A contains the upper * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower * triangular part of A is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the * leading n-by-n lower triangular part of A contains the lower * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper * triangular part of A is not referenced. * On exit, A contains details of the partial factorization. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D. * If UPLO = 'U', only the last KB elements of IPIV are set; * if UPLO = 'L', only the first KB elements are set. * * If IPIV(k) > 0, then rows and columns k and IPIV(k) were * interchanged and D(k,k) is a 1-by-1 diagonal block. * If UPLO = 'U' and IPIV(k) = IPIV(k-1) < 0, then rows and * columns k-1 and -IPIV(k) were interchanged and D(k-1:k,k-1:k) * is a 2-by-2 diagonal block. If UPLO = 'L' and IPIV(k) = * IPIV(k+1) < 0, then rows and columns k+1 and -IPIV(k) were * interchanged and D(k:k+1,k:k+1) is a 2-by-2 diagonal block. * * W (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDW,NB) * * LDW (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array W. LDW >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * > 0: if INFO = k, D(k,k) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the block diagonal matrix D is * exactly singular. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.183. (dlatbs uplo trans diag normin n kd ab ldab x scale cnorm info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLATBS solves one of the triangular systems * * A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b * * with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower * triangular band matrix. Here A' denotes the transpose of A, x and b * are n-element vectors, and s is a scaling factor, usually less than * or equal to 1, chosen so that the components of x will be less than * the overflow threshold. If the unscaled problem will not cause * overflow, the Level 2 BLAS routine DTBSV is called. If the matrix A * is singular (A(j,j) = 0 for some j), then s is set to 0 and a * non-trivial solution to A*x = 0 is returned. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the matrix A is upper or lower triangular. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the operation applied to A. * = 'N': Solve A * x = s*b (No transpose) * = 'T': Solve A'* x = s*b (Transpose) * = 'C': Solve A'* x = s*b (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * DIAG (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the matrix A is unit triangular. * = 'N': Non-unit triangular * = 'U': Unit triangular * * NORMIN (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether CNORM has been set or not. * = 'Y': CNORM contains the column norms on entry * = 'N': CNORM is not set on entry. On exit, the norms will * be computed and stored in CNORM. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of subdiagonals or superdiagonals in the * triangular matrix A. KD >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The upper or lower triangular band matrix A, stored in the * first KD+1 rows of the array. The j-th column of A is stored * in the j-th column of the array AB as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the right hand side b of the triangular system. * On exit, X is overwritten by the solution vector x. * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scaling factor s for the triangular system * A * x = s*b or A'* x = s*b. * If SCALE = 0, the matrix A is singular or badly scaled, and * the vector x is an exact or approximate solution to A*x = 0. * * CNORM (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * If NORMIN = 'Y', CNORM is an input argument and CNORM(j) * contains the norm of the off-diagonal part of the j-th column * of A. If TRANS = 'N', CNORM(j) must be greater than or equal * to the infinity-norm, and if TRANS = 'T' or 'C', CNORM(j) * must be greater than or equal to the 1-norm. * * If NORMIN = 'N', CNORM is an output argument and CNORM(j) * returns the 1-norm of the offdiagonal part of the j-th column * of A. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * ======= ======= * * A rough bound on x is computed; if that is less than overflow, DTBSV * is called, otherwise, specific code is used which checks for possible * overflow or divide-by-zero at every operation. * * A columnwise scheme is used for solving A*x = b. The basic algorithm * if A is lower triangular is * * x[1:n] := b[1:n] * for j = 1, ..., n * x(j) := x(j) / A(j,j) * x[j+1:n] := x[j+1:n] - x(j) * A[j+1:n,j] * end * * Define bounds on the components of x after j iterations of the loop: * M(j) = bound on x[1:j] * G(j) = bound on x[j+1:n] * Initially, let M(0) = 0 and G(0) = max{x(i), i=1,...,n}. * * Then for iteration j+1 we have * M(j+1) <= G(j) / | A(j+1,j+1) | * G(j+1) <= G(j) + M(j+1) * | A[j+2:n,j+1] | * <= G(j) ( 1 + CNORM(j+1) / | A(j+1,j+1) | ) * * where CNORM(j+1) is greater than or equal to the infinity-norm of * column j+1 of A, not counting the diagonal. Hence * * G(j) <= G(0) product ( 1 + CNORM(i) / | A(i,i) | ) * 1<=i<=j * and * * |x(j)| <= ( G(0) / |A(j,j)| ) product ( 1 + CNORM(i) / |A(i,i)| ) * 1<=i< j * * Since |x(j)| <= M(j), we use the Level 2 BLAS routine DTBSV if the * reciprocal of the largest M(j), j=1,..,n, is larger than * max(underflow, 1/overflow). * * The bound on x(j) is also used to determine when a step in the * columnwise method can be performed without fear of overflow. If * the computed bound is greater than a large constant, x is scaled to * prevent overflow, but if the bound overflows, x is set to 0, x(j) to * 1, and scale to 0, and a non-trivial solution to A*x = 0 is found. * * Similarly, a row-wise scheme is used to solve A'*x = b. The basic * algorithm for A upper triangular is * * for j = 1, ..., n * x(j) := ( b(j) - A[1:j-1,j]' * x[1:j-1] ) / A(j,j) * end * * We simultaneously compute two bounds * G(j) = bound on ( b(i) - A[1:i-1,i]' * x[1:i-1] ), 1<=i<=j * M(j) = bound on x(i), 1<=i<=j * * The initial values are G(0) = 0, M(0) = max{b(i), i=1,..,n}, and we * add the constraint G(j) >= G(j-1) and M(j) >= M(j-1) for j >= 1. * Then the bound on x(j) is * * M(j) <= M(j-1) * ( 1 + CNORM(j) ) / | A(j,j) | * * <= M(0) * product ( ( 1 + CNORM(i) ) / |A(i,i)| ) * 1<=i<=j * * and we can safely call DTBSV if 1/M(n) and 1/G(n) are both greater * than max(underflow, 1/overflow). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.184. (dlatdf ijob n z ldz rhs rdsum rdscal ipiv jpiv ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLATDF uses the LU factorization of the n-by-n matrix Z computed by * DGETC2 and computes a contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate * by solving Z * x = b for x, and choosing the r.h.s. b such that * the norm of x is as large as possible. On entry RHS = b holds the * contribution from earlier solved sub-systems, and on return RHS = x. * * The factorization of Z returned by DGETC2 has the form Z = P*L*U*Q, * where P and Q are permutation matrices. L is lower triangular with * unit diagonal elements and U is upper triangular. * * Arguments * ========= * * IJOB (input) INTEGER * IJOB = 2: First compute an approximative null-vector e * of Z using DGECON, e is normalized and solve for * Zx = +-e - f with the sign giving the greater value * of 2-norm(x). About 5 times as expensive as Default. * IJOB .ne. 2: Local look ahead strategy where all entries of * the r.h.s. b is choosen as either +1 or -1 (Default). * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Z. * * Z (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * On entry, the LU part of the factorization of the n-by-n * matrix Z computed by DGETC2: Z = P * L * U * Q * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDA >= max(1, N). * * RHS (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension N. * On entry, RHS contains contributions from other subsystems. * On exit, RHS contains the solution of the subsystem with * entries acoording to the value of IJOB (see above). * * RDSUM (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, the sum of squares of computed contributions to * the Dif-estimate under computation by DTGSYL, where the * scaling factor RDSCAL (see below) has been factored out. * On exit, the corresponding sum of squares updated with the * contributions from the current sub-system. * If TRANS = 'T' RDSUM is not touched. * NOTE: RDSUM only makes sense when DTGSY2 is called by STGSYL. * * RDSCAL (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION * On entry, scaling factor used to prevent overflow in RDSUM. * On exit, RDSCAL is updated w.r.t. the current contributions * in RDSUM. * If TRANS = 'T', RDSCAL is not touched. * NOTE: RDSCAL only makes sense when DTGSY2 is called by * DTGSYL. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N). * The pivot indices; for 1 <= i <= N, row i of the * matrix has been interchanged with row IPIV(i). * * JPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N). * The pivot indices; for 1 <= j <= N, column j of the * matrix has been interchanged with column JPIV(j). * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Bo Kagstrom and Peter Poromaa, Department of Computing Science, * Umea University, S-901 87 Umea, Sweden. * * This routine is a further developed implementation of algorithm * BSOLVE in [1] using complete pivoting in the LU factorization. * * [1] Bo Kagstrom and Lars Westin, * Generalized Schur Methods with Condition Estimators for * Solving the Generalized Sylvester Equation, IEEE Transactions * on Automatic Control, Vol. 34, No. 7, July 1989, pp 745-751. * * [2] Peter Poromaa, * On Efficient and Robust Estimators for the Separation * between two Regular Matrix Pairs with Applications in * Condition Estimation. Report IMINF-95.05, Departement of * Computing Science, Umea University, S-901 87 Umea, Sweden, 1995. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.185. (dlatps uplo trans diag normin n ap x scale cnorm info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLATPS solves one of the triangular systems * * A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b * * with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower * triangular matrix stored in packed form. Here A' denotes the * transpose of A, x and b are n-element vectors, and s is a scaling * factor, usually less than or equal to 1, chosen so that the * components of x will be less than the overflow threshold. If the * unscaled problem will not cause overflow, the Level 2 BLAS routine * DTPSV is called. If the matrix A is singular (A(j,j) = 0 for some j), * then s is set to 0 and a non-trivial solution to A*x = 0 is returned. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the matrix A is upper or lower triangular. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the operation applied to A. * = 'N': Solve A * x = s*b (No transpose) * = 'T': Solve A'* x = s*b (Transpose) * = 'C': Solve A'* x = s*b (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * DIAG (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the matrix A is unit triangular. * = 'N': Non-unit triangular * = 'U': Unit triangular * * NORMIN (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether CNORM has been set or not. * = 'Y': CNORM contains the column norms on entry * = 'N': CNORM is not set on entry. On exit, the norms will * be computed and stored in CNORM. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The upper or lower triangular matrix A, packed columnwise in * a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored in the array * AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the right hand side b of the triangular system. * On exit, X is overwritten by the solution vector x. * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scaling factor s for the triangular system * A * x = s*b or A'* x = s*b. * If SCALE = 0, the matrix A is singular or badly scaled, and * the vector x is an exact or approximate solution to A*x = 0. * * CNORM (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * If NORMIN = 'Y', CNORM is an input argument and CNORM(j) * contains the norm of the off-diagonal part of the j-th column * of A. If TRANS = 'N', CNORM(j) must be greater than or equal * to the infinity-norm, and if TRANS = 'T' or 'C', CNORM(j) * must be greater than or equal to the 1-norm. * * If NORMIN = 'N', CNORM is an output argument and CNORM(j) * returns the 1-norm of the offdiagonal part of the j-th column * of A. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * ======= ======= * * A rough bound on x is computed; if that is less than overflow, DTPSV * is called, otherwise, specific code is used which checks for possible * overflow or divide-by-zero at every operation. * * A columnwise scheme is used for solving A*x = b. The basic algorithm * if A is lower triangular is * * x[1:n] := b[1:n] * for j = 1, ..., n * x(j) := x(j) / A(j,j) * x[j+1:n] := x[j+1:n] - x(j) * A[j+1:n,j] * end * * Define bounds on the components of x after j iterations of the loop: * M(j) = bound on x[1:j] * G(j) = bound on x[j+1:n] * Initially, let M(0) = 0 and G(0) = max{x(i), i=1,...,n}. * * Then for iteration j+1 we have * M(j+1) <= G(j) / | A(j+1,j+1) | * G(j+1) <= G(j) + M(j+1) * | A[j+2:n,j+1] | * <= G(j) ( 1 + CNORM(j+1) / | A(j+1,j+1) | ) * * where CNORM(j+1) is greater than or equal to the infinity-norm of * column j+1 of A, not counting the diagonal. Hence * * G(j) <= G(0) product ( 1 + CNORM(i) / | A(i,i) | ) * 1<=i<=j * and * * |x(j)| <= ( G(0) / |A(j,j)| ) product ( 1 + CNORM(i) / |A(i,i)| ) * 1<=i< j * * Since |x(j)| <= M(j), we use the Level 2 BLAS routine DTPSV if the * reciprocal of the largest M(j), j=1,..,n, is larger than * max(underflow, 1/overflow). * * The bound on x(j) is also used to determine when a step in the * columnwise method can be performed without fear of overflow. If * the computed bound is greater than a large constant, x is scaled to * prevent overflow, but if the bound overflows, x is set to 0, x(j) to * 1, and scale to 0, and a non-trivial solution to A*x = 0 is found. * * Similarly, a row-wise scheme is used to solve A'*x = b. The basic * algorithm for A upper triangular is * * for j = 1, ..., n * x(j) := ( b(j) - A[1:j-1,j]' * x[1:j-1] ) / A(j,j) * end * * We simultaneously compute two bounds * G(j) = bound on ( b(i) - A[1:i-1,i]' * x[1:i-1] ), 1<=i<=j * M(j) = bound on x(i), 1<=i<=j * * The initial values are G(0) = 0, M(0) = max{b(i), i=1,..,n}, and we * add the constraint G(j) >= G(j-1) and M(j) >= M(j-1) for j >= 1. * Then the bound on x(j) is * * M(j) <= M(j-1) * ( 1 + CNORM(j) ) / | A(j,j) | * * <= M(0) * product ( ( 1 + CNORM(i) ) / |A(i,i)| ) * 1<=i<=j * * and we can safely call DTPSV if 1/M(n) and 1/G(n) are both greater * than max(underflow, 1/overflow). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.186. (dlatrd uplo n nb a lda e tau w ldw ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLATRD reduces NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to * symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity * transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are * needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A. * * If UPLO = 'U', DLATRD reduces the last NB rows and columns of a * matrix, of which the upper triangle is supplied; * if UPLO = 'L', DLATRD reduces the first NB rows and columns of a * matrix, of which the lower triangle is supplied. * * This is an auxiliary routine called by DSYTRD. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is stored: * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. * * NB (input) INTEGER * The number of rows and columns to be reduced. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the symmetric matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading * n-by-n upper triangular part of A contains the upper * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower * triangular part of A is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the * leading n-by-n lower triangular part of A contains the lower * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper * triangular part of A is not referenced. * On exit: * if UPLO = 'U', the last NB columns have been reduced to * tridiagonal form, with the diagonal elements overwriting * the diagonal elements of A; the elements above the diagonal * with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a * product of elementary reflectors; * if UPLO = 'L', the first NB columns have been reduced to * tridiagonal form, with the diagonal elements overwriting * the diagonal elements of A; the elements below the diagonal * with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a * product of elementary reflectors. * See Further Details. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= (1,N). * * E (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * If UPLO = 'U', E(n-nb:n-1) contains the superdiagonal * elements of the last NB columns of the reduced matrix; * if UPLO = 'L', E(1:nb) contains the subdiagonal elements of * the first NB columns of the reduced matrix. * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors, stored in * TAU(n-nb:n-1) if UPLO = 'U', and in TAU(1:nb) if UPLO = 'L'. * See Further Details. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDW,NB) * The n-by-nb matrix W required to update the unreduced part * of A. * * LDW (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array W. LDW >= max(1,N). * * Further Details * =============== * * If UPLO = 'U', the matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary * reflectors * * Q = H(n) H(n-1) . . . H(n-nb+1). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(i:n) = 0 and v(i-1) = 1; v(1:i-1) is stored on exit in A(1:i-1,i), * and tau in TAU(i-1). * * If UPLO = 'L', the matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary * reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nb). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i) = 0 and v(i+1) = 1; v(i+1:n) is stored on exit in A(i+1:n,i), * and tau in TAU(i). * * The elements of the vectors v together form the n-by-nb matrix V * which is needed, with W, to apply the transformation to the unreduced * part of the matrix, using a symmetric rank-2k update of the form: * A := A - V*W' - W*V'. * * The contents of A on exit are illustrated by the following examples * with n = 5 and nb = 2: * * if UPLO = 'U': if UPLO = 'L': * * ( a a a v4 v5 ) ( d ) * ( a a v4 v5 ) ( 1 d ) * ( a 1 v5 ) ( v1 1 a ) * ( d 1 ) ( v1 v2 a a ) * ( d ) ( v1 v2 a a a ) * * where d denotes a diagonal element of the reduced matrix, a denotes * an element of the original matrix that is unchanged, and vi denotes * an element of the vector defining H(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.187. (dlatrs uplo trans diag normin n a lda x scale cnorm info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLATRS solves one of the triangular systems * * A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b * * with scaling to prevent overflow. Here A is an upper or lower * triangular matrix, A' denotes the transpose of A, x and b are * n-element vectors, and s is a scaling factor, usually less than * or equal to 1, chosen so that the components of x will be less than * the overflow threshold. If the unscaled problem will not cause * overflow, the Level 2 BLAS routine DTRSV is called. If the matrix A * is singular (A(j,j) = 0 for some j), then s is set to 0 and a * non-trivial solution to A*x = 0 is returned. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the matrix A is upper or lower triangular. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the operation applied to A. * = 'N': Solve A * x = s*b (No transpose) * = 'T': Solve A'* x = s*b (Transpose) * = 'C': Solve A'* x = s*b (Conjugate transpose = Transpose) * * DIAG (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the matrix A is unit triangular. * = 'N': Non-unit triangular * = 'U': Unit triangular * * NORMIN (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether CNORM has been set or not. * = 'Y': CNORM contains the column norms on entry * = 'N': CNORM is not set on entry. On exit, the norms will * be computed and stored in CNORM. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The triangular matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading n by n * upper triangular part of the array A contains the upper * triangular matrix, and the strictly lower triangular part of * A is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the leading n by n lower * triangular part of the array A contains the lower triangular * matrix, and the strictly upper triangular part of A is not * referenced. If DIAG = 'U', the diagonal elements of A are * also not referenced and are assumed to be 1. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max (1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the right hand side b of the triangular system. * On exit, X is overwritten by the solution vector x. * * SCALE (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scaling factor s for the triangular system * A * x = s*b or A'* x = s*b. * If SCALE = 0, the matrix A is singular or badly scaled, and * the vector x is an exact or approximate solution to A*x = 0. * * CNORM (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * If NORMIN = 'Y', CNORM is an input argument and CNORM(j) * contains the norm of the off-diagonal part of the j-th column * of A. If TRANS = 'N', CNORM(j) must be greater than or equal * to the infinity-norm, and if TRANS = 'T' or 'C', CNORM(j) * must be greater than or equal to the 1-norm. * * If NORMIN = 'N', CNORM is an output argument and CNORM(j) * returns the 1-norm of the offdiagonal part of the j-th column * of A. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * ======= ======= * * A rough bound on x is computed; if that is less than overflow, DTRSV * is called, otherwise, specific code is used which checks for possible * overflow or divide-by-zero at every operation. * * A columnwise scheme is used for solving A*x = b. The basic algorithm * if A is lower triangular is * * x[1:n] := b[1:n] * for j = 1, ..., n * x(j) := x(j) / A(j,j) * x[j+1:n] := x[j+1:n] - x(j) * A[j+1:n,j] * end * * Define bounds on the components of x after j iterations of the loop: * M(j) = bound on x[1:j] * G(j) = bound on x[j+1:n] * Initially, let M(0) = 0 and G(0) = max{x(i), i=1,...,n}. * * Then for iteration j+1 we have * M(j+1) <= G(j) / | A(j+1,j+1) | * G(j+1) <= G(j) + M(j+1) * | A[j+2:n,j+1] | * <= G(j) ( 1 + CNORM(j+1) / | A(j+1,j+1) | ) * * where CNORM(j+1) is greater than or equal to the infinity-norm of * column j+1 of A, not counting the diagonal. Hence * * G(j) <= G(0) product ( 1 + CNORM(i) / | A(i,i) | ) * 1<=i<=j * and * * |x(j)| <= ( G(0) / |A(j,j)| ) product ( 1 + CNORM(i) / |A(i,i)| ) * 1<=i< j * * Since |x(j)| <= M(j), we use the Level 2 BLAS routine DTRSV if the * reciprocal of the largest M(j), j=1,..,n, is larger than * max(underflow, 1/overflow). * * The bound on x(j) is also used to determine when a step in the * columnwise method can be performed without fear of overflow. If * the computed bound is greater than a large constant, x is scaled to * prevent overflow, but if the bound overflows, x is set to 0, x(j) to * 1, and scale to 0, and a non-trivial solution to A*x = 0 is found. * * Similarly, a row-wise scheme is used to solve A'*x = b. The basic * algorithm for A upper triangular is * * for j = 1, ..., n * x(j) := ( b(j) - A[1:j-1,j]' * x[1:j-1] ) / A(j,j) * end * * We simultaneously compute two bounds * G(j) = bound on ( b(i) - A[1:i-1,i]' * x[1:i-1] ), 1<=i<=j * M(j) = bound on x(i), 1<=i<=j * * The initial values are G(0) = 0, M(0) = max{b(i), i=1,..,n}, and we * add the constraint G(j) >= G(j-1) and M(j) >= M(j-1) for j >= 1. * Then the bound on x(j) is * * M(j) <= M(j-1) * ( 1 + CNORM(j) ) / | A(j,j) | * * <= M(0) * product ( ( 1 + CNORM(i) ) / |A(i,i)| ) * 1<=i<=j * * and we can safely call DTRSV if 1/M(n) and 1/G(n) are both greater * than max(underflow, 1/overflow). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.188. (dlatrz m n l a lda tau work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLATRZ factors the M-by-(M+L) real upper trapezoidal matrix * [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z, by means * of orthogonal transformations. Z is an (M+L)-by-(M+L) orthogonal * matrix and, R and A1 are M-by-M upper triangular matrices. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix A. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * L (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A containing the * meaningful part of the Householder vectors. N-M >= L >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the leading M-by-N upper trapezoidal part of the * array A must contain the matrix to be factorized. * On exit, the leading M-by-M upper triangular part of A * contains the upper triangular matrix R, and elements N-L+1 to * N of the first M rows of A, with the array TAU, represent the * orthogonal matrix Z as a product of M elementary reflectors. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA * * The factorization is obtained by Householder's method. The kth * transformation matrix, Z( k ), which is used to introduce zeros into * the ( m - k + 1 )th row of A, is given in the form * * Z( k ) = ( I 0 ), * ( 0 T( k ) ) * * where * * T( k ) = I - tau*u( k )*u( k )', u( k ) = ( 1 ), * ( 0 ) * ( z( k ) ) * * tau is a scalar and z( k ) is an l element vector. tau and z( k ) * are chosen to annihilate the elements of the kth row of A2. * * The scalar tau is returned in the kth element of TAU and the vector * u( k ) in the kth row of A2, such that the elements of z( k ) are * in a( k, l + 1 ), ..., a( k, n ). The elements of R are returned in * the upper triangular part of A1. * * Z is given by * * Z = Z( 1 ) * Z( 2 ) * ... * Z( m ). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.189. (dlatzm side m n v incv tau c1 c2 ldc work ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * This routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DORMRZ. * * DLATZM applies a Householder matrix generated by DTZRQF to a matrix. * * Let P = I - tau*u*u', u = ( 1 ), * ( v ) * where v is an (m-1) vector if SIDE = 'L', or a (n-1) vector if * SIDE = 'R'. * * If SIDE equals 'L', let * C = [ C1 ] 1 * [ C2 ] m-1 * n * Then C is overwritten by P*C. * * If SIDE equals 'R', let * C = [ C1, C2 ] m * 1 n-1 * Then C is overwritten by C*P. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': form P * C * = 'R': form C * P * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. * * V (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (1 + (M-1)*abs(INCV)) if SIDE = 'L' * (1 + (N-1)*abs(INCV)) if SIDE = 'R' * The vector v in the representation of P. V is not used * if TAU = 0. * * INCV (input) INTEGER * The increment between elements of v. INCV <> 0 * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The value tau in the representation of P. * * C1 (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDC,N) if SIDE = 'L' * (M,1) if SIDE = 'R' * On entry, the n-vector C1 if SIDE = 'L', or the m-vector C1 * if SIDE = 'R'. * * On exit, the first row of P*C if SIDE = 'L', or the first * column of C*P if SIDE = 'R'. * * C2 (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDC, N) if SIDE = 'L' * (LDC, N-1) if SIDE = 'R' * On entry, the (m - 1) x n matrix C2 if SIDE = 'L', or the * m x (n - 1) matrix C2 if SIDE = 'R'. * * On exit, rows 2:m of P*C if SIDE = 'L', or columns 2:m of C*P * if SIDE = 'R'. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the arrays C1 and C2. LDC >= (1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L' * (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.190. (dlauu2 uplo n a lda info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAUU2 computes the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular * factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of * the array A. * * If UPLO = 'U' or 'u' then the upper triangle of the result is stored, * overwriting the factor U in A. * If UPLO = 'L' or 'l' then the lower triangle of the result is stored, * overwriting the factor L in A. * * This is the unblocked form of the algorithm, calling Level 2 BLAS. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the triangular factor stored in the array A * is upper or lower triangular: * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the triangular factor U or L. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the triangular factor U or L. * On exit, if UPLO = 'U', the upper triangle of A is * overwritten with the upper triangle of the product U * U'; * if UPLO = 'L', the lower triangle of A is overwritten with * the lower triangle of the product L' * L. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.191. (dlauum uplo n a lda info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DLAUUM computes the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular * factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of * the array A. * * If UPLO = 'U' or 'u' then the upper triangle of the result is stored, * overwriting the factor U in A. * If UPLO = 'L' or 'l' then the lower triangle of the result is stored, * overwriting the factor L in A. * * This is the blocked form of the algorithm, calling Level 3 BLAS. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the triangular factor stored in the array A * is upper or lower triangular: * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the triangular factor U or L. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the triangular factor U or L. * On exit, if UPLO = 'U', the upper triangle of A is * overwritten with the upper triangle of the product U * U'; * if UPLO = 'L', the lower triangle of A is overwritten with * the lower triangle of the product L' * L. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.192. (dopgtr uplo n ap tau q ldq work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DOPGTR generates a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the * product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by * DSPTRD using packed storage: * * if UPLO = 'U', Q = H(n-1) . . . H(2) H(1), * * if UPLO = 'L', Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n-1). * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangular packed storage used in previous * call to DSPTRD; * = 'L': Lower triangular packed storage used in previous * call to DSPTRD. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix Q. N >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The vectors which define the elementary reflectors, as * returned by DSPTRD. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DSPTRD. * * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * The N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. LDQ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.193. (dopmtr side uplo trans m n ap tau c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DOPMTR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with * * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix of order nq, with nq = m if * SIDE = 'L' and nq = n if SIDE = 'R'. Q is defined as the product of * nq-1 elementary reflectors, as returned by DSPTRD using packed * storage: * * if UPLO = 'U', Q = H(nq-1) . . . H(2) H(1); * * if UPLO = 'L', Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nq-1). * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangular packed storage used in previous * call to DSPTRD; * = 'L': Lower triangular packed storage used in previous * call to DSPTRD. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (M*(M+1)/2) if SIDE = 'L' * (N*(N+1)/2) if SIDE = 'R' * The vectors which define the elementary reflectors, as * returned by DSPTRD. AP is modified by the routine but * restored on exit. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-1) if SIDE = 'L' * or (N-1) if SIDE = 'R' * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DSPTRD. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L' * (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.194. (dorg2l m n k a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORG2L generates an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns, * which is defined as the last n columns of a product of k elementary * reflectors of order m * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) * * as returned by DGEQLF. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q. M >= N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the * matrix Q. N >= K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the (n-k+i)-th column must contain the vector which * defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as * returned by DGEQLF in the last k columns of its array * argument A. * On exit, the m by n matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQLF. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.195. (dorg2r m n k a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORG2R generates an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns, * which is defined as the first n columns of a product of k elementary * reflectors of order m * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DGEQRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q. M >= N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the * matrix Q. N >= K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the i-th column must contain the vector which * defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as * returned by DGEQRF in the first k columns of its array * argument A. * On exit, the m-by-n matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQRF. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.196. (dorgbr vect m n k a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGBR generates one of the real orthogonal matrices Q or P**T * determined by DGEBRD when reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal * form: A = Q * B * P**T. Q and P**T are defined as products of * elementary reflectors H(i) or G(i) respectively. * * If VECT = 'Q', A is assumed to have been an M-by-K matrix, and Q * is of order M: * if m >= k, Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) and DORGBR returns the first n * columns of Q, where m >= n >= k; * if m < k, Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(m-1) and DORGBR returns Q as an * M-by-M matrix. * * If VECT = 'P', A is assumed to have been a K-by-N matrix, and P**T * is of order N: * if k < n, P**T = G(k) . . . G(2) G(1) and DORGBR returns the first m * rows of P**T, where n >= m >= k; * if k >= n, P**T = G(n-1) . . . G(2) G(1) and DORGBR returns P**T as * an N-by-N matrix. * * Arguments * ========= * * VECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the matrix Q or the matrix P**T is * required, as defined in the transformation applied by DGEBRD: * = 'Q': generate Q; * = 'P': generate P**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q or P**T to be returned. * M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q or P**T to be returned. * N >= 0. * If VECT = 'Q', M >= N >= min(M,K); * if VECT = 'P', N >= M >= min(N,K). * * K (input) INTEGER * If VECT = 'Q', the number of columns in the original M-by-K * matrix reduced by DGEBRD. * If VECT = 'P', the number of rows in the original K-by-N * matrix reduced by DGEBRD. * K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the vectors which define the elementary reflectors, * as returned by DGEBRD. * On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q or P**T. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (min(M,K)) if VECT = 'Q' * (min(N,K)) if VECT = 'P' * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i) or G(i), which determines Q or P**T, as * returned by DGEBRD in its array argument TAUQ or TAUP. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,min(M,N)). * For optimum performance LWORK >= min(M,N)*NB, where NB * is the optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.197. (dorghr n ilo ihi a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGHR generates a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the * product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by * DGEHRD: * * Q = H(ilo) H(ilo+1) . . . H(ihi-1). * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix Q. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * ILO and IHI must have the same values as in the previous call * of DGEHRD. Q is equal to the unit matrix except in the * submatrix Q(ilo+1:ihi,ilo+1:ihi). * 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0; ILO=1 and IHI=0, if N=0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the vectors which define the elementary reflectors, * as returned by DGEHRD. * On exit, the N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEHRD. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= IHI-ILO. * For optimum performance LWORK >= (IHI-ILO)*NB, where NB is * the optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.198. (dorgl2 m n k a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGL2 generates an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows, * which is defined as the first m rows of a product of k elementary * reflectors of order n * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) * * as returned by DGELQF. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q. N >= M. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the * matrix Q. M >= K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the i-th row must contain the vector which defines * the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned * by DGELQF in the first k rows of its array argument A. * On exit, the m-by-n matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGELQF. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.199. (dorglq m n k a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGLQ generates an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows, * which is defined as the first M rows of a product of K elementary * reflectors of order N * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) * * as returned by DGELQF. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q. N >= M. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the * matrix Q. M >= K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the i-th row must contain the vector which defines * the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned * by DGELQF in the first k rows of its array argument A. * On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGELQF. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= M*NB, where NB is * the optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.200. (dorgql m n k a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGQL generates an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns, * which is defined as the last N columns of a product of K elementary * reflectors of order M * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) * * as returned by DGEQLF. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q. M >= N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the * matrix Q. N >= K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the (n-k+i)-th column must contain the vector which * defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as * returned by DGEQLF in the last k columns of its array * argument A. * On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQLF. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB, where NB is the * optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.201. (dorgqr m n k a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGQR generates an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns, * which is defined as the first N columns of a product of K elementary * reflectors of order M * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DGEQRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q. M >= N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the * matrix Q. N >= K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the i-th column must contain the vector which * defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as * returned by DGEQRF in the first k columns of its array * argument A. * On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQRF. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB, where NB is the * optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.202. (dorgr2 m n k a lda tau work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGR2 generates an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows, * which is defined as the last m rows of a product of k elementary * reflectors of order n * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DGERQF. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q. N >= M. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the * matrix Q. M >= K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the (m-k+i)-th row must contain the vector which * defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as * returned by DGERQF in the last k rows of its array argument * A. * On exit, the m by n matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGERQF. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.203. (dorgrq m n k a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGRQ generates an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows, * which is defined as the last M rows of a product of K elementary * reflectors of order N * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DGERQF. * * Arguments * ========= * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix Q. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix Q. N >= M. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines the * matrix Q. M >= K >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the (m-k+i)-th row must contain the vector which * defines the elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as * returned by DGERQF in the last k rows of its array argument * A. * On exit, the M-by-N matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The first dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGERQF. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= M*NB, where NB is the * optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument has an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.204. (dorgtr uplo n a lda tau work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORGTR generates a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the * product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by * DSYTRD: * * if UPLO = 'U', Q = H(n-1) . . . H(2) H(1), * * if UPLO = 'L', Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n-1). * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A contains elementary reflectors * from DSYTRD; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A contains elementary reflectors * from DSYTRD. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix Q. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the vectors which define the elementary reflectors, * as returned by DSYTRD. * On exit, the N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DSYTRD. * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,N-1). * For optimum performance LWORK >= (N-1)*NB, where NB is * the optimal blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.205. (dorm2l side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORM2L overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with * * Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or * * Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or * * C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or * * C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T', * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) * * as returned by DGEQLF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q' from the Left * = 'R': apply Q or Q' from the Right * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': apply Q (No transpose) * = 'T': apply Q' (Transpose) * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,K) * The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DGEQLF in the last k columns of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. * If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,M); * if SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQLF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q'*C or C*Q' or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L', * (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.206. (dorm2r side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORM2R overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with * * Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or * * Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or * * C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or * * C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T', * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DGEQRF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q' from the Left * = 'R': apply Q or Q' from the Right * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': apply Q (No transpose) * = 'T': apply Q' (Transpose) * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,K) * The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DGEQRF in the first k columns of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. * If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,M); * if SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQRF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q'*C or C*Q' or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L', * (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.207. (dormbr vect side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * If VECT = 'Q', DORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C * with * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * If VECT = 'P', DORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C * with * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': P * C C * P * TRANS = 'T': P**T * C C * P**T * * Here Q and P**T are the orthogonal matrices determined by DGEBRD when * reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal form: A = Q * B * P**T. Q and * P**T are defined as products of elementary reflectors H(i) and G(i) * respectively. * * Let nq = m if SIDE = 'L' and nq = n if SIDE = 'R'. Thus nq is the * order of the orthogonal matrix Q or P**T that is applied. * * If VECT = 'Q', A is assumed to have been an NQ-by-K matrix: * if nq >= k, Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k); * if nq < k, Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nq-1). * * If VECT = 'P', A is assumed to have been a K-by-NQ matrix: * if k < nq, P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(k); * if k >= nq, P = G(1) G(2) . . . G(nq-1). * * Arguments * ========= * * VECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'Q': apply Q or Q**T; * = 'P': apply P or P**T. * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q, Q**T, P or P**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q, Q**T, P or P**T from the Right. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q or P; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T or P**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * If VECT = 'Q', the number of columns in the original * matrix reduced by DGEBRD. * If VECT = 'P', the number of rows in the original * matrix reduced by DGEBRD. * K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,min(nq,K)) if VECT = 'Q' * (LDA,nq) if VECT = 'P' * The vectors which define the elementary reflectors H(i) and * G(i), whose products determine the matrices Q and P, as * returned by DGEBRD. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. * If VECT = 'Q', LDA >= max(1,nq); * if VECT = 'P', LDA >= max(1,min(nq,K)). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (min(nq,K)) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i) or G(i) which determines Q or P, as returned * by DGEBRD in the array argument TAUQ or TAUP. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q * or P*C or P**T*C or C*P or C*P**T. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and * LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal * blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.208. (dormhr side trans m n ilo ihi a lda tau c ldc work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMHR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with * * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix of order nq, with nq = m if * SIDE = 'L' and nq = n if SIDE = 'R'. Q is defined as the product of * IHI-ILO elementary reflectors, as returned by DGEHRD: * * Q = H(ilo) H(ilo+1) . . . H(ihi-1). * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * ILO (input) INTEGER * IHI (input) INTEGER * ILO and IHI must have the same values as in the previous call * of DGEHRD. Q is equal to the unit matrix except in the * submatrix Q(ilo+1:ihi,ilo+1:ihi). * If SIDE = 'L', then 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= M, if M > 0, and * ILO = 1 and IHI = 0, if M = 0; * if SIDE = 'R', then 1 <= ILO <= IHI <= N, if N > 0, and * ILO = 1 and IHI = 0, if N = 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L' * (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R' * The vectors which define the elementary reflectors, as * returned by DGEHRD. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. * LDA >= max(1,M) if SIDE = 'L'; LDA >= max(1,N) if SIDE = 'R'. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (M-1) if SIDE = 'L' * (N-1) if SIDE = 'R' * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEHRD. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and * LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal * blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.209. (dorml2 side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORML2 overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with * * Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or * * Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or * * C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or * * C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T', * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) * * as returned by DGELQF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q' from the Left * = 'R': apply Q or Q' from the Right * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': apply Q (No transpose) * = 'T': apply Q' (Transpose) * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L', * (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R' * The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DGELQF in the first k rows of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGELQF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q'*C or C*Q' or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L', * (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.210. (dormlq side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMLQ overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with * * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) * * as returned by DGELQF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L', * (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R' * The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DGELQF in the first k rows of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGELQF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and * LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal * blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.211. (dormql side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMQL overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with * * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(k) . . . H(2) H(1) * * as returned by DGEQLF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,K) * The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DGEQLF in the last k columns of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. * If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,M); * if SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQLF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and * LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal * blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.212. (dormqr side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMQR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with * * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DGEQRF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,K) * The i-th column must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DGEQRF in the first k columns of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. * If SIDE = 'L', LDA >= max(1,M); * if SIDE = 'R', LDA >= max(1,N). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGEQRF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and * LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal * blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.213. (dormr2 side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMR2 overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with * * Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or * * Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or * * C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or * * C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T', * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DGERQF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q' from the Left * = 'R': apply Q or Q' from the Right * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': apply Q (No transpose) * = 'T': apply Q' (Transpose) * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L', * (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R' * The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DGERQF in the last k rows of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGERQF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the m by n matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q'*C or C*Q' or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L', * (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.214. (dormr3 side trans m n k l a lda tau c ldc work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMR3 overwrites the general real m by n matrix C with * * Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or * * Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or * * C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or * * C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T', * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DTZRZF. Q is of order m if SIDE = 'L' and of order n * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q' from the Left * = 'R': apply Q or Q' from the Right * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': apply Q (No transpose) * = 'T': apply Q' (Transpose) * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * L (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A containing * the meaningful part of the Householder reflectors. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= L >= 0, if SIDE = 'R', N >= L >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L', * (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R' * The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DTZRZF in the last k rows of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DTZRZF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the m-by-n matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q'*C or C*Q' or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N) if SIDE = 'L', * (M) if SIDE = 'R' * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.215. (dormrq side trans m n k a lda tau c ldc work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMRQ overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with * * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DGERQF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L', * (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R' * The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DGERQF in the last k rows of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DGERQF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and * LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal * blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.216. (dormrz side trans m n k l a lda tau c ldc work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMRZ overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with * * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix defined as the product of k * elementary reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(k) * * as returned by DTZRZF. Q is of order M if SIDE = 'L' and of order N * if SIDE = 'R'. * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * K (input) INTEGER * The number of elementary reflectors whose product defines * the matrix Q. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= K >= 0; * if SIDE = 'R', N >= K >= 0. * * L (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix A containing * the meaningful part of the Householder reflectors. * If SIDE = 'L', M >= L >= 0, if SIDE = 'R', N >= L >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L', * (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R' * The i-th row must contain the vector which defines the * elementary reflector H(i), for i = 1,2,...,k, as returned by * DTZRZF in the last k rows of its array argument A. * A is modified by the routine but restored on exit. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,K). * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K) * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DTZRZF. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**H*C or C*Q**H or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and * LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal * blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * A. Petitet, Computer Science Dept., Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.217. (dormtr side uplo trans m n a lda tau c ldc work lwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DORMTR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with * * SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' * TRANS = 'N': Q * C C * Q * TRANS = 'T': Q**T * C C * Q**T * * where Q is a real orthogonal matrix of order nq, with nq = m if * SIDE = 'L' and nq = n if SIDE = 'R'. Q is defined as the product of * nq-1 elementary reflectors, as returned by DSYTRD: * * if UPLO = 'U', Q = H(nq-1) . . . H(2) H(1); * * if UPLO = 'L', Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(nq-1). * * Arguments * ========= * * SIDE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'L': apply Q or Q**T from the Left; * = 'R': apply Q or Q**T from the Right. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A contains elementary reflectors * from DSYTRD; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A contains elementary reflectors * from DSYTRD. * * TRANS (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': No transpose, apply Q; * = 'T': Transpose, apply Q**T. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of rows of the matrix C. M >= 0. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of columns of the matrix C. N >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (LDA,M) if SIDE = 'L' * (LDA,N) if SIDE = 'R' * The vectors which define the elementary reflectors, as * returned by DSYTRD. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. * LDA >= max(1,M) if SIDE = 'L'; LDA >= max(1,N) if SIDE = 'R'. * * TAU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (M-1) if SIDE = 'L' * (N-1) if SIDE = 'R' * TAU(i) must contain the scalar factor of the elementary * reflector H(i), as returned by DSYTRD. * * C (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC,N) * On entry, the M-by-N matrix C. * On exit, C is overwritten by Q*C or Q**T*C or C*Q**T or C*Q. * * LDC (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array C. LDC >= max(1,M). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If SIDE = 'L', LWORK >= max(1,N); * if SIDE = 'R', LWORK >= max(1,M). * For optimum performance LWORK >= N*NB if SIDE = 'L', and * LWORK >= M*NB if SIDE = 'R', where NB is the optimal * blocksize. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.218. (dpbcon uplo n kd ab ldab anorm rcond work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number (in the * 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the * Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF. * * An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the * condition number is computed as RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))). * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangular factor stored in AB; * = 'L': Lower triangular factor stored in AB. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band matrix A, stored in the * first KD+1 rows of the array. The j-th column of U or L is * stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows: * if UPLO ='U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = U(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO ='L', AB(1+i-j,j) = L(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * ANORM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The 1-norm (or infinity-norm) of the symmetric band matrix A. * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A, * computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is an * estimate of the 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.219. (dpbequ uplo n kd ab ldab s scond amax info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBEQU computes row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a * symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition * number (with respect to the two-norm). S contains the scale factors, * S(i) = 1/sqrt(A(i,i)), chosen so that the scaled matrix B with * elements B(i,j) = S(i)*A(i,j)*S(j) has ones on the diagonal. This * choice of S puts the condition number of B within a factor N of the * smallest possible condition number over all possible diagonal * scalings. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangular of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangular of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band matrix A, * stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The j-th column * of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDAB >= KD+1. * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, S contains the scale factors for A. * * SCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If INFO = 0, S contains the ratio of the smallest S(i) to * the largest S(i). If SCOND >= 0.1 and AMAX is neither too * large nor too small, it is not worth scaling by S. * * AMAX (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix element. If AMAX is very * close to overflow or very close to underflow, the matrix * should be scaled. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, the i-th diagonal element is nonpositive. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.220. (dpbrfs uplo n kd nrhs ab ldab afb ldafb b ldb x ldx ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear * equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite * and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates * for the solution. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band matrix A, * stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The j-th column * of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * AFB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAFB,N) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band matrix A as computed by * DPBTRF, in the same storage format as A (see AB). * * LDAFB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AFB. LDAFB >= KD+1. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DPBTRS. * On exit, the improved solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.221. (dpbstf uplo n kd ab ldab info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBSTF computes a split Cholesky factorization of a real * symmetric positive definite band matrix A. * * This routine is designed to be used in conjunction with DSBGST. * * The factorization has the form A = S**T*S where S is a band matrix * of the same bandwidth as A and the following structure: * * S = ( U ) * ( M L ) * * where U is upper triangular of order m = (n+kd)/2, and L is lower * triangular of order n-m. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first kd+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor S from the split Cholesky * factorization A = S**T*S. See Further Details. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the factorization could not be completed, * because the updated element a(i,i) was negative; the * matrix A is not positive definite. * * Further Details * =============== * * The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when * N = 7, KD = 2: * * S = ( s11 s12 s13 ) * ( s22 s23 s24 ) * ( s33 s34 ) * ( s44 ) * ( s53 s54 s55 ) * ( s64 s65 s66 ) * ( s75 s76 s77 ) * * If UPLO = 'U', the array AB holds: * * on entry: on exit: * * * * a13 a24 a35 a46 a57 * * s13 s24 s53 s64 s75 * * a12 a23 a34 a45 a56 a67 * s12 s23 s34 s54 s65 s76 * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 a77 s11 s22 s33 s44 s55 s66 s77 * * If UPLO = 'L', the array AB holds: * * on entry: on exit: * * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 a77 s11 s22 s33 s44 s55 s66 s77 * a21 a32 a43 a54 a65 a76 * s12 s23 s34 s54 s65 s76 * * a31 a42 a53 a64 a64 * * s13 s24 s53 s64 s75 * * * * Array elements marked * are not used by the routine. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.222. (dpbsv uplo n kd nrhs ab ldab b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBSV computes the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite band matrix and X * and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * The Cholesky decomposition is used to factor A as * A = U**T * U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular band matrix, and L is a lower * triangular band matrix, with the same number of superdiagonals or * subdiagonals as A. The factored form of A is then used to solve the * system of equations A * X = B. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(KD+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-KD)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(N,j+KD). * See below for further details. * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the triangular factor U or L from the * Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band * matrix A, in the same storage format as A. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i of A is not * positive definite, so the factorization could not be * completed, and the solution has not been computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when * N = 6, KD = 2, and UPLO = 'U': * * On entry: On exit: * * * * a13 a24 a35 a46 * * u13 u24 u35 u46 * * a12 a23 a34 a45 a56 * u12 u23 u34 u45 u56 * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 u11 u22 u33 u44 u55 u66 * * Similarly, if UPLO = 'L' the format of A is as follows: * * On entry: On exit: * * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 l11 l22 l33 l44 l55 l66 * a21 a32 a43 a54 a65 * l21 l32 l43 l54 l65 * * a31 a42 a53 a64 * * l31 l42 l53 l64 * * * * Array elements marked * are not used by the routine. * * ===================================================================== * * .. External Functions .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.223. (dpbsvx fact uplo n kd nrhs ab ldab afb ldafb equed s b ldb x ldx rcond ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBSVX uses the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to * compute the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite band matrix and X * and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * Error bounds on the solution and a condition estimate are also * provided. * * Description * =========== * * The following steps are performed: * * 1. If FACT = 'E', real scaling factors are computed to equilibrate * the system: * diag(S) * A * diag(S) * inv(diag(S)) * X = diag(S) * B * Whether or not the system will be equilibrated depends on the * scaling of the matrix A, but if equilibration is used, A is * overwritten by diag(S)*A*diag(S) and B by diag(S)*B. * * 2. If FACT = 'N' or 'E', the Cholesky decomposition is used to * factor the matrix A (after equilibration if FACT = 'E') as * A = U**T * U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular band matrix, and L is a lower * triangular band matrix. * * 3. If the leading i-by-i principal minor is not positive definite, * then the routine returns with INFO = i. Otherwise, the factored * form of A is used to estimate the condition number of the matrix * A. If the reciprocal of the condition number is less than machine * precision, INFO = N+1 is returned as a warning, but the routine * still goes on to solve for X and compute error bounds as * described below. * * 4. The system of equations is solved for X using the factored form * of A. * * 5. Iterative refinement is applied to improve the computed solution * matrix and calculate error bounds and backward error estimates * for it. * * 6. If equilibration was used, the matrix X is premultiplied by * diag(S) so that it solves the original system before * equilibration. * * Arguments * ========= * * FACT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the factored form of the matrix A is * supplied on entry, and if not, whether the matrix A should be * equilibrated before it is factored. * = 'F': On entry, AFB contains the factored form of A. * If EQUED = 'Y', the matrix A has been equilibrated * with scaling factors given by S. AB and AFB will not * be modified. * = 'N': The matrix A will be copied to AFB and factored. * = 'E': The matrix A will be equilibrated if necessary, then * copied to AFB and factored. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right-hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array, except * if FACT = 'F' and EQUED = 'Y', then A must contain the * equilibrated matrix diag(S)*A*diag(S). The j-th column of A * is stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(KD+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-KD)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(N,j+KD). * See below for further details. * * On exit, if FACT = 'E' and EQUED = 'Y', A is overwritten by * diag(S)*A*diag(S). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDAB >= KD+1. * * AFB (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAFB,N) * If FACT = 'F', then AFB is an input argument and on entry * contains the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band matrix * A, in the same storage format as A (see AB). If EQUED = 'Y', * then AFB is the factored form of the equilibrated matrix A. * * If FACT = 'N', then AFB is an output argument and on exit * returns the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T. * * If FACT = 'E', then AFB is an output argument and on exit * returns the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the equilibrated * matrix A (see the description of A for the form of the * equilibrated matrix). * * LDAFB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AFB. LDAFB >= KD+1. * * EQUED (input or output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of equilibration that was done. * = 'N': No equilibration (always true if FACT = 'N'). * = 'Y': Equilibration was done, i.e., A has been replaced by * diag(S) * A * diag(S). * EQUED is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; otherwise, it is an * output argument. * * S (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The scale factors for A; not accessed if EQUED = 'N'. S is * an input argument if FACT = 'F'; otherwise, S is an output * argument. If FACT = 'F' and EQUED = 'Y', each element of S * must be positive. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if EQUED = 'N', B is not modified; if EQUED = 'Y', * B is overwritten by diag(S) * B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * If INFO = 0 or INFO = N+1, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X to * the original system of equations. Note that if EQUED = 'Y', * A and B are modified on exit, and the solution to the * equilibrated system is inv(diag(S))*X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The estimate of the reciprocal condition number of the matrix * A after equilibration (if done). If RCOND is less than the * machine precision (in particular, if RCOND = 0), the matrix * is singular to working precision. This condition is * indicated by a return code of INFO > 0. * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: the leading minor of order i of A is * not positive definite, so the factorization * could not be completed, and the solution has not * been computed. RCOND = 0 is returned. * = N+1: U is nonsingular, but RCOND is less than machine * precision, meaning that the matrix is singular * to working precision. Nevertheless, the * solution and error bounds are computed because * there are a number of situations where the * computed solution can be more accurate than the * value of RCOND would suggest. * * Further Details * =============== * * The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when * N = 6, KD = 2, and UPLO = 'U': * * Two-dimensional storage of the symmetric matrix A: * * a11 a12 a13 * a22 a23 a24 * a33 a34 a35 * a44 a45 a46 * a55 a56 * (aij=conjg(aji)) a66 * * Band storage of the upper triangle of A: * * * * a13 a24 a35 a46 * * a12 a23 a34 a45 a56 * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 * * Similarly, if UPLO = 'L' the format of A is as follows: * * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 * a21 a32 a43 a54 a65 * * a31 a42 a53 a64 * * * * Array elements marked * are not used by the routine. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.224. (dpbtf2 uplo n kd ab ldab info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBTF2 computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric * positive definite band matrix A. * * The factorization has the form * A = U' * U , if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L', if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix, U' is the transpose of U, and * L is lower triangular. * * This is the unblocked version of the algorithm, calling Level 2 BLAS. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is stored: * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of super-diagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of sub-diagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the triangular factor U or L from the * Cholesky factorization A = U'*U or A = L*L' of the band * matrix A, in the same storage format as A. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = k, the leading minor of order k is not * positive definite, and the factorization could not be * completed. * * Further Details * =============== * * The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when * N = 6, KD = 2, and UPLO = 'U': * * On entry: On exit: * * * * a13 a24 a35 a46 * * u13 u24 u35 u46 * * a12 a23 a34 a45 a56 * u12 u23 u34 u45 u56 * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 u11 u22 u33 u44 u55 u66 * * Similarly, if UPLO = 'L' the format of A is as follows: * * On entry: On exit: * * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 l11 l22 l33 l44 l55 l66 * a21 a32 a43 a54 a65 * l21 l32 l43 l54 l65 * * a31 a42 a53 a64 * * l31 l42 l53 l64 * * * * Array elements marked * are not used by the routine. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.225. (dpbtrf uplo n kd ab ldab info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBTRF computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric * positive definite band matrix A. * * The factorization has the form * A = U**T * U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the triangular factor U or L from the * Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band * matrix A, in the same storage format as A. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i is not * positive definite, and the factorization could not be * completed. * * Further Details * =============== * * The band storage scheme is illustrated by the following example, when * N = 6, KD = 2, and UPLO = 'U': * * On entry: On exit: * * * * a13 a24 a35 a46 * * u13 u24 u35 u46 * * a12 a23 a34 a45 a56 * u12 u23 u34 u45 u56 * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 u11 u22 u33 u44 u55 u66 * * Similarly, if UPLO = 'L' the format of A is as follows: * * On entry: On exit: * * a11 a22 a33 a44 a55 a66 l11 l22 l33 l44 l55 l66 * a21 a32 a43 a54 a65 * l21 l32 l43 l54 l65 * * a31 a42 a53 a64 * * l31 l42 l53 l64 * * * * Array elements marked * are not used by the routine. * * Contributed by * Peter Mayes and Giuseppe Radicati, IBM ECSEC, Rome, March 23, 1989 * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.226. (dpbtrs uplo n kd nrhs ab ldab b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPBTRS solves a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric * positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangular factor stored in AB; * = 'L': Lower triangular factor stored in AB. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * AB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the band matrix A, stored in the * first KD+1 rows of the array. The j-th column of U or L is * stored in the j-th column of the array AB as follows: * if UPLO ='U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = U(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO ='L', AB(1+i-j,j) = L(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side matrix B. * On exit, the solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.227. (dpocon uplo n a lda anorm rcond work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPOCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number (in the * 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the * Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF. * * An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the * condition number is computed as RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))). * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, as computed by DPOTRF. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * ANORM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The 1-norm (or infinity-norm) of the symmetric matrix A. * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A, * computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is an * estimate of the 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.228. (dpoequ n a lda s scond amax info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPOEQU computes row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a * symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number * (with respect to the two-norm). S contains the scale factors, * S(i) = 1/sqrt(A(i,i)), chosen so that the scaled matrix B with * elements B(i,j) = S(i)*A(i,j)*S(j) has ones on the diagonal. This * choice of S puts the condition number of B within a factor N of the * smallest possible condition number over all possible diagonal * scalings. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The N-by-N symmetric positive definite matrix whose scaling * factors are to be computed. Only the diagonal elements of A * are referenced. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, S contains the scale factors for A. * * SCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If INFO = 0, S contains the ratio of the smallest S(i) to * the largest S(i). If SCOND >= 0.1 and AMAX is neither too * large nor too small, it is not worth scaling by S. * * AMAX (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix element. If AMAX is very * close to overflow or very close to underflow, the matrix * should be scaled. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the i-th diagonal element is nonpositive. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.229. (dporfs uplo n nrhs a lda af ldaf b ldb x ldx ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPORFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear * equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite, * and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the * solution. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The symmetric matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading N-by-N * upper triangular part of A contains the upper triangular part * of the matrix A, and the strictly lower triangular part of A * is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the leading N-by-N lower * triangular part of A contains the lower triangular part of * the matrix A, and the strictly upper triangular part of A is * not referenced. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * AF (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAF,N) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, as computed by DPOTRF. * * LDAF (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AF. LDAF >= max(1,N). * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DPOTRS. * On exit, the improved solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.230. (dposv uplo n nrhs a lda b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPOSV computes the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite matrix and X and B * are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * The Cholesky decomposition is used to factor A as * A = U**T* U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is a lower triangular * matrix. The factored form of A is then used to solve the system of * equations A * X = B. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the symmetric matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading * N-by-N upper triangular part of A contains the upper * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower * triangular part of A is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the * leading N-by-N lower triangular part of A contains the lower * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper * triangular part of A is not referenced. * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i of A is not * positive definite, so the factorization could not be * completed, and the solution has not been computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. External Functions .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.231. (dposvx fact uplo n nrhs a lda af ldaf equed s b ldb x ldx rcond ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPOSVX uses the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to * compute the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite matrix and X and B * are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * Error bounds on the solution and a condition estimate are also * provided. * * Description * =========== * * The following steps are performed: * * 1. If FACT = 'E', real scaling factors are computed to equilibrate * the system: * diag(S) * A * diag(S) * inv(diag(S)) * X = diag(S) * B * Whether or not the system will be equilibrated depends on the * scaling of the matrix A, but if equilibration is used, A is * overwritten by diag(S)*A*diag(S) and B by diag(S)*B. * * 2. If FACT = 'N' or 'E', the Cholesky decomposition is used to * factor the matrix A (after equilibration if FACT = 'E') as * A = U**T* U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is a lower triangular * matrix. * * 3. If the leading i-by-i principal minor is not positive definite, * then the routine returns with INFO = i. Otherwise, the factored * form of A is used to estimate the condition number of the matrix * A. If the reciprocal of the condition number is less than machine * precision, INFO = N+1 is returned as a warning, but the routine * still goes on to solve for X and compute error bounds as * described below. * * 4. The system of equations is solved for X using the factored form * of A. * * 5. Iterative refinement is applied to improve the computed solution * matrix and calculate error bounds and backward error estimates * for it. * * 6. If equilibration was used, the matrix X is premultiplied by * diag(S) so that it solves the original system before * equilibration. * * Arguments * ========= * * FACT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the factored form of the matrix A is * supplied on entry, and if not, whether the matrix A should be * equilibrated before it is factored. * = 'F': On entry, AF contains the factored form of A. * If EQUED = 'Y', the matrix A has been equilibrated * with scaling factors given by S. A and AF will not * be modified. * = 'N': The matrix A will be copied to AF and factored. * = 'E': The matrix A will be equilibrated if necessary, then * copied to AF and factored. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the symmetric matrix A, except if FACT = 'F' and * EQUED = 'Y', then A must contain the equilibrated matrix * diag(S)*A*diag(S). If UPLO = 'U', the leading * N-by-N upper triangular part of A contains the upper * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower * triangular part of A is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the * leading N-by-N lower triangular part of A contains the lower * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper * triangular part of A is not referenced. A is not modified if * FACT = 'F' or 'N', or if FACT = 'E' and EQUED = 'N' on exit. * * On exit, if FACT = 'E' and EQUED = 'Y', A is overwritten by * diag(S)*A*diag(S). * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * AF (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAF,N) * If FACT = 'F', then AF is an input argument and on entry * contains the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, in the same storage * format as A. If EQUED .ne. 'N', then AF is the factored form * of the equilibrated matrix diag(S)*A*diag(S). * * If FACT = 'N', then AF is an output argument and on exit * returns the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the original * matrix A. * * If FACT = 'E', then AF is an output argument and on exit * returns the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T of the equilibrated * matrix A (see the description of A for the form of the * equilibrated matrix). * * LDAF (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AF. LDAF >= max(1,N). * * EQUED (input or output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of equilibration that was done. * = 'N': No equilibration (always true if FACT = 'N'). * = 'Y': Equilibration was done, i.e., A has been replaced by * diag(S) * A * diag(S). * EQUED is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; otherwise, it is an * output argument. * * S (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The scale factors for A; not accessed if EQUED = 'N'. S is * an input argument if FACT = 'F'; otherwise, S is an output * argument. If FACT = 'F' and EQUED = 'Y', each element of S * must be positive. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if EQUED = 'N', B is not modified; if EQUED = 'Y', * B is overwritten by diag(S) * B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * If INFO = 0 or INFO = N+1, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X to * the original system of equations. Note that if EQUED = 'Y', * A and B are modified on exit, and the solution to the * equilibrated system is inv(diag(S))*X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The estimate of the reciprocal condition number of the matrix * A after equilibration (if done). If RCOND is less than the * machine precision (in particular, if RCOND = 0), the matrix * is singular to working precision. This condition is * indicated by a return code of INFO > 0. * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: the leading minor of order i of A is * not positive definite, so the factorization * could not be completed, and the solution has not * been computed. RCOND = 0 is returned. * = N+1: U is nonsingular, but RCOND is less than machine * precision, meaning that the matrix is singular * to working precision. Nevertheless, the * solution and error bounds are computed because * there are a number of situations where the * computed solution can be more accurate than the * value of RCOND would suggest. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.232. (dpotf2 uplo n a lda info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPOTF2 computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric * positive definite matrix A. * * The factorization has the form * A = U' * U , if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L', if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular. * * This is the unblocked version of the algorithm, calling Level 2 BLAS. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the upper or lower triangular part of the * symmetric matrix A is stored. * = 'U': Upper triangular * = 'L': Lower triangular * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the symmetric matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading * n by n upper triangular part of A contains the upper * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower * triangular part of A is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the * leading n by n lower triangular part of A contains the lower * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper * triangular part of A is not referenced. * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U'*U or A = L*L'. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = k, the leading minor of order k is not * positive definite, and the factorization could not be * completed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.233. (dpotrf uplo n a lda info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPOTRF computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric * positive definite matrix A. * * The factorization has the form * A = U**T * U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular. * * This is the block version of the algorithm, calling Level 3 BLAS. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the symmetric matrix A. If UPLO = 'U', the leading * N-by-N upper triangular part of A contains the upper * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly lower * triangular part of A is not referenced. If UPLO = 'L', the * leading N-by-N lower triangular part of A contains the lower * triangular part of the matrix A, and the strictly upper * triangular part of A is not referenced. * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i is not * positive definite, and the factorization could not be * completed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.234. (dpotri uplo n a lda info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPOTRI computes the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite * matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T * computed by DPOTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * A (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * On entry, the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, as computed by * DPOTRF. * On exit, the upper or lower triangle of the (symmetric) * inverse of A, overwriting the input factor U or L. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the (i,i) element of the factor U or L is * zero, and the inverse could not be computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. External Functions .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.235. (dpotrs uplo n nrhs a lda b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPOTRS solves a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric * positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * A (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, as computed by DPOTRF. * * LDA (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,N). * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side matrix B. * On exit, the solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.236. (dppcon uplo n ap anorm rcond work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPPCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number (in the * 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using * the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by * DPPTRF. * * An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the * condition number is computed as RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))). * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, packed columnwise in a linear * array. The j-th column of U or L is stored in the array AP * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = U(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = L(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * ANORM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The 1-norm (or infinity-norm) of the symmetric matrix A. * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A, * computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is an * estimate of the 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.237. (dppequ uplo n ap s scond amax info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPPEQU computes row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a * symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce * its condition number (with respect to the two-norm). S contains the * scale factors, S(i)=1/sqrt(A(i,i)), chosen so that the scaled matrix * B with elements B(i,j)=S(i)*A(i,j)*S(j) has ones on the diagonal. * This choice of S puts the condition number of B within a factor N of * the smallest possible condition number over all possible diagonal * scalings. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix A, packed * columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored * in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * S (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, S contains the scale factors for A. * * SCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * If INFO = 0, S contains the ratio of the smallest S(i) to * the largest S(i). If SCOND >= 0.1 and AMAX is neither too * large nor too small, it is not worth scaling by S. * * AMAX (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * Absolute value of largest matrix element. If AMAX is very * close to overflow or very close to underflow, the matrix * should be scaled. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the i-th diagonal element is nonpositive. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.238. (dpprfs uplo n nrhs ap afp b ldb x ldx ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPPRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear * equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite * and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates * for the solution. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix A, packed * columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored * in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * AFP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, as computed by DPPTRF/ZPPTRF, * packed columnwise in a linear array in the same format as A * (see AP). * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DPPTRS. * On exit, the improved solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.239. (dppsv uplo n nrhs ap b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPPSV computes the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite matrix stored in * packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * The Cholesky decomposition is used to factor A as * A = U**T* U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is a lower triangular * matrix. The factored form of A is then used to solve the system of * equations A * X = B. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * See below for further details. * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, in the same storage * format as A. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i of A is not * positive definite, so the factorization could not be * completed, and the solution has not been computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * The packed storage scheme is illustrated by the following example * when N = 4, UPLO = 'U': * * Two-dimensional storage of the symmetric matrix A: * * a11 a12 a13 a14 * a22 a23 a24 * a33 a34 (aij = conjg(aji)) * a44 * * Packed storage of the upper triangle of A: * * AP = [ a11, a12, a22, a13, a23, a33, a14, a24, a34, a44 ] * * ===================================================================== * * .. External Functions .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.240. (dppsvx fact uplo n nrhs ap afp equed s b ldb x ldx rcond ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPPSVX uses the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to * compute the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite matrix stored in * packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * Error bounds on the solution and a condition estimate are also * provided. * * Description * =========== * * The following steps are performed: * * 1. If FACT = 'E', real scaling factors are computed to equilibrate * the system: * diag(S) * A * diag(S) * inv(diag(S)) * X = diag(S) * B * Whether or not the system will be equilibrated depends on the * scaling of the matrix A, but if equilibration is used, A is * overwritten by diag(S)*A*diag(S) and B by diag(S)*B. * * 2. If FACT = 'N' or 'E', the Cholesky decomposition is used to * factor the matrix A (after equilibration if FACT = 'E') as * A = U**T* U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is a lower triangular * matrix. * * 3. If the leading i-by-i principal minor is not positive definite, * then the routine returns with INFO = i. Otherwise, the factored * form of A is used to estimate the condition number of the matrix * A. If the reciprocal of the condition number is less than machine * precision, INFO = N+1 is returned as a warning, but the routine * still goes on to solve for X and compute error bounds as * described below. * * 4. The system of equations is solved for X using the factored form * of A. * * 5. Iterative refinement is applied to improve the computed solution * matrix and calculate error bounds and backward error estimates * for it. * * 6. If equilibration was used, the matrix X is premultiplied by * diag(S) so that it solves the original system before * equilibration. * * Arguments * ========= * * FACT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the factored form of the matrix A is * supplied on entry, and if not, whether the matrix A should be * equilibrated before it is factored. * = 'F': On entry, AFP contains the factored form of A. * If EQUED = 'Y', the matrix A has been equilibrated * with scaling factors given by S. AP and AFP will not * be modified. * = 'N': The matrix A will be copied to AFP and factored. * = 'E': The matrix A will be equilibrated if necessary, then * copied to AFP and factored. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array, except if FACT = 'F' * and EQUED = 'Y', then A must contain the equilibrated matrix * diag(S)*A*diag(S). The j-th column of A is stored in the * array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * See below for further details. A is not modified if * FACT = 'F' or 'N', or if FACT = 'E' and EQUED = 'N' on exit. * * On exit, if FACT = 'E' and EQUED = 'Y', A is overwritten by * diag(S)*A*diag(S). * * AFP (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N*(N+1)/2) * If FACT = 'F', then AFP is an input argument and on entry * contains the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U'*U or A = L*L', in the same storage * format as A. If EQUED .ne. 'N', then AFP is the factored * form of the equilibrated matrix A. * * If FACT = 'N', then AFP is an output argument and on exit * returns the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U'*U or A = L*L' of the original matrix A. * * If FACT = 'E', then AFP is an output argument and on exit * returns the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U'*U or A = L*L' of the equilibrated * matrix A (see the description of AP for the form of the * equilibrated matrix). * * EQUED (input or output) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies the form of equilibration that was done. * = 'N': No equilibration (always true if FACT = 'N'). * = 'Y': Equilibration was done, i.e., A has been replaced by * diag(S) * A * diag(S). * EQUED is an input argument if FACT = 'F'; otherwise, it is an * output argument. * * S (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The scale factors for A; not accessed if EQUED = 'N'. S is * an input argument if FACT = 'F'; otherwise, S is an output * argument. If FACT = 'F' and EQUED = 'Y', each element of S * must be positive. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if EQUED = 'N', B is not modified; if EQUED = 'Y', * B is overwritten by diag(S) * B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * If INFO = 0 or INFO = N+1, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X to * the original system of equations. Note that if EQUED = 'Y', * A and B are modified on exit, and the solution to the * equilibrated system is inv(diag(S))*X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The estimate of the reciprocal condition number of the matrix * A after equilibration (if done). If RCOND is less than the * machine precision (in particular, if RCOND = 0), the matrix * is singular to working precision. This condition is * indicated by a return code of INFO > 0. * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: the leading minor of order i of A is * not positive definite, so the factorization * could not be completed, and the solution has not * been computed. RCOND = 0 is returned. * = N+1: U is nonsingular, but RCOND is less than machine * precision, meaning that the matrix is singular * to working precision. Nevertheless, the * solution and error bounds are computed because * there are a number of situations where the * computed solution can be more accurate than the * value of RCOND would suggest. * * Further Details * =============== * * The packed storage scheme is illustrated by the following example * when N = 4, UPLO = 'U': * * Two-dimensional storage of the symmetric matrix A: * * a11 a12 a13 a14 * a22 a23 a24 * a33 a34 (aij = conjg(aji)) * a44 * * Packed storage of the upper triangle of A: * * AP = [ a11, a12, a22, a13, a23, a33, a14, a24, a34, a44 ] * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.241. (dpptrf uplo n ap info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPPTRF computes the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric * positive definite matrix A stored in packed format. * * The factorization has the form * A = U**T * U, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U is an upper triangular matrix and L is lower triangular. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * See below for further details. * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the triangular factor U or L from the * Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, in the same * storage format as A. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i is not * positive definite, and the factorization could not be * completed. * * Further Details * ======= ======= * * The packed storage scheme is illustrated by the following example * when N = 4, UPLO = 'U': * * Two-dimensional storage of the symmetric matrix A: * * a11 a12 a13 a14 * a22 a23 a24 * a33 a34 (aij = aji) * a44 * * Packed storage of the upper triangle of A: * * AP = [ a11, a12, a22, a13, a23, a33, a14, a24, a34, a44 ] * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.242. (dpptri uplo n ap info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPPTRI computes the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite * matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T * computed by DPPTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangular factor is stored in AP; * = 'L': Lower triangular factor is stored in AP. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, packed columnwise as * a linear array. The j-th column of U or L is stored in the * array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = U(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = L(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the upper or lower triangle of the (symmetric) * inverse of A, overwriting the input factor U or L. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the (i,i) element of the factor U or L is * zero, and the inverse could not be computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.243. (dpptrs uplo n nrhs ap b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPPTRS solves a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric * positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky * factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky factorization * A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T, packed columnwise in a linear * array. The j-th column of U or L is stored in the array AP * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = U(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = L(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side matrix B. * On exit, the solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.244. (dptcon n d e anorm rcond work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPTCON computes the reciprocal of the condition number (in the * 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix * using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by * DPTTRF. * * Norm(inv(A)) is computed by a direct method, and the reciprocal of * the condition number is computed as * RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))). * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D from the * factorization of A, as computed by DPTTRF. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) off-diagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal factor * U or L from the factorization of A, as computed by DPTTRF. * * ANORM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The 1-norm of the original matrix A. * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A, * computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is the * 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * The method used is described in Nicholas J. Higham, "Efficient * Algorithms for Computing the Condition Number of a Tridiagonal * Matrix", SIAM J. Sci. Stat. Comput., Vol. 7, No. 1, January 1986. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.245. (dpteqr compz n d e z ldz work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPTEQR computes all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a * symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the * matrix using DPTTRF, and then calling DBDSQR to compute the singular * values of the bidiagonal factor. * * This routine computes the eigenvalues of the positive definite * tridiagonal matrix to high relative accuracy. This means that if the * eigenvalues range over many orders of magnitude in size, then the * small eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors will be computed * more accurately than, for example, with the standard QR method. * * The eigenvectors of a full or band symmetric positive definite matrix * can also be found if DSYTRD, DSPTRD, or DSBTRD has been used to * reduce this matrix to tridiagonal form. (The reduction to tridiagonal * form, however, may preclude the possibility of obtaining high * relative accuracy in the small eigenvalues of the original matrix, if * these eigenvalues range over many orders of magnitude.) * * Arguments * ========= * * COMPZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only. * = 'V': Compute eigenvectors of original symmetric * matrix also. Array Z contains the orthogonal * matrix used to reduce the original matrix to * tridiagonal form. * = 'I': Compute eigenvectors of tridiagonal matrix also. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix. * On normal exit, D contains the eigenvalues, in descending * order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * Z (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * On entry, if COMPZ = 'V', the orthogonal matrix used in the * reduction to tridiagonal form. * On exit, if COMPZ = 'V', the orthonormal eigenvectors of the * original symmetric matrix; * if COMPZ = 'I', the orthonormal eigenvectors of the * tridiagonal matrix. * If INFO > 0 on exit, Z contains the eigenvectors associated * with only the stored eigenvalues. * If COMPZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * COMPZ = 'V' or 'I', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is: * <= N the Cholesky factorization of the matrix could * not be performed because the i-th principal minor * was not positive definite. * > N the SVD algorithm failed to converge; * if INFO = N+i, i off-diagonal elements of the * bidiagonal factor did not converge to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.246. (dptrfs n nrhs d e df ef b ldb x ldx ferr berr work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPTRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear * equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite * and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error * estimates for the solution. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix A. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix A. * * DF (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D from the * factorization computed by DPTTRF. * * EF (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal factor * L from the factorization computed by DPTTRF. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DPTTRS. * On exit, the improved solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.247. (dptsv n nrhs d e b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPTSV computes the solution to a real system of linear equations * A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal * matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * A is factored as A = L*D*L**T, and the factored form of A is then * used to solve the system of equations. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix * A. On exit, the n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix * D from the factorization A = L*D*L**T. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix A. On exit, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the * unit bidiagonal factor L from the L*D*L**T factorization of * A. (E can also be regarded as the superdiagonal of the unit * bidiagonal factor U from the U**T*D*U factorization of A.) * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the leading minor of order i is not * positive definite, and the solution has not been * computed. The factorization has not been completed * unless i = N. * * ===================================================================== * * .. External Subroutines .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.248. (dptsvx fact n nrhs d e df ef b ldb x ldx rcond ferr berr work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPTSVX uses the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution * to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N * symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are * N-by-NRHS matrices. * * Error bounds on the solution and a condition estimate are also * provided. * * Description * =========== * * The following steps are performed: * * 1. If FACT = 'N', the matrix A is factored as A = L*D*L**T, where L * is a unit lower bidiagonal matrix and D is diagonal. The * factorization can also be regarded as having the form * A = U**T*D*U. * * 2. If the leading i-by-i principal minor is not positive definite, * then the routine returns with INFO = i. Otherwise, the factored * form of A is used to estimate the condition number of the matrix * A. If the reciprocal of the condition number is less than machine * precision, INFO = N+1 is returned as a warning, but the routine * still goes on to solve for X and compute error bounds as * described below. * * 3. The system of equations is solved for X using the factored form * of A. * * 4. Iterative refinement is applied to improve the computed solution * matrix and calculate error bounds and backward error estimates * for it. * * Arguments * ========= * * FACT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the factored form of A has been * supplied on entry. * = 'F': On entry, DF and EF contain the factored form of A. * D, E, DF, and EF will not be modified. * = 'N': The matrix A will be copied to DF and EF and * factored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix A. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix A. * * DF (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If FACT = 'F', then DF is an input argument and on entry * contains the n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D * from the L*D*L**T factorization of A. * If FACT = 'N', then DF is an output argument and on exit * contains the n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D * from the L*D*L**T factorization of A. * * EF (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * If FACT = 'F', then EF is an input argument and on entry * contains the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit * bidiagonal factor L from the L*D*L**T factorization of A. * If FACT = 'N', then EF is an output argument and on exit * contains the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit * bidiagonal factor L from the L*D*L**T factorization of A. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * If INFO = 0 of INFO = N+1, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal condition number of the matrix A. If RCOND * is less than the machine precision (in particular, if * RCOND = 0), the matrix is singular to working precision. * This condition is indicated by a return code of INFO > 0. * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in any * element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: the leading minor of order i of A is * not positive definite, so the factorization * could not be completed, and the solution has not * been computed. RCOND = 0 is returned. * = N+1: U is nonsingular, but RCOND is less than machine * precision, meaning that the matrix is singular * to working precision. Nevertheless, the * solution and error bounds are computed because * there are a number of situations where the * computed solution can be more accurate than the * value of RCOND would suggest. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.249. (dpttrf n d e info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPTTRF computes the L*D*L' factorization of a real symmetric * positive definite tridiagonal matrix A. The factorization may also * be regarded as having the form A = U'*D*U. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix * A. On exit, the n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix * D from the L*D*L' factorization of A. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix A. On exit, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the * unit bidiagonal factor L from the L*D*L' factorization of A. * E can also be regarded as the superdiagonal of the unit * bidiagonal factor U from the U'*D*U factorization of A. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = k, the leading minor of order k is not * positive definite; if k < N, the factorization could not * be completed, while if k = N, the factorization was * completed, but D(N) = 0. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.250. (dpttrs n nrhs d e b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPTTRS solves a tridiagonal system of the form * A * X = B * using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by DPTTRF. D is a * diagonal matrix specified in the vector D, L is a unit bidiagonal * matrix whose subdiagonal is specified in the vector E, and X and B * are N by NRHS matrices. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the tridiagonal matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D from the * L*D*L' factorization of A. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal factor * L from the L*D*L' factorization of A. E can also be regarded * as the superdiagonal of the unit bidiagonal factor U from the * factorization A = U'*D*U. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side vectors B for the system of * linear equations. * On exit, the solution vectors, X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.251. (dptts2 n nrhs d e b ldb ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DPTTS2 solves a tridiagonal system of the form * A * X = B * using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by DPTTRF. D is a * diagonal matrix specified in the vector D, L is a unit bidiagonal * matrix whose subdiagonal is specified in the vector E, and X and B * are N by NRHS matrices. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the tridiagonal matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D from the * L*D*L' factorization of A. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal factor * L from the L*D*L' factorization of A. E can also be regarded * as the superdiagonal of the unit bidiagonal factor U from the * factorization A = U'*D*U. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side vectors B for the system of * linear equations. * On exit, the solution vectors, X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.252. (drscl n sa sx incx ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DRSCL multiplies an n-element real vector x by the real scalar 1/a. * This is done without overflow or underflow as long as * the final result x/a does not overflow or underflow. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of components of the vector x. * * SA (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The scalar a which is used to divide each component of x. * SA must be >= 0, or the subroutine will divide by zero. * * SX (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (1+(N-1)*abs(INCX)) * The n-element vector x. * * INCX (input) INTEGER * The increment between successive values of the vector SX. * > 0: SX(1) = X(1) and SX(1+(i-1)*INCX) = x(i), 1< i<= n * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.253. (dsbevd jobz uplo n kd ab ldab w z ldz work lwork iwork liwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSBEVD computes all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of * a real symmetric band matrix A. If eigenvectors are desired, it uses * a divide and conquer algorithm. * * The divide and conquer algorithm makes very mild assumptions about * floating point arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard * digit in add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard * digits which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or * Cray-2. It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * On exit, AB is overwritten by values generated during the * reduction to tridiagonal form. If UPLO = 'U', the first * superdiagonal and the diagonal of the tridiagonal matrix T * are returned in rows KD and KD+1 of AB, and if UPLO = 'L', * the diagonal and first subdiagonal of T are returned in the * first two rows of AB. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD + 1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the orthonormal * eigenvectors of the matrix A, with the i-th column of Z * holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * IF N <= 1, LWORK must be at least 1. * If JOBZ = 'N' and N > 2, LWORK must be at least 2*N. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 2, LWORK must be at least * ( 1 + 5*N + 2*N**2 ). * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array LIWORK. * If JOBZ = 'N' or N <= 1, LIWORK must be at least 1. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 2, LIWORK must be at least 3 + 5*N. * * If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the * routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array, * returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and * no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the algorithm failed to converge; i * off-diagonal elements of an intermediate tridiagonal * form did not converge to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.254. (dsbev jobz uplo n kd ab ldab w z ldz work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSBEV computes all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of * a real symmetric band matrix A. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * On exit, AB is overwritten by values generated during the * reduction to tridiagonal form. If UPLO = 'U', the first * superdiagonal and the diagonal of the tridiagonal matrix T * are returned in rows KD and KD+1 of AB, and if UPLO = 'L', * the diagonal and first subdiagonal of T are returned in the * first two rows of AB. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD + 1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the orthonormal * eigenvectors of the matrix A, with the i-th column of Z * holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (max(1,3*N-2)) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the algorithm failed to converge; i * off-diagonal elements of an intermediate tridiagonal * form did not converge to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.255. (dsbevx jobz range uplo n kd ab ldab q ldq vl vu il iu abstol m w z ldz work iwork ifail info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSBEVX computes selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors * of a real symmetric band matrix A. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors can * be selected by specifying either a range of values or a range of * indices for the desired eigenvalues. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * RANGE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'A': all eigenvalues will be found; * = 'V': all eigenvalues in the half-open interval (VL,VU] * will be found; * = 'I': the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues will be found. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * * On exit, AB is overwritten by values generated during the * reduction to tridiagonal form. If UPLO = 'U', the first * superdiagonal and the diagonal of the tridiagonal matrix T * are returned in rows KD and KD+1 of AB, and if UPLO = 'L', * the diagonal and first subdiagonal of T are returned in the * first two rows of AB. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD + 1. * * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', the N-by-N orthogonal matrix used in the * reduction to tridiagonal form. * If JOBZ = 'N', the array Q is not referenced. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. If JOBZ = 'V', then * LDQ >= max(1,N). * * VL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * VU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If RANGE='V', the lower and upper bounds of the interval to * be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'. * * IL (input) INTEGER * IU (input) INTEGER * If RANGE='I', the indices (in ascending order) of the * smallest and largest eigenvalues to be returned. * 1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'. * * ABSTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The absolute error tolerance for the eigenvalues. * An approximate eigenvalue is accepted as converged * when it is determined to lie in an interval [a,b] * of width less than or equal to * * ABSTOL + EPS * max( |a|,|b| ) , * * where EPS is the machine precision. If ABSTOL is less than * or equal to zero, then EPS*|T| will be used in its place, * where |T| is the 1-norm of the tridiagonal matrix obtained * by reducing AB to tridiagonal form. * * Eigenvalues will be computed most accurately when ABSTOL is * set to twice the underflow threshold 2*DLAMCH('S'), not zero. * If this routine returns with INFO>0, indicating that some * eigenvectors did not converge, try setting ABSTOL to * 2*DLAMCH('S'). * * See "Computing Small Singular Values of Bidiagonal Matrices * with Guaranteed High Relative Accuracy," by Demmel and * Kahan, LAPACK Working Note #3. * * M (output) INTEGER * The total number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N. * If RANGE = 'A', M = N, and if RANGE = 'I', M = IU-IL+1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The first M elements contain the selected eigenvalues in * ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, max(1,M)) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M columns of Z * contain the orthonormal eigenvectors of the matrix A * corresponding to the selected eigenvalues, with the i-th * column of Z holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * If an eigenvector fails to converge, then that column of Z * contains the latest approximation to the eigenvector, and the * index of the eigenvector is returned in IFAIL. * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * Note: the user must ensure that at least max(1,M) columns are * supplied in the array Z; if RANGE = 'V', the exact value of M * is not known in advance and an upper bound must be used. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (7*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (5*N) * * IFAIL (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M elements of * IFAIL are zero. If INFO > 0, then IFAIL contains the * indices of the eigenvectors that failed to converge. * If JOBZ = 'N', then IFAIL is not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, then i eigenvectors failed to converge. * Their indices are stored in array IFAIL. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.256. (dsbgst vect uplo n ka kb ab ldab bb ldbb x ldx work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSBGST reduces a real symmetric-definite banded generalized * eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y, * such that C has the same bandwidth as A. * * B must have been previously factorized as S**T*S by DPBSTF, using a * split Cholesky factorization. A is overwritten by C = X**T*A*X, where * X = S**(-1)*Q and Q is an orthogonal matrix chosen to preserve the * bandwidth of A. * * Arguments * ========= * * VECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not form the transformation matrix X; * = 'V': form X. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * KA (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KA >= 0. * * KB (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix B if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KA >= KB >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first ka+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(ka+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ka)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+ka). * * On exit, the transformed matrix X**T*A*X, stored in the same * format as A. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KA+1. * * BB (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDBB,N) * The banded factor S from the split Cholesky factorization of * B, as returned by DPBSTF, stored in the first KB+1 rows of * the array. * * LDBB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array BB. LDBB >= KB+1. * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,N) * If VECT = 'V', the n-by-n matrix X. * If VECT = 'N', the array X is not referenced. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. * LDX >= max(1,N) if VECT = 'V'; LDX >= 1 otherwise. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.257. (dsbgvd jobz uplo n ka kb ab ldab bb ldbb w z ldz work lwork iwork liwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSBGVD computes all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors * of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the * form A*x=(lambda)*B*x. Here A and B are assumed to be symmetric and * banded, and B is also positive definite. If eigenvectors are * desired, it uses a divide and conquer algorithm. * * The divide and conquer algorithm makes very mild assumptions about * floating point arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard * digit in add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard * digits which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or * Cray-2. It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangles of A and B are stored; * = 'L': Lower triangles of A and B are stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * KA (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KA >= 0. * * KB (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix B if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KB >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first ka+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(ka+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ka)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+ka). * * On exit, the contents of AB are destroyed. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KA+1. * * BB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDBB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix B, stored in the first kb+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of B is stored in the j-th column of the array BB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', BB(ka+1+i-j,j) = B(i,j) for max(1,j-kb)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', BB(1+i-j,j) = B(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kb). * * On exit, the factor S from the split Cholesky factorization * B = S**T*S, as returned by DPBSTF. * * LDBB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array BB. LDBB >= KB+1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the matrix Z of * eigenvectors, with the i-th column of Z holding the * eigenvector associated with W(i). The eigenvectors are * normalized so Z**T*B*Z = I. * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If N <= 1, LWORK >= 1. * If JOBZ = 'N' and N > 1, LWORK >= 3*N. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 1, LWORK >= 1 + 5*N + 2*N**2. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * On exit, if LIWORK > 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array IWORK. * If JOBZ = 'N' or N <= 1, LIWORK >= 1. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 1, LIWORK >= 3 + 5*N. * * If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the * routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array, * returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and * no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is: * <= N: the algorithm failed to converge: * i off-diagonal elements of an intermediate * tridiagonal form did not converge to zero; * > N: if INFO = N + i, for 1 <= i <= N, then DPBSTF * returned INFO = i: B is not positive definite. * The factorization of B could not be completed and * no eigenvalues or eigenvectors were computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Mark Fahey, Department of Mathematics, Univ. of Kentucky, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.258. (dsbgv jobz uplo n ka kb ab ldab bb ldbb w z ldz work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSBGV computes all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors * of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of * the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x. Here A and B are assumed to be symmetric * and banded, and B is also positive definite. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangles of A and B are stored; * = 'L': Lower triangles of A and B are stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * KA (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KA >= 0. * * KB (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix B if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KB >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first ka+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(ka+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ka)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+ka). * * On exit, the contents of AB are destroyed. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KA+1. * * BB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDBB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix B, stored in the first kb+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of B is stored in the j-th column of the array BB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', BB(kb+1+i-j,j) = B(i,j) for max(1,j-kb)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', BB(1+i-j,j) = B(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kb). * * On exit, the factor S from the split Cholesky factorization * B = S**T*S, as returned by DPBSTF. * * LDBB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array BB. LDBB >= KB+1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the matrix Z of * eigenvectors, with the i-th column of Z holding the * eigenvector associated with W(i). The eigenvectors are * normalized so that Z**T*B*Z = I. * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= N. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is: * <= N: the algorithm failed to converge: * i off-diagonal elements of an intermediate * tridiagonal form did not converge to zero; * > N: if INFO = N + i, for 1 <= i <= N, then DPBSTF * returned INFO = i: B is not positive definite. * The factorization of B could not be completed and * no eigenvalues or eigenvectors were computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.259. (dsbgvx jobz range uplo n ka kb ab ldab bb ldbb q ldq vl vu il iu abstol m w z ldz work iwork ifail info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSBGVX computes selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors * of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of * the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x. Here A and B are assumed to be symmetric * and banded, and B is also positive definite. Eigenvalues and * eigenvectors can be selected by specifying either all eigenvalues, * a range of values or a range of indices for the desired eigenvalues. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * RANGE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'A': all eigenvalues will be found. * = 'V': all eigenvalues in the half-open interval (VL,VU] * will be found. * = 'I': the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues will be found. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangles of A and B are stored; * = 'L': Lower triangles of A and B are stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * KA (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KA >= 0. * * KB (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix B if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KB >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first ka+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(ka+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-ka)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+ka). * * On exit, the contents of AB are destroyed. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KA+1. * * BB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDBB, N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix B, stored in the first kb+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of B is stored in the j-th column of the array BB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', BB(ka+1+i-j,j) = B(i,j) for max(1,j-kb)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', BB(1+i-j,j) = B(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kb). * * On exit, the factor S from the split Cholesky factorization * B = S**T*S, as returned by DPBSTF. * * LDBB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array BB. LDBB >= KB+1. * * Q (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', the n-by-n matrix used in the reduction of * A*x = (lambda)*B*x to standard form, i.e. C*x = (lambda)*x, * and consequently C to tridiagonal form. * If JOBZ = 'N', the array Q is not referenced. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. If JOBZ = 'N', * LDQ >= 1. If JOBZ = 'V', LDQ >= max(1,N). * * VL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * VU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If RANGE='V', the lower and upper bounds of the interval to * be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'. * * IL (input) INTEGER * IU (input) INTEGER * If RANGE='I', the indices (in ascending order) of the * smallest and largest eigenvalues to be returned. * 1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'. * * ABSTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The absolute error tolerance for the eigenvalues. * An approximate eigenvalue is accepted as converged * when it is determined to lie in an interval [a,b] * of width less than or equal to * * ABSTOL + EPS * max( |a|,|b| ) , * * where EPS is the machine precision. If ABSTOL is less than * or equal to zero, then EPS*|T| will be used in its place, * where |T| is the 1-norm of the tridiagonal matrix obtained * by reducing A to tridiagonal form. * * Eigenvalues will be computed most accurately when ABSTOL is * set to twice the underflow threshold 2*DLAMCH('S'), not zero. * If this routine returns with INFO>0, indicating that some * eigenvectors did not converge, try setting ABSTOL to * 2*DLAMCH('S'). * * M (output) INTEGER * The total number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N. * If RANGE = 'A', M = N, and if RANGE = 'I', M = IU-IL+1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the matrix Z of * eigenvectors, with the i-th column of Z holding the * eigenvector associated with W(i). The eigenvectors are * normalized so Z**T*B*Z = I. * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (7N) * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (5N) * * IFAIL (input) INTEGER array, dimension (M) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M elements of * IFAIL are zero. If INFO > 0, then IFAIL contains the * indices of the eigenvalues that failed to converge. * If JOBZ = 'N', then IFAIL is not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0 : successful exit * < 0 : if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * <= N: if INFO = i, then i eigenvectors failed to converge. * Their indices are stored in IFAIL. * > N : DPBSTF returned an error code; i.e., * if INFO = N + i, for 1 <= i <= N, then the leading * minor of order i of B is not positive definite. * The factorization of B could not be completed and * no eigenvalues or eigenvectors were computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Mark Fahey, Department of Mathematics, Univ. of Kentucky, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.260. (dsbtrd vect uplo n kd ab ldab d e q ldq work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSBTRD reduces a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric * tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation: * Q**T * A * Q = T. * * Arguments * ========= * * VECT (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': do not form Q; * = 'V': form Q; * = 'U': update a matrix X, by forming X*Q. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * KD (input) INTEGER * The number of superdiagonals of the matrix A if UPLO = 'U', * or the number of subdiagonals if UPLO = 'L'. KD >= 0. * * AB (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDAB,N) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric band * matrix A, stored in the first KD+1 rows of the array. The * j-th column of A is stored in the j-th column of the array AB * as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AB(kd+1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for max(1,j-kd)<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AB(1+i-j,j) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=min(n,j+kd). * On exit, the diagonal elements of AB are overwritten by the * diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T; if KD > 0, the * elements on the first superdiagonal (if UPLO = 'U') or the * first subdiagonal (if UPLO = 'L') are overwritten by the * off-diagonal elements of T; the rest of AB is overwritten by * values generated during the reduction. * * LDAB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array AB. LDAB >= KD+1. * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T. * * E (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T: * E(i) = T(i,i+1) if UPLO = 'U'; E(i) = T(i+1,i) if UPLO = 'L'. * * Q (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDQ,N) * On entry, if VECT = 'U', then Q must contain an N-by-N * matrix X; if VECT = 'N' or 'V', then Q need not be set. * * On exit: * if VECT = 'V', Q contains the N-by-N orthogonal matrix Q; * if VECT = 'U', Q contains the product X*Q; * if VECT = 'N', the array Q is not referenced. * * LDQ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Q. * LDQ >= 1, and LDQ >= N if VECT = 'V' or 'U'. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * Modified by Linda Kaufman, Bell Labs. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.261. (dsecnd <> ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSECND returns the user time for a process in seconds. * This version gets the time from the system function ETIME. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.262. (dspcon uplo n ap ipiv anorm rcond work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPCON estimates the reciprocal of the condition number (in the * 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization * A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF. * * An estimate is obtained for norm(inv(A)), and the reciprocal of the * condition number is computed as RCOND = 1 / (ANORM * norm(inv(A))). * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the details of the factorization are stored * as an upper or lower triangular matrix. * = 'U': Upper triangular, form is A = U*D*U**T; * = 'L': Lower triangular, form is A = L*D*L**T. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used to * obtain the factor U or L as computed by DSPTRF, stored as a * packed triangular matrix. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D * as determined by DSPTRF. * * ANORM (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The 1-norm of the original matrix A. * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The reciprocal of the condition number of the matrix A, * computed as RCOND = 1/(ANORM * AINVNM), where AINVNM is an * estimate of the 1-norm of inv(A) computed in this routine. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.263. (dspevd jobz uplo n ap w z ldz work lwork iwork liwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPEVD computes all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors * of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage. If eigenvectors are * desired, it uses a divide and conquer algorithm. * * The divide and conquer algorithm makes very mild assumptions about * floating point arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard * digit in add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard * digits which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or * Cray-2. It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, AP is overwritten by values generated during the * reduction to tridiagonal form. If UPLO = 'U', the diagonal * and first superdiagonal of the tridiagonal matrix T overwrite * the corresponding elements of A, and if UPLO = 'L', the * diagonal and first subdiagonal of T overwrite the * corresponding elements of A. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the orthonormal * eigenvectors of the matrix A, with the i-th column of Z * holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If N <= 1, LWORK must be at least 1. * If JOBZ = 'N' and N > 1, LWORK must be at least 2*N. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 1, LWORK must be at least * 1 + 6*N + N**2. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array IWORK. * If JOBZ = 'N' or N <= 1, LIWORK must be at least 1. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 1, LIWORK must be at least 3 + 5*N. * * If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the * routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array, * returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and * no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, the algorithm failed to converge; i * off-diagonal elements of an intermediate tridiagonal * form did not converge to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.264. (dspev jobz uplo n ap w z ldz work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPEV computes all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a * real symmetric matrix A in packed storage. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, AP is overwritten by values generated during the * reduction to tridiagonal form. If UPLO = 'U', the diagonal * and first superdiagonal of the tridiagonal matrix T overwrite * the corresponding elements of A, and if UPLO = 'L', the * diagonal and first subdiagonal of T overwrite the * corresponding elements of A. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the orthonormal * eigenvectors of the matrix A, with the i-th column of Z * holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: if INFO = i, the algorithm failed to converge; i * off-diagonal elements of an intermediate tridiagonal * form did not converge to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.265. (dspevx jobz range uplo n ap vl vu il iu abstol m w z ldz work iwork ifail info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPEVX computes selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors * of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage. Eigenvalues/vectors * can be selected by specifying either a range of values or a range of * indices for the desired eigenvalues. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * RANGE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'A': all eigenvalues will be found; * = 'V': all eigenvalues in the half-open interval (VL,VU] * will be found; * = 'I': the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues will be found. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, AP is overwritten by values generated during the * reduction to tridiagonal form. If UPLO = 'U', the diagonal * and first superdiagonal of the tridiagonal matrix T overwrite * the corresponding elements of A, and if UPLO = 'L', the * diagonal and first subdiagonal of T overwrite the * corresponding elements of A. * * VL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * VU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If RANGE='V', the lower and upper bounds of the interval to * be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'. * * IL (input) INTEGER * IU (input) INTEGER * If RANGE='I', the indices (in ascending order) of the * smallest and largest eigenvalues to be returned. * 1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'. * * ABSTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The absolute error tolerance for the eigenvalues. * An approximate eigenvalue is accepted as converged * when it is determined to lie in an interval [a,b] * of width less than or equal to * * ABSTOL + EPS * max( |a|,|b| ) , * * where EPS is the machine precision. If ABSTOL is less than * or equal to zero, then EPS*|T| will be used in its place, * where |T| is the 1-norm of the tridiagonal matrix obtained * by reducing AP to tridiagonal form. * * Eigenvalues will be computed most accurately when ABSTOL is * set to twice the underflow threshold 2*DLAMCH('S'), not zero. * If this routine returns with INFO>0, indicating that some * eigenvectors did not converge, try setting ABSTOL to * 2*DLAMCH('S'). * * See "Computing Small Singular Values of Bidiagonal Matrices * with Guaranteed High Relative Accuracy," by Demmel and * Kahan, LAPACK Working Note #3. * * M (output) INTEGER * The total number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N. * If RANGE = 'A', M = N, and if RANGE = 'I', M = IU-IL+1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the selected eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, max(1,M)) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M columns of Z * contain the orthonormal eigenvectors of the matrix A * corresponding to the selected eigenvalues, with the i-th * column of Z holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * If an eigenvector fails to converge, then that column of Z * contains the latest approximation to the eigenvector, and the * index of the eigenvector is returned in IFAIL. * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * Note: the user must ensure that at least max(1,M) columns are * supplied in the array Z; if RANGE = 'V', the exact value of M * is not known in advance and an upper bound must be used. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (8*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (5*N) * * IFAIL (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M elements of * IFAIL are zero. If INFO > 0, then IFAIL contains the * indices of the eigenvectors that failed to converge. * If JOBZ = 'N', then IFAIL is not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, then i eigenvectors failed to converge. * Their indices are stored in array IFAIL. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.266. (dspgst itype uplo n ap bp info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPGST reduces a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem * to standard form, using packed storage. * * If ITYPE = 1, the problem is A*x = lambda*B*x, * and A is overwritten by inv(U**T)*A*inv(U) or inv(L)*A*inv(L**T) * * If ITYPE = 2 or 3, the problem is A*B*x = lambda*x or * B*A*x = lambda*x, and A is overwritten by U*A*U**T or L**T*A*L. * * B must have been previously factorized as U**T*U or L*L**T by DPPTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * ITYPE (input) INTEGER * = 1: compute inv(U**T)*A*inv(U) or inv(L)*A*inv(L**T); * = 2 or 3: compute U*A*U**T or L**T*A*L. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored and B is factored as * U**T*U; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored and B is factored as * L*L**T. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the transformed matrix, stored in the * same format as A. * * BP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The triangular factor from the Cholesky factorization of B, * stored in the same format as A, as returned by DPPTRF. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.267. (dspgvd itype jobz uplo n ap bp w z ldz work lwork iwork liwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPGVD computes all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors * of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form * A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x. Here A and * B are assumed to be symmetric, stored in packed format, and B is also * positive definite. * If eigenvectors are desired, it uses a divide and conquer algorithm. * * The divide and conquer algorithm makes very mild assumptions about * floating point arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard * digit in add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard * digits which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or * Cray-2. It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * ITYPE (input) INTEGER * Specifies the problem type to be solved: * = 1: A*x = (lambda)*B*x * = 2: A*B*x = (lambda)*x * = 3: B*A*x = (lambda)*x * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangles of A and B are stored; * = 'L': Lower triangles of A and B are stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the contents of AP are destroyed. * * BP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * B, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of B * is stored in the array BP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', BP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = B(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', BP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = B(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization B = U**T*U or B = L*L**T, in the same storage * format as B. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the matrix Z of * eigenvectors. The eigenvectors are normalized as follows: * if ITYPE = 1 or 2, Z**T*B*Z = I; * if ITYPE = 3, Z**T*inv(B)*Z = I. * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If N <= 1, LWORK >= 1. * If JOBZ = 'N' and N > 1, LWORK >= 2*N. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 1, LWORK >= 1 + 6*N + 2*N**2. * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array IWORK. * If JOBZ = 'N' or N <= 1, LIWORK >= 1. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 1, LIWORK >= 3 + 5*N. * * If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the * routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array, * returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and * no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: DPPTRF or DSPEVD returned an error code: * <= N: if INFO = i, DSPEVD failed to converge; * i off-diagonal elements of an intermediate * tridiagonal form did not converge to zero; * > N: if INFO = N + i, for 1 <= i <= N, then the leading * minor of order i of B is not positive definite. * The factorization of B could not be completed and * no eigenvalues or eigenvectors were computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Mark Fahey, Department of Mathematics, Univ. of Kentucky, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.268. (dspgv itype jobz uplo n ap bp w z ldz work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPGV computes all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors * of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form * A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x. * Here A and B are assumed to be symmetric, stored in packed format, * and B is also positive definite. * * Arguments * ========= * * ITYPE (input) INTEGER * Specifies the problem type to be solved: * = 1: A*x = (lambda)*B*x * = 2: A*B*x = (lambda)*x * = 3: B*A*x = (lambda)*x * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangles of A and B are stored; * = 'L': Lower triangles of A and B are stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrices A and B. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the contents of AP are destroyed. * * BP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * B, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of B * is stored in the array BP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', BP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = B(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', BP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = B(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization B = U**T*U or B = L*L**T, in the same storage * format as B. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * If INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the matrix Z of * eigenvectors. The eigenvectors are normalized as follows: * if ITYPE = 1 or 2, Z**T*B*Z = I; * if ITYPE = 3, Z**T*inv(B)*Z = I. * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: DPPTRF or DSPEV returned an error code: * <= N: if INFO = i, DSPEV failed to converge; * i off-diagonal elements of an intermediate * tridiagonal form did not converge to zero. * > N: if INFO = n + i, for 1 <= i <= n, then the leading * minor of order i of B is not positive definite. * The factorization of B could not be completed and * no eigenvalues or eigenvectors were computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.269. (dspgvx itype jobz range uplo n ap bp vl vu il iu abstol m w z ldz work iwork ifail info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPGVX computes selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors * of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form * A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x. Here A * and B are assumed to be symmetric, stored in packed storage, and B * is also positive definite. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors can be * selected by specifying either a range of values or a range of indices * for the desired eigenvalues. * * Arguments * ========= * * ITYPE (input) INTEGER * Specifies the problem type to be solved: * = 1: A*x = (lambda)*B*x * = 2: A*B*x = (lambda)*x * = 3: B*A*x = (lambda)*x * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * RANGE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'A': all eigenvalues will be found. * = 'V': all eigenvalues in the half-open interval (VL,VU] * will be found. * = 'I': the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues will be found. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A and B are stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A and B are stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix pencil (A,B). N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the contents of AP are destroyed. * * BP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * B, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of B * is stored in the array BP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', BP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = B(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', BP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = B(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the triangular factor U or L from the Cholesky * factorization B = U**T*U or B = L*L**T, in the same storage * format as B. * * VL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * VU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If RANGE='V', the lower and upper bounds of the interval to * be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'. * * IL (input) INTEGER * IU (input) INTEGER * If RANGE='I', the indices (in ascending order) of the * smallest and largest eigenvalues to be returned. * 1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'. * * ABSTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The absolute error tolerance for the eigenvalues. * An approximate eigenvalue is accepted as converged * when it is determined to lie in an interval [a,b] * of width less than or equal to * * ABSTOL + EPS * max( |a|,|b| ) , * * where EPS is the machine precision. If ABSTOL is less than * or equal to zero, then EPS*|T| will be used in its place, * where |T| is the 1-norm of the tridiagonal matrix obtained * by reducing A to tridiagonal form. * * Eigenvalues will be computed most accurately when ABSTOL is * set to twice the underflow threshold 2*DLAMCH('S'), not zero. * If this routine returns with INFO>0, indicating that some * eigenvectors did not converge, try setting ABSTOL to * 2*DLAMCH('S'). * * M (output) INTEGER * The total number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N. * If RANGE = 'A', M = N, and if RANGE = 'I', M = IU-IL+1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On normal exit, the first M elements contain the selected * eigenvalues in ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, max(1,M)) * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M columns of Z * contain the orthonormal eigenvectors of the matrix A * corresponding to the selected eigenvalues, with the i-th * column of Z holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * The eigenvectors are normalized as follows: * if ITYPE = 1 or 2, Z**T*B*Z = I; * if ITYPE = 3, Z**T*inv(B)*Z = I. * * If an eigenvector fails to converge, then that column of Z * contains the latest approximation to the eigenvector, and the * index of the eigenvector is returned in IFAIL. * Note: the user must ensure that at least max(1,M) columns are * supplied in the array Z; if RANGE = 'V', the exact value of M * is not known in advance and an upper bound must be used. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (8*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (5*N) * * IFAIL (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M elements of * IFAIL are zero. If INFO > 0, then IFAIL contains the * indices of the eigenvectors that failed to converge. * If JOBZ = 'N', then IFAIL is not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: DPPTRF or DSPEVX returned an error code: * <= N: if INFO = i, DSPEVX failed to converge; * i eigenvectors failed to converge. Their indices * are stored in array IFAIL. * > N: if INFO = N + i, for 1 <= i <= N, then the leading * minor of order i of B is not positive definite. * The factorization of B could not be completed and * no eigenvalues or eigenvectors were computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Mark Fahey, Department of Mathematics, Univ. of Kentucky, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Local Scalars .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.270. (dsprfs uplo n nrhs ap afp ipiv b ldb x ldx ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPRFS improves the computed solution to a system of linear * equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite * and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates * for the solution. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix A, packed * columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored * in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * AFP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The factored form of the matrix A. AFP contains the block * diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used to obtain the * factor U or L from the factorization A = U*D*U**T or * A = L*D*L**T as computed by DSPTRF, stored as a packed * triangular matrix. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D * as determined by DSPTRF. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * On entry, the solution matrix X, as computed by DSPTRS. * On exit, the improved solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * ITMAX is the maximum number of steps of iterative refinement. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.271. (dspsv uplo n nrhs ap ipiv b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPSV computes the solution to a real system of linear equations * A * X = B, * where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X * and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * The diagonal pivoting method is used to factor A as * A = U * D * U**T, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * D * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U (or L) is a product of permutation and unit upper (lower) * triangular matrices, D is symmetric and block diagonal with 1-by-1 * and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks. The factored form of A is then used to * solve the system of equations A * X = B. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * See below for further details. * * On exit, the block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used * to obtain the factor U or L from the factorization * A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T as computed by DSPTRF, stored as * a packed triangular matrix in the same storage format as A. * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D, as * determined by DSPTRF. If IPIV(k) > 0, then rows and columns * k and IPIV(k) were interchanged, and D(k,k) is a 1-by-1 * diagonal block. If UPLO = 'U' and IPIV(k) = IPIV(k-1) < 0, * then rows and columns k-1 and -IPIV(k) were interchanged and * D(k-1:k,k-1:k) is a 2-by-2 diagonal block. If UPLO = 'L' and * IPIV(k) = IPIV(k+1) < 0, then rows and columns k+1 and * -IPIV(k) were interchanged and D(k:k+1,k:k+1) is a 2-by-2 * diagonal block. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, D(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the block diagonal matrix D is * exactly singular, so the solution could not be * computed. * * Further Details * =============== * * The packed storage scheme is illustrated by the following example * when N = 4, UPLO = 'U': * * Two-dimensional storage of the symmetric matrix A: * * a11 a12 a13 a14 * a22 a23 a24 * a33 a34 (aij = aji) * a44 * * Packed storage of the upper triangle of A: * * AP = [ a11, a12, a22, a13, a23, a33, a14, a24, a34, a44 ] * * ===================================================================== * * .. External Functions .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.272. (dspsvx fact uplo n nrhs ap afp ipiv b ldb x ldx rcond ferr berr work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPSVX uses the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or * A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear * equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored * in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices. * * Error bounds on the solution and a condition estimate are also * provided. * * Description * =========== * * The following steps are performed: * * 1. If FACT = 'N', the diagonal pivoting method is used to factor A as * A = U * D * U**T, if UPLO = 'U', or * A = L * D * L**T, if UPLO = 'L', * where U (or L) is a product of permutation and unit upper (lower) * triangular matrices and D is symmetric and block diagonal with * 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks. * * 2. If some D(i,i)=0, so that D is exactly singular, then the routine * returns with INFO = i. Otherwise, the factored form of A is used * to estimate the condition number of the matrix A. If the * reciprocal of the condition number is less than machine precision, * INFO = N+1 is returned as a warning, but the routine still goes on * to solve for X and compute error bounds as described below. * * 3. The system of equations is solved for X using the factored form * of A. * * 4. Iterative refinement is applied to improve the computed solution * matrix and calculate error bounds and backward error estimates * for it. * * Arguments * ========= * * FACT (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether or not the factored form of A has been * supplied on entry. * = 'F': On entry, AFP and IPIV contain the factored form of * A. AP, AFP and IPIV will not be modified. * = 'N': The matrix A will be copied to AFP and factored. * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The number of linear equations, i.e., the order of the * matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrices B and X. NRHS >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix A, packed * columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A is stored * in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * See below for further details. * * AFP (input or output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension * (N*(N+1)/2) * If FACT = 'F', then AFP is an input argument and on entry * contains the block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used * to obtain the factor U or L from the factorization * A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T as computed by DSPTRF, stored as * a packed triangular matrix in the same storage format as A. * * If FACT = 'N', then AFP is an output argument and on exit * contains the block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used * to obtain the factor U or L from the factorization * A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T as computed by DSPTRF, stored as * a packed triangular matrix in the same storage format as A. * * IPIV (input or output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * If FACT = 'F', then IPIV is an input argument and on entry * contains details of the interchanges and the block structure * of D, as determined by DSPTRF. * If IPIV(k) > 0, then rows and columns k and IPIV(k) were * interchanged and D(k,k) is a 1-by-1 diagonal block. * If UPLO = 'U' and IPIV(k) = IPIV(k-1) < 0, then rows and * columns k-1 and -IPIV(k) were interchanged and D(k-1:k,k-1:k) * is a 2-by-2 diagonal block. If UPLO = 'L' and IPIV(k) = * IPIV(k+1) < 0, then rows and columns k+1 and -IPIV(k) were * interchanged and D(k:k+1,k:k+1) is a 2-by-2 diagonal block. * * If FACT = 'N', then IPIV is an output argument and on exit * contains details of the interchanges and the block structure * of D, as determined by DSPTRF. * * B (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * The N-by-NRHS right hand side matrix B. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * X (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDX,NRHS) * If INFO = 0 or INFO = N+1, the N-by-NRHS solution matrix X. * * LDX (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array X. LDX >= max(1,N). * * RCOND (output) DOUBLE PRECISION * The estimate of the reciprocal condition number of the matrix * A. If RCOND is less than the machine precision (in * particular, if RCOND = 0), the matrix is singular to working * precision. This condition is indicated by a return code of * INFO > 0. * * FERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The estimated forward error bound for each solution vector * X(j) (the j-th column of the solution matrix X). * If XTRUE is the true solution corresponding to X(j), FERR(j) * is an estimated upper bound for the magnitude of the largest * element in (X(j) - XTRUE) divided by the magnitude of the * largest element in X(j). The estimate is as reliable as * the estimate for RCOND, and is almost always a slight * overestimate of the true error. * * BERR (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (NRHS) * The componentwise relative backward error of each solution * vector X(j) (i.e., the smallest relative change in * any element of A or B that makes X(j) an exact solution). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (3*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, and i is * <= N: D(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed but the factor D is exactly * singular, so the solution and error bounds could * not be computed. RCOND = 0 is returned. * = N+1: D is nonsingular, but RCOND is less than machine * precision, meaning that the matrix is singular * to working precision. Nevertheless, the * solution and error bounds are computed because * there are a number of situations where the * computed solution can be more accurate than the * value of RCOND would suggest. * * Further Details * =============== * * The packed storage scheme is illustrated by the following example * when N = 4, UPLO = 'U': * * Two-dimensional storage of the symmetric matrix A: * * a11 a12 a13 a14 * a22 a23 a24 * a33 a34 (aij = aji) * a44 * * Packed storage of the upper triangle of A: * * AP = [ a11, a12, a22, a13, a23, a33, a14, a24, a34, a44 ] * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.273. (dsptrd uplo n ap d e tau info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPTRD reduces a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to * symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity * transformation: Q**T * A * Q = T. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2*n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * On exit, if UPLO = 'U', the diagonal and first superdiagonal * of A are overwritten by the corresponding elements of the * tridiagonal matrix T, and the elements above the first * superdiagonal, with the array TAU, represent the orthogonal * matrix Q as a product of elementary reflectors; if UPLO * = 'L', the diagonal and first subdiagonal of A are over- * written by the corresponding elements of the tridiagonal * matrix T, and the elements below the first subdiagonal, with * the array TAU, represent the orthogonal matrix Q as a product * of elementary reflectors. See Further Details. * * D (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T: * D(i) = A(i,i). * * E (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T: * E(i) = A(i,i+1) if UPLO = 'U', E(i) = A(i+1,i) if UPLO = 'L'. * * TAU (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The scalar factors of the elementary reflectors (see Further * Details). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * Further Details * =============== * * If UPLO = 'U', the matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary * reflectors * * Q = H(n-1) . . . H(2) H(1). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(i+1:n) = 0 and v(i) = 1; v(1:i-1) is stored on exit in AP, * overwriting A(1:i-1,i+1), and tau is stored in TAU(i). * * If UPLO = 'L', the matrix Q is represented as a product of elementary * reflectors * * Q = H(1) H(2) . . . H(n-1). * * Each H(i) has the form * * H(i) = I - tau * v * v' * * where tau is a real scalar, and v is a real vector with * v(1:i) = 0 and v(i+1) = 1; v(i+2:n) is stored on exit in AP, * overwriting A(i+2:n,i), and tau is stored in TAU(i). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.274. (dsptrf uplo n ap ipiv info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPTRF computes the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A stored * in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method: * * A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T * * where U (or L) is a product of permutation and unit upper (lower) * triangular matrices, and D is symmetric and block diagonal with * 1-by-1 and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'U': Upper triangle of A is stored; * = 'L': Lower triangle of A is stored. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the upper or lower triangle of the symmetric matrix * A, packed columnwise in a linear array. The j-th column of A * is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = A(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = A(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * On exit, the block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used * to obtain the factor U or L, stored as a packed triangular * matrix overwriting A (see below for further details). * * IPIV (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D. * If IPIV(k) > 0, then rows and columns k and IPIV(k) were * interchanged and D(k,k) is a 1-by-1 diagonal block. * If UPLO = 'U' and IPIV(k) = IPIV(k-1) < 0, then rows and * columns k-1 and -IPIV(k) were interchanged and D(k-1:k,k-1:k) * is a 2-by-2 diagonal block. If UPLO = 'L' and IPIV(k) = * IPIV(k+1) < 0, then rows and columns k+1 and -IPIV(k) were * interchanged and D(k:k+1,k:k+1) is a 2-by-2 diagonal block. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, D(i,i) is exactly zero. The factorization * has been completed, but the block diagonal matrix D is * exactly singular, and division by zero will occur if it * is used to solve a system of equations. * * Further Details * =============== * * 5-96 - Based on modifications by J. Lewis, Boeing Computer Services * Company * * If UPLO = 'U', then A = U*D*U', where * U = P(n)*U(n)* ... *P(k)U(k)* ..., * i.e., U is a product of terms P(k)*U(k), where k decreases from n to * 1 in steps of 1 or 2, and D is a block diagonal matrix with 1-by-1 * and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks D(k). P(k) is a permutation matrix as * defined by IPIV(k), and U(k) is a unit upper triangular matrix, such * that if the diagonal block D(k) is of order s (s = 1 or 2), then * * ( I v 0 ) k-s * U(k) = ( 0 I 0 ) s * ( 0 0 I ) n-k * k-s s n-k * * If s = 1, D(k) overwrites A(k,k), and v overwrites A(1:k-1,k). * If s = 2, the upper triangle of D(k) overwrites A(k-1,k-1), A(k-1,k), * and A(k,k), and v overwrites A(1:k-2,k-1:k). * * If UPLO = 'L', then A = L*D*L', where * L = P(1)*L(1)* ... *P(k)*L(k)* ..., * i.e., L is a product of terms P(k)*L(k), where k increases from 1 to * n in steps of 1 or 2, and D is a block diagonal matrix with 1-by-1 * and 2-by-2 diagonal blocks D(k). P(k) is a permutation matrix as * defined by IPIV(k), and L(k) is a unit lower triangular matrix, such * that if the diagonal block D(k) is of order s (s = 1 or 2), then * * ( I 0 0 ) k-1 * L(k) = ( 0 I 0 ) s * ( 0 v I ) n-k-s+1 * k-1 s n-k-s+1 * * If s = 1, D(k) overwrites A(k,k), and v overwrites A(k+1:n,k). * If s = 2, the lower triangle of D(k) overwrites A(k,k), A(k+1,k), * and A(k+1,k+1), and v overwrites A(k+2:n,k:k+1). * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.275. (dsptri uplo n ap ipiv work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPTRI computes the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix * A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or * A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the details of the factorization are stored * as an upper or lower triangular matrix. * = 'U': Upper triangular, form is A = U*D*U**T; * = 'L': Lower triangular, form is A = L*D*L**T. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * AP (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * On entry, the block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers * used to obtain the factor U or L as computed by DSPTRF, * stored as a packed triangular matrix. * * On exit, if INFO = 0, the (symmetric) inverse of the original * matrix, stored as a packed triangular matrix. The j-th column * of inv(A) is stored in the array AP as follows: * if UPLO = 'U', AP(i + (j-1)*j/2) = inv(A)(i,j) for 1<=i<=j; * if UPLO = 'L', * AP(i + (j-1)*(2n-j)/2) = inv(A)(i,j) for j<=i<=n. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D * as determined by DSPTRF. * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, D(i,i) = 0; the matrix is singular and its * inverse could not be computed. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.276. (dsptrs uplo n nrhs ap ipiv b ldb info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSPTRS solves a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real * symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization * A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF. * * Arguments * ========= * * UPLO (input) CHARACTER*1 * Specifies whether the details of the factorization are stored * as an upper or lower triangular matrix. * = 'U': Upper triangular, form is A = U*D*U**T; * = 'L': Lower triangular, form is A = L*D*L**T. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix A. N >= 0. * * NRHS (input) INTEGER * The number of right hand sides, i.e., the number of columns * of the matrix B. NRHS >= 0. * * AP (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N*(N+1)/2) * The block diagonal matrix D and the multipliers used to * obtain the factor U or L as computed by DSPTRF, stored as a * packed triangular matrix. * * IPIV (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * Details of the interchanges and the block structure of D * as determined by DSPTRF. * * B (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,NRHS) * On entry, the right hand side matrix B. * On exit, the solution matrix X. * * LDB (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array B. LDB >= max(1,N). * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.277. (dstebz range order n vl vu il iu abstol d e m nsplit w iblock isplit work iwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTEBZ computes the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal * matrix T. The user may ask for all eigenvalues, all eigenvalues * in the half-open interval (VL, VU], or the IL-th through IU-th * eigenvalues. * * To avoid overflow, the matrix must be scaled so that its * largest element is no greater than overflow**(1/2) * * underflow**(1/4) in absolute value, and for greatest * accuracy, it should not be much smaller than that. * * See W. Kahan "Accurate Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Tridiagonal * Matrix", Report CS41, Computer Science Dept., Stanford * University, July 21, 1966. * * Arguments * ========= * * RANGE (input) CHARACTER * = 'A': ("All") all eigenvalues will be found. * = 'V': ("Value") all eigenvalues in the half-open interval * (VL, VU] will be found. * = 'I': ("Index") the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues (of the * entire matrix) will be found. * * ORDER (input) CHARACTER * = 'B': ("By Block") the eigenvalues will be grouped by * split-off block (see IBLOCK, ISPLIT) and * ordered from smallest to largest within * the block. * = 'E': ("Entire matrix") * the eigenvalues for the entire matrix * will be ordered from smallest to * largest. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the tridiagonal matrix T. N >= 0. * * VL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * VU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If RANGE='V', the lower and upper bounds of the interval to * be searched for eigenvalues. Eigenvalues less than or equal * to VL, or greater than VU, will not be returned. VL < VU. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'. * * IL (input) INTEGER * IU (input) INTEGER * If RANGE='I', the indices (in ascending order) of the * smallest and largest eigenvalues to be returned. * 1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'. * * ABSTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The absolute tolerance for the eigenvalues. An eigenvalue * (or cluster) is considered to be located if it has been * determined to lie in an interval whose width is ABSTOL or * less. If ABSTOL is less than or equal to zero, then ULP*|T| * will be used, where |T| means the 1-norm of T. * * Eigenvalues will be computed most accurately when ABSTOL is * set to twice the underflow threshold 2*DLAMCH('S'), not zero. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * The (n-1) off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T. * * M (output) INTEGER * The actual number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N. * (See also the description of INFO=2,3.) * * NSPLIT (output) INTEGER * The number of diagonal blocks in the matrix T. * 1 <= NSPLIT <= N. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On exit, the first M elements of W will contain the * eigenvalues. (DSTEBZ may use the remaining N-M elements as * workspace.) * * IBLOCK (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * At each row/column j where E(j) is zero or small, the * matrix T is considered to split into a block diagonal * matrix. On exit, if INFO = 0, IBLOCK(i) specifies to which * block (from 1 to the number of blocks) the eigenvalue W(i) * belongs. (DSTEBZ may use the remaining N-M elements as * workspace.) * * ISPLIT (output) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The splitting points, at which T breaks up into submatrices. * The first submatrix consists of rows/columns 1 to ISPLIT(1), * the second of rows/columns ISPLIT(1)+1 through ISPLIT(2), * etc., and the NSPLIT-th consists of rows/columns * ISPLIT(NSPLIT-1)+1 through ISPLIT(NSPLIT)=N. * (Only the first NSPLIT elements will actually be used, but * since the user cannot know a priori what value NSPLIT will * have, N words must be reserved for ISPLIT.) * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (3*N) * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: some or all of the eigenvalues failed to converge or * were not computed: * =1 or 3: Bisection failed to converge for some * eigenvalues; these eigenvalues are flagged by a * negative block number. The effect is that the * eigenvalues may not be as accurate as the * absolute and relative tolerances. This is * generally caused by unexpectedly inaccurate * arithmetic. * =2 or 3: RANGE='I' only: Not all of the eigenvalues * IL:IU were found. * Effect: M < IU+1-IL * Cause: non-monotonic arithmetic, causing the * Sturm sequence to be non-monotonic. * Cure: recalculate, using RANGE='A', and pick * out eigenvalues IL:IU. In some cases, * increasing the PARAMETER "FUDGE" may * make things work. * = 4: RANGE='I', and the Gershgorin interval * initially used was too small. No eigenvalues * were computed. * Probable cause: your machine has sloppy * floating-point arithmetic. * Cure: Increase the PARAMETER "FUDGE", * recompile, and try again. * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * RELFAC DOUBLE PRECISION, default = 2.0e0 * The relative tolerance. An interval (a,b] lies within * "relative tolerance" if b-a < RELFAC*ulp*max(|a|,|b|), * where "ulp" is the machine precision (distance from 1 to * the next larger floating point number.) * * FUDGE DOUBLE PRECISION, default = 2 * A "fudge factor" to widen the Gershgorin intervals. Ideally, * a value of 1 should work, but on machines with sloppy * arithmetic, this needs to be larger. The default for * publicly released versions should be large enough to handle * the worst machine around. Note that this has no effect * on accuracy of the solution. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.278. (dstedc compz n d e z ldz work lwork iwork liwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTEDC computes all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a * symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method. * The eigenvectors of a full or band real symmetric matrix can also be * found if DSYTRD or DSPTRD or DSBTRD has been used to reduce this * matrix to tridiagonal form. * * This code makes very mild assumptions about floating point * arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard digit in * add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard digits * which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or Cray-2. * It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. See DLAED3 for details. * * Arguments * ========= * * COMPZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only. * = 'I': Compute eigenvectors of tridiagonal matrix also. * = 'V': Compute eigenvectors of original dense symmetric * matrix also. On entry, Z contains the orthogonal * matrix used to reduce the original matrix to * tridiagonal form. * * N (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, the subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * Z (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ,N) * On entry, if COMPZ = 'V', then Z contains the orthogonal * matrix used in the reduction to tridiagonal form. * On exit, if INFO = 0, then if COMPZ = 'V', Z contains the * orthonormal eigenvectors of the original symmetric matrix, * and if COMPZ = 'I', Z contains the orthonormal eigenvectors * of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. * If COMPZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1. * If eigenvectors are desired, then LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If COMPZ = 'N' or N <= 1 then LWORK must be at least 1. * If COMPZ = 'V' and N > 1 then LWORK must be at least * ( 1 + 3*N + 2*N*lg N + 3*N**2 ), * where lg( N ) = smallest integer k such * that 2**k >= N. * If COMPZ = 'I' and N > 1 then LWORK must be at least * ( 1 + 4*N + N**2 ). * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array IWORK. * If COMPZ = 'N' or N <= 1 then LIWORK must be at least 1. * If COMPZ = 'V' and N > 1 then LIWORK must be at least * ( 6 + 6*N + 5*N*lg N ). * If COMPZ = 'I' and N > 1 then LIWORK must be at least * ( 3 + 5*N ). * * If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the * routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array, * returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and * no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value. * > 0: The algorithm failed to compute an eigenvalue while * working on the submatrix lying in rows and columns * INFO/(N+1) through mod(INFO,N+1). * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Jeff Rutter, Computer Science Division, University of California * at Berkeley, USA * Modified by Francoise Tisseur, University of Tennessee. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.279. (dstegr jobz range n d e vl vu il iu abstol m w z ldz isuppz work lwork iwork liwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTEGR computes selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors * of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T. Eigenvalues and * eigenvectors can be selected by specifying either a range of values * or a range of indices for the desired eigenvalues. The eigenvalues * are computed by the dqds algorithm, while orthogonal eigenvectors are * computed from various ``good'' L D L^T representations (also known as * Relatively Robust Representations). Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization is * avoided as far as possible. More specifically, the various steps of * the algorithm are as follows. For the i-th unreduced block of T, * (a) Compute T - sigma_i = L_i D_i L_i^T, such that L_i D_i L_i^T * is a relatively robust representation, * (b) Compute the eigenvalues, lambda_j, of L_i D_i L_i^T to high * relative accuracy by the dqds algorithm, * (c) If there is a cluster of close eigenvalues, "choose" sigma_i * close to the cluster, and go to step (a), * (d) Given the approximate eigenvalue lambda_j of L_i D_i L_i^T, * compute the corresponding eigenvector by forming a * rank-revealing twisted factorization. * The desired accuracy of the output can be specified by the input * parameter ABSTOL. * * For more details, see "A new O(n^2) algorithm for the symmetric * tridiagonal eigenvalue/eigenvector problem", by Inderjit Dhillon, * Computer Science Division Technical Report No. UCB/CSD-97-971, * UC Berkeley, May 1997. * * Note 1 : Currently DSTEGR is only set up to find ALL the n * eigenvalues and eigenvectors of T in O(n^2) time * Note 2 : Currently the routine DSTEIN is called when an appropriate * sigma_i cannot be chosen in step (c) above. DSTEIN invokes modified * Gram-Schmidt when eigenvalues are close. * Note 3 : DSTEGR works only on machines which follow ieee-754 * floating-point standard in their handling of infinities and NaNs. * Normal execution of DSTEGR may create NaNs and infinities and hence * may abort due to a floating point exception in environments which * do not conform to the ieee standard. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * RANGE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'A': all eigenvalues will be found. * = 'V': all eigenvalues in the half-open interval (VL,VU] * will be found. * = 'I': the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues will be found. ********** Only RANGE = 'A' is currently supported ********************* * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix * T. On exit, D is overwritten. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix T in elements 1 to N-1 of E; E(N) need not be set. * On exit, E is overwritten. * * VL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * VU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If RANGE='V', the lower and upper bounds of the interval to * be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'. * * IL (input) INTEGER * IU (input) INTEGER * If RANGE='I', the indices (in ascending order) of the * smallest and largest eigenvalues to be returned. * 1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'. * * ABSTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The absolute error tolerance for the * eigenvalues/eigenvectors. IF JOBZ = 'V', the eigenvalues and * eigenvectors output have residual norms bounded by ABSTOL, * and the dot products between different eigenvectors are * bounded by ABSTOL. If ABSTOL is less than N*EPS*|T|, then * N*EPS*|T| will be used in its place, where EPS is the * machine precision and |T| is the 1-norm of the tridiagonal * matrix. The eigenvalues are computed to an accuracy of * EPS*|T| irrespective of ABSTOL. If high relative accuracy * is important, set ABSTOL to DLAMCH( 'Safe minimum' ). * See Barlow and Demmel "Computing Accurate Eigensystems of * Scaled Diagonally Dominant Matrices", LAPACK Working Note #7 * for a discussion of which matrices define their eigenvalues * to high relative accuracy. * * M (output) INTEGER * The total number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N. * If RANGE = 'A', M = N, and if RANGE = 'I', M = IU-IL+1. * * W (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The first M elements contain the selected eigenvalues in * ascending order. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, max(1,M) ) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, the first M columns of Z * contain the orthonormal eigenvectors of the matrix T * corresponding to the selected eigenvalues, with the i-th * column of Z holding the eigenvector associated with W(i). * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * Note: the user must ensure that at least max(1,M) columns are * supplied in the array Z; if RANGE = 'V', the exact value of M * is not known in advance and an upper bound must be used. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * ISUPPZ (output) INTEGER ARRAY, dimension ( 2*max(1,M) ) * The support of the eigenvectors in Z, i.e., the indices * indicating the nonzero elements in Z. The i-th eigenvector * is nonzero only in elements ISUPPZ( 2*i-1 ) through * ISUPPZ( 2*i ). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal * (and minimal) LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. LWORK >= max(1,18*N) * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array IWORK. LIWORK >= max(1,10*N) * * If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the * routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array, * returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and * no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = 1, internal error in DLARRE, * if INFO = 2, internal error in DLARRV. * * Further Details * =============== * * Based on contributions by * Inderjit Dhillon, IBM Almaden, USA * Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.280. (dstein n d e m w iblock isplit z ldz work iwork ifail info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTEIN computes the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal * matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse * iteration. * * The maximum number of iterations allowed for each eigenvector is * specified by an internal parameter MAXITS (currently set to 5). * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T. * * E (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix * T, in elements 1 to N-1. E(N) need not be set. * * M (input) INTEGER * The number of eigenvectors to be found. 0 <= M <= N. * * W (input) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * The first M elements of W contain the eigenvalues for * which eigenvectors are to be computed. The eigenvalues * should be grouped by split-off block and ordered from * smallest to largest within the block. ( The output array * W from DSTEBZ with ORDER = 'B' is expected here. ) * * IBLOCK (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The submatrix indices associated with the corresponding * eigenvalues in W; IBLOCK(i)=1 if eigenvalue W(i) belongs to * the first submatrix from the top, =2 if W(i) belongs to * the second submatrix, etc. ( The output array IBLOCK * from DSTEBZ is expected here. ) * * ISPLIT (input) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * The splitting points, at which T breaks up into submatrices. * The first submatrix consists of rows/columns 1 to * ISPLIT( 1 ), the second of rows/columns ISPLIT( 1 )+1 * through ISPLIT( 2 ), etc. * ( The output array ISPLIT from DSTEBZ is expected here. ) * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, M) * The computed eigenvectors. The eigenvector associated * with the eigenvalue W(i) is stored in the i-th column of * Z. Any vector which fails to converge is set to its current * iterate after MAXITS iterations. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (5*N) * * IWORK (workspace) INTEGER array, dimension (N) * * IFAIL (output) INTEGER array, dimension (M) * On normal exit, all elements of IFAIL are zero. * If one or more eigenvectors fail to converge after * MAXITS iterations, then their indices are stored in * array IFAIL. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit. * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, then i eigenvectors failed to converge * in MAXITS iterations. Their indices are stored in * array IFAIL. * * Internal Parameters * =================== * * MAXITS INTEGER, default = 5 * The maximum number of iterations performed. * * EXTRA INTEGER, default = 2 * The number of iterations performed after norm growth * criterion is satisfied, should be at least 1. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.281. (dsteqr compz n d e z ldz work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTEQR computes all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a * symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method. * The eigenvectors of a full or band symmetric matrix can also be found * if DSYTRD or DSPTRD or DSBTRD has been used to reduce this matrix to * tridiagonal form. * * Arguments * ========= * * COMPZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only. * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the original * symmetric matrix. On entry, Z must contain the * orthogonal matrix used to reduce the original matrix * to tridiagonal form. * = 'I': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the * tridiagonal matrix. Z is initialized to the identity * matrix. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * Z (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * On entry, if COMPZ = 'V', then Z contains the orthogonal * matrix used in the reduction to tridiagonal form. * On exit, if INFO = 0, then if COMPZ = 'V', Z contains the * orthonormal eigenvectors of the original symmetric matrix, * and if COMPZ = 'I', Z contains the orthonormal eigenvectors * of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix. * If COMPZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * eigenvectors are desired, then LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (max(1,2*N-2)) * If COMPZ = 'N', then WORK is not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: the algorithm has failed to find all the eigenvalues in * a total of 30*N iterations; if INFO = i, then i * elements of E have not converged to zero; on exit, D * and E contain the elements of a symmetric tridiagonal * matrix which is orthogonally similar to the original * matrix. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.282. (dsterf n d e info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTERF computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix * using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm. * * Arguments * ========= * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix. * On exit, E has been destroyed. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: the algorithm failed to find all of the eigenvalues in * a total of 30*N iterations; if INFO = i, then i * elements of E have not converged to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.283. (dstevd jobz n d e z ldz work lwork iwork liwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTEVD computes all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a * real symmetric tridiagonal matrix. If eigenvectors are desired, it * uses a divide and conquer algorithm. * * The divide and conquer algorithm makes very mild assumptions about * floating point arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard * digit in add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard * digits which subtract like the Cray X-MP, Cray Y-MP, Cray C-90, or * Cray-2. It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines * without guard digits, but we know of none. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix * A. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix A, stored in elements 1 to N-1 of E; E(N) need not * be set, but is used by the routine. * On exit, the contents of E are destroyed. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the orthonormal * eigenvectors of the matrix A, with the i-th column of Z * holding the eigenvector associated with D(i). * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, * dimension (LWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, WORK(1) returns the optimal LWORK. * * LWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array WORK. * If JOBZ = 'N' or N <= 1 then LWORK must be at least 1. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 1 then LWORK must be at least * ( 1 + 4*N + N**2 ). * * If LWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the routine * only calculates the optimal size of the WORK array, returns * this value as the first entry of the WORK array, and no error * message related to LWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * IWORK (workspace/output) INTEGER array, dimension (LIWORK) * On exit, if INFO = 0, IWORK(1) returns the optimal LIWORK. * * LIWORK (input) INTEGER * The dimension of the array IWORK. * If JOBZ = 'N' or N <= 1 then LIWORK must be at least 1. * If JOBZ = 'V' and N > 1 then LIWORK must be at least 3+5*N. * * If LIWORK = -1, then a workspace query is assumed; the * routine only calculates the optimal size of the IWORK array, * returns this value as the first entry of the IWORK array, and * no error message related to LIWORK is issued by XERBLA. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the algorithm failed to converge; i * off-diagonal elements of E did not converge to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.284. (dstev jobz n d e z ldz work info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTEV computes all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a * real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix * A. * On exit, if INFO = 0, the eigenvalues in ascending order. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix A, stored in elements 1 to N-1 of E; E(N) need not * be set, but is used by the routine. * On exit, the contents of E are destroyed. * * Z (output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDZ, N) * If JOBZ = 'V', then if INFO = 0, Z contains the orthonormal * eigenvectors of the matrix A, with the i-th column of Z * holding the eigenvector associated with D(i). * If JOBZ = 'N', then Z is not referenced. * * LDZ (input) INTEGER * The leading dimension of the array Z. LDZ >= 1, and if * JOBZ = 'V', LDZ >= max(1,N). * * WORK (workspace) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (max(1,2*N-2)) * If JOBZ = 'N', WORK is not referenced. * * INFO (output) INTEGER * = 0: successful exit * < 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value * > 0: if INFO = i, the algorithm failed to converge; i * off-diagonal elements of E did not converge to zero. * * ===================================================================== * * .. Parameters .. * =====================================================================

8.6.2.4.285. (dstevr jobz range n d e vl vu il iu abstol m w z ldz isuppz work lwork iwork liwork info ) |
(packages/lapack/lapack-d.lsh) |

* Purpose * ======= * * DSTEVR computes selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors * of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T. Eigenvalues and * eigenvectors can be selected by specifying either a range of values * or a range of indices for the desired eigenvalues. * * Whenever possible, DSTEVR calls SSTEGR to compute the * eigenspectrum using Relatively Robust Representations. DSTEGR * computes eigenvalues by the dqds algorithm, while orthogonal * eigenvectors are computed from various "good" L D L^T representations * (also known as Relatively Robust Representations). Gram-Schmidt * orthogonalization is avoided as far as possible. More specifically, * the various steps of the algorithm are as follows. For the i-th * unreduced block of T, * (a) Compute T - sigma_i = L_i D_i L_i^T, such that L_i D_i L_i^T * is a relatively robust representation, * (b) Compute the eigenvalues, lambda_j, of L_i D_i L_i^T to high * relative accuracy by the dqds algorithm, * (c) If there is a cluster of close eigenvalues, "choose" sigma_i * close to the cluster, and go to step (a), * (d) Given the approximate eigenvalue lambda_j of L_i D_i L_i^T, * compute the corresponding eigenvector by forming a * rank-revealing twisted factorization. * The desired accuracy of the output can be specified by the input * parameter ABSTOL. * * For more details, see "A new O(n^2) algorithm for the symmetric * tridiagonal eigenvalue/eigenvector problem", by Inderjit Dhillon, * Computer Science Division Technical Report No. UCB//CSD-97-971, * UC Berkeley, May 1997. * * * Note 1 : DSTEVR calls SSTEGR when the full spectrum is requested * on machines which conform to the ieee-754 floating point standard. * DSTEVR calls SSTEBZ and SSTEIN on non-ieee machines and * when partial spectrum requests are made. * * Normal execution of DSTEGR may create NaNs and infinities and * hence may abort due to a floating point exception in environments * which do not handle NaNs and infinities in the ieee standard default * manner. * * Arguments * ========= * * JOBZ (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'N': Compute eigenvalues only; * = 'V': Compute eigenvalues and eigenvectors. * * RANGE (input) CHARACTER*1 * = 'A': all eigenvalues will be found. * = 'V': all eigenvalues in the half-open interval (VL,VU] * will be found. * = 'I': the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues will be found. ********** For RANGE = 'V' or 'I' and IU - IL < N - 1, DSTEBZ and ********** DSTEIN are called * * N (input) INTEGER * The order of the matrix. N >= 0. * * D (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix * A. * On exit, D may be multiplied by a constant factor chosen * to avoid over/underflow in computing the eigenvalues. * * E (input/output) DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N) * On entry, the (n-1) subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal * matrix A in elements 1 to N-1 of E; E(N) need not be set. * On exit, E may be multiplied by a constant factor chosen * to avoid over/underflow in computing the eigenvalues. * * VL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * VU (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * If RANGE='V', the lower and upper bounds of the interval to * be searched for eigenvalues. VL < VU. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'. * * IL (input) INTEGER * IU (input) INTEGER * If RANGE='I', the indices (in ascending order) of the * smallest and largest eigenvalues to be returned. * 1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0. * Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'. * * ABSTOL (input) DOUBLE PRECISION * The absolute error tolerance for the eigenvalues. * An approximate eigenvalue is accepted as converged * when it is determined to lie in an interval [a,b] * of width less than or equal to * * ABSTOL + EPS * max( |a|,|b| ) , * * where EPS is the machine precision. If ABSTOL is less than * or equal to zero, then EPS*|T| will be used in its place, * where |T| is the 1-norm of the tridiagonal matrix obtained * by reducing A to tridiagonal form. * * See "Computing Small Singular Values of Bidiagonal Matrices * with Guaranteed High Relative Accuracy," by Demmel and * Kahan, LAPACK Working Note #3. * * If high relative accuracy is important, set ABSTOL to * DLAMCH( 'Safe minimum' ). Doing so will guarantee that * eigenvalues are computed to high relative accuracy when * possible in future releases. The current code does not * make any guarantees about high relative accur